CBIP Tranformer Manual

MANUAL
ON
TRANSFORMERS
CENTRAL BOARD OF IRRIGATION AND POWER
2006 MARCH
Publication No. 295
Editors
G.N. Mathur
R.S. Chadha
M
A
N
U
A
L

O
N

T
R
A
N
S
F
O
R
M
E
R
S
Pub.
No.
295
E
d
i
t
o
r
s

G
.
N
.

M
a
t
h
u
r
R
.
S
.

C
h
a
d
h
a
2006
(ii)
"Reproduction of articles in publication in any form is permissible subject to proper
acknowledgement and intimation to the publishers. The publishers have taken utmost care
to avoid errors in the publication. However, the publishers are in no way responsible for the
authenticity of data or information given by the contributors."
ISBN 81-7336-302-1
2006
Central Board of Irrigation and Power
Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021
Phone : 2687 5017/2687 6567 Fax : 2611 6347
E-mail : cbip@cbip.org/cbip@vsnl.com Web : www.cbip.org
(iii)
WORKING GROUP ON TRANSFORMERS
Chairman
Shri R.C. Agrawal
Chief (T&D), TBG
Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd.
Bhopal
Members
Shri M.M. Goswami
AGM (Engg.)
Power Grid Corp. of India Ltd., Gurgaon
Shri Anil Chanana
DGM
Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.
Shri Kamal Sarkar
DGM (OS)
Shri B.N. De Bhowmick
DGM (OS)
Shri V.K. Bhaskar
Chief Manager (OS)
Shri Hirdesh Gupta
Dy. Chief Design Engineer
National Thermal Power Corp. Ltd., Noida
Shri S.K. Malik
Suptd. Engineer (O&M Circle)
Bhakra Beas Management Board, Panipat
Shri R.K. Garg
Bhakra Beas Management Board, Chandigarh
Shri J.S. Batra
Bhakra Beas Management Board, Chandigarh
Shri R.M. Malhotra
Delhi Transco, New Delhi
Shri S.N. Katakwar
Superintending Engineer (Dist.)
Maharashtra State Electricity Board
Mumbai
Shri M.Z.M.A. Sayed
Divisional Engineer
BEST, Mumbai
Shri Sanjay Kar Chowdhury
Assistant Manager (Sub-Station)
CESC Ltd., Kolkata
Shri Ranjit Singh Nain
Executive Engineer/PTRW
Haryana Vidyut Prasaran Nigam Ltd.
Ballabhgarh, Haryana
Shri K.K. Bhatia
Addl. Chief Engineer
Gujarat Energy Transmission Corp. Ltd.
Vadodara
Shri K.S. Kattigehallimatt
Chief Engineer
KTPCL, Bangalore
Shri D. Majumdar
Dy. Chief Engineer (CTC)
Damodar Valley Corporation, Jharkhand
Shri P.K. Kognolkar
Addl. Director
Central Power Research Institute, Bhopal
Shri S.C. Bhageria
AGM, TRE
Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd., Bhopal
Shri R.K. Tiwari
AGM
Bhopal
(iv)
Shri S.K. Srivastava
AGM, TRE
Jhansi
Shri C.P. Deshmukh
Senior DGM
Bhopal
Shri R.K. Mohapatra
Deputy General Manager, TRE
Jhansi
Shri B. Naik
Manager (T)
Jhansi
Shri A.K. lkka
Bhopal
Shri R.K. Agrawal
Bhopal
Shri M. Vijaykumaran
Technology Expert
ALSTOM, Allahabad
Shri K. Bheema Prakash
General Manager
ALSTOM, Allahabad
Shri K. Raghuraman
General Manager
ALSTOM, Allahabad
Shri Mohan
Manager
ALSTOM, AITPL
Bangalore
Shri V.K. Lakhiani
GM (Q&A)
Crompton Greaves Ltd.
Mumbai
Shri A.B. Bhatia
DGM
Crompton Greaves Ltd., Gwalior
Shri Dharam Vir
DGM, Transformer Division
Crompton Greaves Ltd., Mumbai
Shri Pramod Rao
Crompton Greaves Ltd., Nasik
Shri P. Ramchandran
Asstt. Vice President
ABB Ltd., Vadodara
Shri M.L. Jain
Vice-President, Technology
EMCO Ltd., Thane
Shri Gautam Mazumdar
Manager
EMCO Ltd., Thane
Shri K. Samba Murthy
General Manager (Q&A)
Vijay Electricals Ltd., Hyderabad
Shri S.K. Mahajan
Consultant
Voltamp Transformer Pvt. Ltd., Vadodara
Shri S.R. Karkhanis
Deputy General Manager
The Tata Power Company Ltd., Mumbai
Ms. C.R. Bhonslay
Manager (Engineering Department)
The Tata power Company Ltd., Mumbai
Shri M.L. Mittal
GM (Retd.)
BHEL, Habibganj, Bhopal
Late Shri A.K. Kapur
ED (Retd.)
Power Grid Corp. of India Ltd.
A-55, East of Kailash
New Delhi
(v)
10.3.2006
FOREWORD
India had a meager installed power generating capacity
of approximately 1,300 MW at the time of
independence in 1947. Since then we have made rapid
progress and on date this figure stands at 1,23,668 MW.
Matching with the generating capacity, transmission
and distribution networks have also grown. However,
despite this spectacular growth of power sector, still
we have about 8% shortage in energy and about 12%
shortage in peak power. Due to these shortages, despite best efforts the
voltage and frequency in different grids sometimes varies beyond
acceptable limits and lead to power cuts.
Transformer is a vital link for taking power supply from generating station
to consumer premises. Matching with the growth in power sector, about
56,000 MVA power transformers and 26,000 MVA transformers for
distribution network in the country are being manufactured annually. The
manufacturers have also upgraded the manufacturing technology matching
with the increase in the complexity of the grid besides their impressive
R&D setup to support the technology and meeting export requirement. In
transmission and distribution sector, cost of the power transformer
represents the largest portion of the capital investment and financial
consequences of failure of transformer lead to considerable loss of
revenue besides break down of power supply.
Central Board of Irrigation & Power (CBIP) has been playing a key role
to disseminate the latest technological advancement information covering
almost all aspects of power sector. In early 70s, it was felt that industry
should have detailed reference specifications for transformers.
lR;eso t;rs
(vi)
Accordingly, using the CBIP as a platform, a "Working Group on
Transformer" was formed with representatives from users and
manufacturers to prepare detailed specifications for transformers. In 1976,
CBIP issued the specifications as Technical Report 1, "Manual on
Transformers" under Research Scheme on Power for the first time. This
manual was subsequently revised in 1987 and in 1999. The transformer
manual issued by CBIP is being widely used by power engineers as a
reference book covering all aspects of transformers for almost all
applications. Almost all the utilities in the country are referring the CBIP
Manual on Transformers while formulating their own purchase
specifications on the basis of technical information contained there in.
I am happy to note that this manual has been revised and updated now with
the help of Working Group experts from all eminent organizations, and
contains the latest technological information including installation, testing,
commissioning and repairs of transformers besides additional chapters
on 800 kV transformers, Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Techniques
and chapters on various components of the transformers of all sizes and
voltages including dry type transformers.
I congratulate CBIP and all experts of the Working Group for bringing
out this manual covering latest state-of-art technology and I am sure that
this document will be of great use to engineering fraternity as a reference
book.
(R.V. SHAHI)
(vii)
PREFACE
Transformer is a vital component of all electric power
systems and every pulse generated, passes through
several transformers before it is finally consumed in
any appliance or equipment or industry. In our country
the transformers are subjected to severe stress
condition due to wide variation in voltage and
frequency in system due to huge gap in demand and
supply causing higher failure rate of transformers as
compared to western countries. With the escalations in the cost of material
and other inputs into its manufacture, the requirement of un-interrupted
power and above all the steep rise in the cost of power has forced the
manufacturers to compete in innovations and improvise designs as well
as manufacturing practices to deliver a low-loss, competitive costing
transformers with built-in monitoring features to ensure its long trouble-
free service life. On the other hand power utilities are also under immense
pressure to maintain and upgrade their system to meet the rising demand
in power with no tolerance for any breakdown in supply. Moreover with
the introduction of 'Availability Based Tariff, setting-up of the 'Electricity
Regulatory Commissions' and the 'Consumer Grievance re-dressal Forums'
all over the country, the essentiality of uninterrupted power now has a
large commercial value.
In line with our quality policy, to promote and coordinate professional
excellence in water and power sector CBIP has prepared more than 300
Manuals on all important subjects. To disseminate the latest developments
among the engineer's fraternity, CBIP has updated these manuals from
time to time. First edition of the Transformer manual was published in
1976 and it was updated in 1987 and again in 1999.
To incorporate the latest developments and facilitate the professional
engineers associated in planning, designs, procurement, testing, erection
& commissioning of the entire range of Distribution and Power
transformers upto 800 kV and also to assist in maintenance / monitoring
of the key parameters of the installed transformers, this Manual has been
(viii)
updated. In this edition a chapter on 'Repair of transformer at site' has
also been added. This trend of repair of transformer at site is becoming
popular since it saves in to and fro transportation time as well as HV test
cost since some of the tests including HV Test are not to be repeated.
For this purpose CBIP had constituted a working group, under the
Chairmanship of Shri R.C. Aggarwal, General Manager (T), BHEL, of
highly experienced engineers from large power utilities, designs
organisation, manufacturers and testing stations from NHPC, PGCIL,
NTPC, BHEL, ABB, ALSTOM, CGL, EMCO, VOLT AMP, CEA, WBSEB,
KPCL etc., who have put in their knowledge and experience in bringing
out this updated transformer manual. I thank all experts of the working
group for their valuable contribution.
I am sure that this Manual shall be of immense value and provide good
reference document to the practising engineers especially those looking
after planning, procurement, design, maintenance, testing and
commissioning of power systems including transformers.
G.N. Mathur
Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation and Power
New Delhi 110021
(ix)
Contents
Foreword (v)
Preface (vii)
SECTION A General 1
SECTION B Specifications for Three Phase 11 kV/433 - 250V Class 65
Distribution Transformers (upto and including 100 kVA)
SECTION B1 Specifications for Single Phase 11 kV / 250V and 11 kV/ 3/ 77
250V Distribution Transformers (10, 15 & 25 kVA Ratings)
SECTION C Specifications for Three Phase Distribution Transformers 87
(above 100 kVA and upto 33 kV class)
SECTION D Specifications for Power Transformers of Voltage Class below 145 kV 99
SECTION E Specifications for 145 kV Class Power Transformers 107
SECTION F Specifications for 245 kV Class Power Transformers 115
SECTION G Specifications for 420 kV Class Power Transformers 123
SECTION G1 Specifications for 800 kV Class Power Transformers 135
SECTION H Specification for Earthing Transformers 147
SECTION I Specifications for Valves for Transformers 157
SECTION J Test Requirements for Transformers 165
SECTION K Erection, Commissioning and Maintenance 223
SECTION K1 Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Techniques for 295
Power Transformers and Reactors
SECTION L Capitalisation Formula for Transformer Losses 319
SECTION M Specifications for Protective Schemes for Power and 323
Distribution Transformers
SECTION N Specifications for Voltage Control of Power Transformers 337
SECTION O Specifications for Fire Protection of Power Transformers 353
(x)
SECTION P Specifications for Transformer Bushings upto 800 kV Voltage Class 363
SECTION Q Specifications for Dry Type Transformers 375
SECTION R Cable Boxes for SF
6
Gas Insulated Transformer Terminations for 383
Rated Voltages of 72.5 kV and above
SECTION S Guidelines for Repair of Power Transformers at Site 397
About the Authors 419
SECTION A
General
SECTION A
General
1.0 GENERAL DESIGN OF APPARATUS
1.1 Compliance with Specifications
1.1.1 Except where otherwise specified or implied herein, the transformers shall comply
with the latest edition of Indian Standard 2026 (hereinafter referred to as "IS").
1.2 Design and Standardisation
1.2.1 The transformer and accessories shall be designed to facilitate operation, inspection,
maintenance and repairs. All apparatus shall also be designed to ensure satisfactory operation
under such sudden variations of load and voltage as may be met with under working
conditions on the system, including those due to short circuits.
1.2.2 The design shall incorporate every reasonable precaution and provision for the safety
of all those concerned in the operation and maintenance of the equipment keeping in view
the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules.
1.2.3 All material used shall be of the best quality and of the class most suitable for working
under the conditions specified and shall withstand the variations of temperatures and
atmospheric conditions arising under working conditions without undue distortion or
deterioration or the setting up of undue stresses in any part, and also without affecting the
strength and suitability of the various parts for the work which they have to perform.
1.2.4 Corresponding parts liable to be replaced shall be interchangeable.
1.2.5 Cast iron shall not be used for chambers of oil filled apparatus or for any part of the
equipment which is in tension or subject to impact stresses. This clause is not intended to
prohibit the use of suitable grades of cast iron for parts where service experience has shown
it to be satisfactory, e.g., large valve bodies.
1.2.6 All outdoor apparatus, including bushing insulators with their mountings, shall be
designed so as to avoid pocket in which water can collect.
1.2.7 Means shall be provided for the easy lubrication of all bearings and where necessary
of any mechanism or moving part, that is not oil immersed.
1.2.8 All mechanism shall, where necessary, be constructed of stainless steel, brass or gun-
metal to prevent sticking due to rust or corrosion.
1.2.9 All taper pins used in any mechanism shall be of the split type complying with IS: 2393
for these items.
Manual on Transformers
2
1.2.10 All connections and contacts shall be of amp le section and surface for carrying
continuously the specified currents without undue heating and fixed connections shall be
secured by bolts or set screws of ample size, adequately locked. Lock nuts shall be used on
stud connections carrying current. All leads from the winding to the terminal board and
bushings shall be adequately supported to prevent injury from vibration including a
systematical pull under short circuit conditions. Guide pulls shall be used where practicable.
1.2.11 All apparatus shall be designed to minimise the risk or accidental short -circuit caused
by animals, birds or vermin.
1.2.12 Provision shall be made to fix safety fence around top cover of transformers of rating
100 MVA and above, for safe working during installation and servicing for large capacity
transformers.
1.2.13 In tank on load tap changers shall be located such that the space above the diverter
switch chamber will be free of inter connecting pipes etc. for lifting the diverter switch unit
for inspection and maintenance purposes.
1.2.14 Dryness of the insulation may be ensured by measuring the water extraction during
vacuum drying. The water extraction per tonne of insulation per hour may be limited to
50 grams maximum. Alternatively dryness can be judged by dew point measurement.
1.3 Galvanising
1.3.1 Galvanising where specified shall be applied by the hot-dipped process or by electro-
galvanising process and for all parts other than steel wires shall consist of a thickness of zinc
coating equivalent to not less than 610 gm of zinc per square meter of surface. The zinc
coating shall be smooth, clean and of uniform thickness and free from defects. The
preparation of galvanising and the galvanising itself shall not adversely affect the mechanical
properties of the coated material. The quality will be established by tests as per IS: 2633.
Alternative to galvanising, zinc spraying or aluminising can also be considered.
1.3.2 All drilling, punching, cutting, bending and welding of parts shall be completed, and
all burrs shall be removed before the galvanising process is applied.
1.3.3 Galvanising of wires shall be applied by the hot-dipped process and shall meet the
requirements of the relevant Indian Standard. The zinc coating shall be smooth, clean and of
uniform thickness and free from defects. The preparation for galvanising itself shall not
adversely affect the mechanical properties of the wire.
1.3.4 Surfaces which are in contact with oil shall not be electrogalvanised/cadmium plated.
1.4 Labels
1.4.1 Labels shall be provided for all apparatus such as relays, switches, fuses, contained in
any cubicle or marshalling kiosks as shown in Fig. 1.
1.4.2 Descriptive labels for mounting indoors or inside cubicles and kiosks shall be of
material that will ensure permanence of the lettering. A matt or satin finish shall be provided
to avoid dazzle from reflected light. Labels mounted on dark surfaces shall have white
General
3
lettering on a black background. Danger notices shall have red lettering on a white
background.
1.4.3 All plates shall be of incorrodible material.
1.4.4 Labels shall be attached to panels with brass screws or with stainless steel screws or
these can be stuck with suitable adhesive also.
1.5 Bolts and Nuts
1.5.1 Steel bolts and nuts exposed to atmosphere shall be of following material :
l Size 12 mm or below stainless steel
l Above 12 mm steel with suitable finish like electrogalvanised with passivation.
1.5.2 All nuts, bolts and pins shall be locked in position with the exception of those external
to the transformer, under gasket pressure.
1.5.3 All bolts, nuts and washers exposed to atmosphere and in contact with non-ferrous
parts which carry current shall be of phosphor bronze.
1.5.4 If bolts and nuts are placed so that they are inaccessible by means of ordinary
spanners, suitable special spanners shall be provided by the supplier.
1.5.5 Bolts and nuts shall not be less than 8 mm in diameter except when used for small
wiring terminals.
1.6 Cleaning and Painting
1.6.1 Before painting or filling with oil or compound, all ungalvanised parts shall be
completely clean and free from rust, scale and grease, and all external surface cavities on
castings shall be filled by metal deposition.
1.6.2 All blast cleaned surfaces (except machined faces that have to be protected) must be
cleaned in accordance with ISO specification no. ISO 8501 Part 1(This standard specification
is based on and now supersedes Swedish Standard SIS 05 59 00) to a minimum standard of
ASa2 or BSa2 prior to paint application.
1.6.3 External and internal surfaces of all transformer tanks and chambers and other
fabricated steel items shall be cleaned of scale, rust and surface dirt by blast cleaning or other
suitable approved method. After cleaning, these surfaces should be immediately covered
with paint. Hot oil resistant varnish on white synthetic enamel/epoxy paint is to be used for
painting the inside of all oil filled chambers, including transformer tanks. Only one thin layer
( 25 microns) of this is to be applied.
1.6.4 Except for hardware, which may have to be removed at site, all external surfaces shall
receive at least four coats of paint. The type and thickness of paint shall be chosen to suit
pollution level at site.
1.6.5 Selection of paint system for different environmental conditions shall be in line with
ISO : 12944.
1.6.6 For rural or mild atmosphere, alkyd enamel primer and finish system may be used in
four coats to give a total dry film thickness of at least 80 microns.
4
1.6.7 For urban or industrial situation two coats of epoxy zinc phosphate or zinc chromate
primer topped with two coats of aliphatic polyurethane glossy finish paint is recommended.
The total dry film thickness should preferably be between 100 and 130 microns.
1.6.8 In case of highly polluted area, chemical atmosphere or at a place very near the sea
coast, paint as above with one intermediate coat of high build MIO (Micaceous iron oxide) as
an intermediate coat may be used to give a total dry film thickness of 150 to 180 microns.
1.6.9 All interior surfaces of chambers or kiosks that are in contact with air shall receive at
least three coats of paint, of which the topcoat shall be of a light shade. If heaters are not
provided in the chamber, then the top coat should be of anti condensation type.
1.6.10 Any scratch, bruise or paint damage incurred during transportation and unloading at
site should be made good by the purchaser as soon as the damage is detected. This is to be
done by thoroughly cleaning the damaged area and applying the full number of coats as was
applied originally. Manufacturer should supply the necessary paint for this touch up painting
at site.
1.6.11 One coat of additional paint shall be given at site over all external surfaces, including
hardware, after erection by the purchaser. Supplier shall furnish necessary information on the
make and grade of the top-coat paint. In general, it is possible to apply enamel paint over
epoxy polyurethane coating and the vice versa is not recommended. As far as possible the
make and grade of the recoat shall be same as the original coat.
1.7 Oil
1.7.1 The transformers and all associated oil-filled equipment shall normally be supplied
alongwith the first filling of oil and 10 percent excess quantity of oil shall also be supplied in
non-returnable drums. The oil shall conform to IS : 335. Alternatively, if the purchaser so
desires, oil may be supplied in tankers directly from the refinery for transformers which are
despatched from factory to site in gas filled condition.
1.8 Prevention of Acidity
1.8.1 The design and all materials and processes used in the manufacture of the transformer,
shall be such as to reduce to a minimum the risk of the development of acidity in the oil.
Special measures, such as nitrogen sealing or the use of inhibited oil shall not be resorted to,
unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.
2.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE
2.1 Type of Transformers and Operating Conditions
2.1.1 All transformers, unless otherwise specified shall be oil immersed and may be either
core or shell type and shall be suitable for outdoor installation. Normally oil immersed
transformer shall be provided with conservator vessels. Where sealed transformers are
specified, there shall be no conservator but adequate space shall be provided for expansion of
oil without developing undue pressure. The types of cooling shall be as stated in the relevant
specifications.
General
5

F
i
g
.

1

T
y
p
i
c
a
l

l
a
b
l
e
s

a
n
d

d
i
a
l

p
l
a
t
e
s

6
2.1.2 Transformers designed for mixed cooling shall be capable of operating under the
natural cooled condition upto the specified load. The forced cooling equipment shall come
into operation by pre-set contacts in WTI and the transformer will operate as a forced cooled
unit.
2.1.3 Transformer shall be capable of remaining in operation at full load for 10 minutes
after failure of the oil and/or water circulating pumps or blowers without the calculated
winding hot-spot temperature exceeding l50
o
C. Transformer fitted with two coolers each
capable of dissipating 50 percent of the losses at Continuous Maximum Rating (CMR) shall
be capable of remaining in operation for 20 minutes in the event of failure of the oil and/or
water circulating pumps or blowers associated with one cooler without the estimated winding
hot-spot temperature exceeding l50
o
C.
2.2 Continuous Maximum Rating and Overloads
2.2.1 Transformers provided with mixed cooling shall comply, as regards its rating,
temperature rise and overloads, with the appropriate requirements of IS : 2026 when
operating with natural cooling and with mixed cooling.
2.2.2 All transformers, except where stated shall be capable of operation continuously, in
accordance with IS loading guide at their CMR and at any ratio. In case bi-directional flow
of power is required, that shall be specifically stated by the purchaser.
2.2.3 Temperature rise test shall be performed at the tapping as desired by the purchaser. If
nothing has been stated by the purchaser, the test shall be carried out at the tapping with the
highest load losses.
2.2.4 The transformer may be operated without danger on any particular tapping at the rated
kVA provided that the voltage does not vary by more than + 10 percent of the voltage
corresponding to the tapping.
2.2.5 The transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation with a frequency variation
of + 3% from normal 50 Hz. Combined voltage and frequency variation should not exceed
the rated V/f ratio by 10%.
Note : Operation of a transformer at rated kVA at reduced voltage may give rise to excessive losses and temperature
rise
2.3 Voltage Ratio
2.3.1 The voltage between phases on the higher and lower voltage windings of each
transformer measured at no-load and corresponding to the normal ratio of transformation
shall be those stated in the ordering schedule.
2.3.2 Means shall be provided in accordance with clauses 8 and 9 for varying the normal
ratio of transformation.
General
7
2.4 Electrical Connections
2.4.1 Transformers shall be connected in accordance with the IS vector symbol specified in
ordering schedule of the requirements.
2.4.2 Auto connected and star/star connected transformers shall have delta connected
stabilising windings if specified in the order. Two leads from one open corner of the delta
connection shall be brought out to separate bushings. Links shall be provided for joining
together the two terminals so as to complete the delta connection and earthing it external to
the tank.
2.5 Duty under Fault Conditions
2.5.1 Except where modified below, it is to be assumed that the capacity of generating
plants simultaneously connected is such that normal voltage will be maintained on one side
of any transformer when there is a short -circuit between phases or to earth on the other side.
Any transformer may be directly connected to an underground or overhead transmission line
and switched into and out of service together with its associated transmission line.
2.5.2 All transformers shall be capable of withstanding any external short -circuit according
to IS : 2026 without damage.
2.5.3 Transformers with tertiary windings shall be capable of withstanding the mechanical
and thermal effects of any external short-circuit to earth with the short -circuit MVA available
at the terminals not exceeding the values given in the ordering schedule with the neutral
points on both HV and LV windings directly connected to earth as per the requirements of
IS : 2026.
2.5.4 Transformers directly connected to generator (generator step-up transformers) shall be
designed for exceptional circumstances arising due to sudden disconnection of the load and
shall be capable of operating at approximately 25 percent above normal rated voltage for a
period not exceeding one minute and 40 percent above normal rated voltage for a period of 5
seconds. However, the purchaser will install the over fluxing protection device in case of
generator step-up transformers.
Note : All inter-connected transformers of 50MVA and above shall also be provided with over fluxing protection
device by the purchaser.
2.6 Stabilising Windings
2.6.1 If specified in the order, the stabilising winding shall be capable of carrying
continuously the load specified therein.
2.6.2 The design of stabilising winding shall be such as to take care of the effect of
transferred surges and the tenderer shall offer suitable surge protection wherever necessary.

8
2.7 Losses
2.7.1 The accepted losses of each transformer shall be stated in the order. The tolerance on
the losses of each transformer shall be in accordance with IS : 2026.
2.8 Regulation and Impedance
2.8.1 The impedance voltage at principal tap and rated kVA shall be stated in the order and
tolerance shall be in accordance with IS : 2026.
2.8.2 For all transformers, the value of impedance on any other tapping shall be generally
subject to the approval of the purchaser at the time of order. Any specific requirement may
be mentioned at the time of enquiry as a prequalification instead of at the time of order.
2.9 Flux Density
2.9.1 The maximum flux density in any part of the core and yokes, of each transformer at
normal voltage and frequency shall be such that the flux density in over-voltage condition as
per clause 2.2.5 shall not exceed 1.9 Tesla (19,000 lines per cm
2
)
However, in case of transformers with variable flux the voltage variation which would affect
flux density at every tap shall be kept in view while designing transformers.
2.10 Vibration and Noise
2.10.1 Every care shall be taken to ensure that the design and manufacture of all
transformers and auxiliary plant shall be such as to have minimum noise and vibration levels
following good modern manufacturing practices.
2.10.2 The manufacturers will ensure that the noise level shall not exceed the figures as per
Table 0 -1 of NEMA Pub. No. TR - 1.
2.11 Suppression of Harmonics
2.11.1 All the transformers shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of
harmonic voltage, especially the third and fifth, so as to eliminate wave-form distortion and
from any possibility of high frequency disturbances, inductive effects or of circulating
currents between the neutral points at different transforming stations reaching such a
magnitude as to cause interference with communication circuits.
3.0 CORES
The cores shall be constructed from high grade cold rolled non-ageing grain oriented silicon
steel laminations.
3.1 Magnetic Circuit
3.1.1 The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges,
development of short -circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure and the
production of flux components at right angles to the plane of the laminations which may
cause local heating.
General
9
3.1.2 Every care shall be excercised in the selection, treatment and handling of core steel to
ensure that as far as is practicable, the laminations are flat and the finally assembled core is
free from distortion.
3.1.3 Adequate oxide/silicate coating is to be given on the core steel. However, laminations
can be insulated by the manufactures if considered necessary.
3.1.4 Oil ducts shall be provided where necessary to ensure adequate cooling. The winding
structure and major insulation shall not obstruct the free flow of oil through such ducts.
Where the magnetic circuit is divided into pockets by cooling ducts parallel to the planes of
the laminations or by insulating material above 0.25 mm thick, tinned copper strip bridging
pieces shall be inserted to maintain electrical continuity between pockets.
3.1.5 The framework and clamping arrangements shall be earthed in accordance with
clause 5.2.
3.1.6 When insulation is provided for the core to core bolts and core to clamp plates, the
same shall withstand a voltage of 2000 V AC for one minute.
3.1.7 For consideration of overfluxing the transformer shall be suitable for continuous
operation for values of overfluxing factor upto 1.1, this factor being v/v
m
X f
n
/f. The
manufacturer shall state the overfluxing capability and corresponding withstand durations for
the transformers for factors 1.1, 1.25 and 1.4.
3.2 Mechanical Construction of Cores
3.2.1 All parts of the cores shall be of robust design capable of withstanding any shocks to
which they may be subjected during lifting, transport, installation and service.
3.2.2 All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly sand blasted or shot
blasted after cutting, drilling and welding. Any non-magnetic or high resistance alloy shall be
of established quality.
3.2.3 Adequate lifting lugs shall be provided to enable the core and windings to be lifted.
3.2.4 Adequate provision shall be made to prevent movement of the core and winding
relative to the tank during transport and installation or while in service.
3.2.5 The supporting framework of the cores shall be so designed as to avoid the presence
of pockets which would prevent complete emptying of the tank through the drain valve, or
cause trapping of air during filling.
4.0 WINDINGS
4.1 General
4.1.1 All star connected windings for system of 66 kV and above shall have graded
insulation as defined in IS : 2026. All windings for system voltages lower than 66 kV shall
be fully insulated. All neutral points shall be insulated for the voltages specified in IS : 2026.
10
4.1.2 Power transformers shall be designed to withstand the impulse and power frequency
test voltages as specified in IS : 2026.
4.1.3 The windings shall be designed to reduce to a minimum the out-of-balance forces in
the transformer at all voltage ratios.
4.1.4 The insulation of transformer windings and connection shall be free from insulating
composition liable to soften, ooze out, shrink or collapse and be non-catalytic and chemically
inactive in transformer oil during service.
4.1.5 The stacks of windings shall receive adequate shrinkage treatment before final
assembly. Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up any possible shrinkage of coils
in service.
4.1.6 The coil clamping arrangement and the finished dimensions of any oil ducts shall be
such as will not impede the free circulation of oil through the ducts.
4.1.7 No strip conductor wound on edge shall have a width exceeding generally six times its
thickness.
4.1.8 The conductors shall be transposed at sufficient intervals in order to minimise eddy
currents and equalise the distribution of currents and temperatures along the windings.
4.2 Bracing of Windings
4.2.1 The windings and connections of all transformers shall be braced to withstand shocks
which may occur during transport, or due to switching short -circuit and other transient
conditions during service.
4.2.2 Coil clamping rings, if provided, shall be of steel or of suitable insulating material.
5.0 INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENTS
5.1 General
5.1.1 All metal parts of the transformer with the exception of the individual core
laminations, core bolts and associated individual clamping plates shall be maintained at same
fixed potential.
5.2 Earthing of Core Clamping Structure
5.2.1 The top main core clamping structure shall be connected to the tank body by a copper
strap. The bottom clamping structure shall be earthed by one or more of the following
methods:
(a) By connection through vertical tie-rods to the top structure
(b) By a connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth
connection to the tank
General
11
5.3 Earthing of Magnetic Circuit
5.3.1 The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structure at one point only
through a link placed in an accessible position beneath an inspection opening in the tank
cover. The connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main earth
connection. The link should be brought out using bushing/terminal board on all transformers
above 31.5 MVA.
5.3.2 When magnetic circuits are subdivided into separate isolated sections by ducts
perpendicular to the plane of laminations all such sections should be earthed.
5.4 Earthing of Coil Clamping Rings
5.4.1 Where coil clamping rings are of metal at earth potential, each ring shall be connected
to the adjacent core clamping structure on the same side of transformer as the main earth
connections.
5.5 Size of Earthing Connections
5.5.1 All earthing connections with the exception of those from the individual coil clamping
rings shall have a cross-sectional area of not less than 0.8 cm
2
. Connections inserted between
laminations of different sections of core as per clause 5.3.2 shall have a cross-sectional area
of not less than 0.2 cm
2
.
6.0 TANKS
6.1 Tank Construction
(a) All transformer reactor tanks should generally be of conventional type i.e., tank body
with top cover, Bell shaped construction can be specified for 100 MVA and higher
rating transformer unless otherwise specified.
(b) Top cover of conventional type transformer and Bell type construction may be bolted
or welded to the tank body rim. Inspection covers shall always be bolted type.
6.1.1 The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from low carbon steel suitable for
welding and of adequate thickness. The tanks of all transformers shall be complete with all
accessories and shall be designed so as to allow the complete transformer in the tank and
filled with oil, to be lifted by crane or jacks, transportation by road, rail or ship/boat without
over straining any joints and without causing leakage of oil.
6.1.2 The transformer conservator tank, if equipped with an air cell, need not be designed
for full vacuum but a vacuum-tight valve should be provided in the Buchholz relay pipe
connection.
Alternatively an equalising connection may be provided between the inside of air cell and
conservator for evacuating the conservator along with air cell, which may be removed after
evacuation and oil filling.

12
6.1.3 The main tank body excluding tap-changing compartments, radiators and coolers shall
be capable of withstanding vacuum given in the following t able :

Vacuum
Highest system MVA rating gauge (mm of Hg)
voltage kV pressure kN/m
2

Up to 72 kV Up to 1.6 34.7 250
above 1.6 and up to 20 68.0 500
above 20 100.64 760
Above 72 kV for all MVA
ratings 100.64 760
6.1.4 The base of each tank shall be so designed that it shall be possible to move the
complete transformer unit by skidding in any direction without any damage when using
plates or rails.
6.1.5 Normally a detachable underbase will be used, but in case transport facilities permit, a
fixed underbase can be used.
6.1.6 Where the base is of a channel construction, it shall be designed to prevent retention
of water.
6.1.7 Tank stiffners shall be designed to prevent retention of water.
6.1.8 Wherever possible the transformer tank and its accessories shall be designed without
pockets where gas many collect. Where pockets cannot be avoided, pipes shall be provided
to vent the gas into the main expansion pipe. The vent pipes shall have a minimum inside
diameter of 15 mm except for short branch pipes which may be 6 mm minimum inside
diameter.
6.1.9 All joints other than those which may have to be broken shall be welded when
required they shall be double welded. All bolted joints to the tank shall be fitted with suitable
oil-tight gaskets which shall give a satisfactory service under the operating conditions and
guaranteed temperature rise conditions. Special attention shall be given to the methods of
making hot oil tight joints between the tank and the cover as also between the cover and the
bushing and all other outlets to ensure that the joints can be remade satisfactorily at site and
with ease with the help of semi-skilled labour.
6.2 Lifting and Haulage Facilities
6.2.1 Each tank shall be provided with :
(a) Lifting lugs suitable for lifting the transformer complete with oil
(b) A minimum of four jacking lugs, in accessible positions to enable the transformer
complete with oil, to be raised or lowered using hydraulic or screw jacks. The
minimum height of the lugs above the base shall be:
- Transformers upto and including 10 tonnes weight - 300 mm (approx.) so as to
accommodate suitable jacks beneath the jacking parts
General
13
- Transformers above 10 tonnes weight - 500 mm (approx.) so as to
accommodate suitable jacks beneath the jacking lugs
(c) Suitable haulage holes shall be provided
6.2.2 To facilitate safe handling at site, the longitudinal and transverse axes and the centre
of gravity of main transformer tank should be marked permanently on all four sides.

6.3 Tank Cover
6.3.1 Each tank cover shall be of adequate strength, and shall not distort when lifted.
Inspection openings shall be provided as necessary to give easy access to bushings or
changing ratio or testing the earth connection. Each inspection opening shall be of ample size
for the purpose for which it is provided and at least two openings one at each end of the tank,
shall be provided.
6.3.2 The tank cover and inspection covers shall be provided with suitable lifting
arrangements. Unless otherwise approved inspection covers shall not weigh more than 25 kg
each.
6.3.3 The tank cover shall be fitted with pockets for a thermometer and for the bulbs of oil
and winding temperature indicators. Protection shall be provided, where necessary, for each
capillary tube.
6.3.4 The thermometer pocket shall be fitted with a captive screwed top to prevent the
ingress of water.
6.3.5 The pockets shall be located in the position of maximum oil temperature at CMR and
it shall be possible to remove the instrument bulbs without lowering the oil in the tank.
6.4 Axles and Wheels
6.4.1 Requirement of the roller will be specified for plinth mounted transformers. If
required only one set of roller of each size to be asked for.
6.4.2 If specified, transformers are to be provided with wheels and axles. They shall be of
such dimensions and so supported that under any service conditions they shall not deflect
sufficiently to interfere with the movement of the transformer. Suitable locking arrangements
will be provided to prevent the accidential movement of the transformer.
6.4.3 All wheels should be detachable and shall be made of cast iron or steel as required.
6.4.4 Wherever specified, flanged wheels shall be provided suitable for use on gauge track
as specified in the detailed specification and shall be so placed that pinchbar can be used to
move the transformer.
6.4.5 The direction of motion shall be specified in case of undirectional movement.
14
6.4.6 If wheels are required to swivel, they shall be arranged so that they can be turned
through an angle of 90 when the tank is jacked up clear of the rails or floor. Means shall be
provided for locking the swivel movements in positions parallel to and at right angles to the
longitudinal axis of the tank.
6.5 Conservator Vessels, Oil Gauges and Breathers
6.5.1 A conservator complete with sump and drain valve shall be provided in such a
position as not to obstruct the electrical connections to the transformer having a capacity
between highest and lowest visible levels of 7.5% of the total cold oil volume in the
transformer and cooling equipment. The minimum indicated oil level shall be with the feed
pipe from the main tank covered with not less than 15 mm depth of oil and the indicated
range of oil level shall be from minimum to maximum.
6.5.2 If the sump is formed by extending the feed pipe inside the conservator vessel, this
extension shall be for at least 25 mm. The conservator shall be designed so that it can be
completely drained by means of the drain valve provided, when mounted as in service.
6.5.3 One end of the conservator shall be bolted into position so that it can be removed for
cleaning purposes.
6.5.4 Normally one oil gauge, magnetic/prismatic/plain type as specified shall be provided.
6.5.5 The oil level at 30C shall be marked on the gauge.
6.5.6 Taps or valves shall not be fitted to oil gauge.
6.5.7 The oil connection from the transformer tank to the conservator vessel shall be
arranged at a rising angle of 3 to 9 degrees to the horizontal up to the Buchholz Relay and
shall consist of :
(a) For transformers up to and including 1000 kVA 25 mm inside diameter pipes as per
IS : 3639
(b) For transformers from 1001 to 10,000 kVA 50 mm inside diameter pipes as per
IS: 3639
(c) For transformers of over 10,000 kVA 80 mm inside diameter pipes as per IS : 3639
6.5.8 A valve shall be provided at the conservator to cut-off the oil supply to the
transformer, after providing a straight run of pipe for at least a length of five times the
internal diameter of the pipe on the tank side of the gas and oil actuated relay and at least
three times the internal diameter of the pipe on the conservator side of the gas and oil
actuated relay.
6.5.9 Each conservator vessel shall be fitted with a breather in which silica gel is the
dehydrating agent and designed so that :
(a) The passage of air is through the silica gel.
General
15
(b) The external atmosphere is not continuously in contact with the silica gel.
(c) The moisture absorption indicated by a change in colour of the tinted crystals, can be
easily observed from distance.
(d) All breathers shall be mounted at approximately 1,400 mm above ground level.
(e) Self indicating (blue) silica gel contains the dye cobalt chloride which has potential
health hazards.
An alternative to the blue self indicating silica gel is SILICA GEL ORANGE with an
organic indicator. The colour changes from orange to light yellow as it absorbs
moisture.

6.5.10 One non-return valve, which may automatically cut off the flow of oil from
conservator towards the main tank may be provided in the pipe connection between the
Buchholz relay and conservator for transformers of 100 MVA and above.
6.6 Filter and Drain Valves sampling Devices and Air Release plugs
6.6.1 Each transformer shall be fitted with the following :
(a) The filter and drain valves as specified.
(b) A drain valve as specified below shall be fitted to each conservator.
For diameter up to 650 mm: Size of the valve 15 mm.
For diameter above 650 mm : Size of the valve 25 mm.
(c) A robust oil sampling device shall be provided at the top and bottom of the main tank.
The sampling device shall not be fitted on the filter valves specified under (a) above.
(d) One 15 mm air release plug.
(e) For transformers above 100 MVA rating, one 100 mm bore valve shall be provided
for attaching vacuum connection and with provisions for attaching a vacuum gauge, a
pressure gauge or an oil level indicator.
6.6.2 All other valves opening to atmosphere shall be fitted with blank flanges.
6.7 Cooler and Radiator Connections
Valves and valve mountings shall be provided as specified under "Cooling Plant" Clause 7.
6.7.1 All valves shall be of gun-metal or cast steel or may have cast iron bodies with gun-
metal fittings. They shall be of full way type with internal screw and shall be opened by
turning counter clock-wise when facing the handwheel.
16
6.7.2 Means shall be provided for padlocking the bottom valves in the open and closed
positions. This is required for the valves where opening device like hand-wheel, keys, etc.,
are the integral part.
6.7.3 Every valve shall be provided with an indicator to show clearly the position of the
valve.
6.7.4 All valves shall be provided with flanges having machined faces.
6.7.5 The drilling of valve flanges shall comply with the requirements of IS : 3639.
6.8 Pressure Relief Device
6.8.1 The pressure relief device shall be provided of sufficient sizes for rapid release of any
pressure that may be generated within the tank, and which might result in damage to the
equipment. The device shall operate at a static pressure of less than the hydraulic test
pressure for transformer tank. Means shall be provided to prevent the ingress of rain water.
6.8.2 Unless otherwise approved the relief device shall be mounted on the main tank, and, if
on the cover, shall be fitted with skirt projecting 25 mm inside the tank and of such a design
to prevent gas accumulation.
6.8.3 If a diphragm is used it shall be of suitable design and material and situated above
maximum oil level.
6.8.4 If a diaphragm is put at the base of pipe, an oil gauge is required on the stand pipe for
indicating fracture of diaphragm.
6.8.5 One of the following methods shall be used for relieving or equalising the pressure in
the pressure relief device:
(a) An equaliser pipe connecting the pressure relief device to the conservator, or
(b) The fitting of a silica gel breather to the pressure relief device. The breather being
mounted in a suitable position for access at ground level.
6.8.6 If specified, the pressure relief valve (spring operated type) capable of releasing the
pressure in the tank when it rises above a predetermined safe limit, shall be provided. It shall
be provided with a microswitch for actuating trip contact when it operates. It shall also give a
visual indication of valve operation by raising a flag. The flag and the switch shall remain
operated until they are reset manually. The operating pressure of the pressure relief valve
shall always be less than the tank test pressure. The microswitch shall have IP 55 protection
and the fasteners shall be of rust proof material.
6.8.7 An oil splashguard shall be provided to the pressure relief device to restrict spillage of
hot oil in the event of operation of the pressure relief device.
General
17
6.9 Accommodation for Auxiliary Apparatus
6.9.1 If specified, facilities shall be provided for the mounting of internal/external neutral
current transformer(s) adjacent to the neutral terminal(s) and tank.
6.10 Earthing Terminal
6.10.1 Two earthing terminals capable of carrying for 4 seconds the full lower voltage, short -
circuit current of the transformer. Provision shall be made at positions close to each of the
bottom two corners of the tank for bolting the earthing terminals to the tank structure to suit
local conditions. The design of earthing terminals shall be as per IS 3639 - Part 3 (Fittings
and accessories for Power Transformers Part 3 : Earth Terminals.
6.11 Rating, Diagram and Property Plates
6.11.1 The following plates shall be fixed to the transformer tank at an average height of
about 1750 mm above ground level as shown in Figs. 2 and 3.
(a) A rating plate bearing the data specified in the appropriate clauses of IS : 2026
(b) A diagram plate showing the internal connections and also the voltage vector
relationship of the several windings in accordance with IS: 2026 and in addition a plan
view of the transformer, giving the correct physical relationship of the terminals.
When links are provided in accordance with clause 2.3 for changing the transformer
ratio, then approved means shall be provided for clearly indicating ratio for which the
transformer is connected. No load voltage shall be indicated for each tap.
(c) Where specified a plate showing the location and function of all valves and air release
cocks or plugs is to be provided. This plate shall also warn operators to refer to the
maintenance instructions before applying the vacuum treatment for drying (Fig. 4).
6.11.2 The above plates shall be of material capable to withstanding continuous outdoor
service.
6.12 Joints and Gaskets
6.12.1 All gaskets used for making oil tight joints shall be of proven material such as
granulated cork bonded with synthetic rubber or synthetic rubber gaskets conforming to
IS : 4253, unless otherwise specified.
18

Fig. 2 Typical rating and diagram plate for OFAF cooled power transformer with on-load tapchanger
General
19

Fig. 3 Typical rating and diagram plate of off circuit OFWF cooled power transformer

20

Fig. 4 Typical valve schedule for power transformer

7.0 COOLING PLANT
7.1 General
7.1.1 Radiators and coolers shall be so designed as to avoid pockets in which moisture may
collect and shall withstand the pressure tests.
General
21
7.1.2 Unless the pipe work is shielded by adequate earthed metal the clearance between all
pipe work and live parts shall be more than the clearance for live parts to earth.
7.2 Radiators Mounted Directly to the Tank/Banked
7.2.1 Detachable radiators as per section I of this manual.
7.2.2 Valves shall be provided on the tank at each point of connection to the tank.
7.2.3 Where separate radiator banks are provided, the conservator vessels specified in
clause 6.5 can be mounted thereon.
7.2.4 All coolers shall be suitable for mounting on a flat concrete base.
7.2.5 The oil circuit of all coolers shall be provided with the following:
(a) A valve at each point of connection to the transformer tank
(b) Removable blanking plates to permit the blanking off the main oil connection of each
cooler.
(c) A drain valve of 25 mm at the lowest point of each bank of cooler
(d) A thermometer pocket fitted with a captive screwed cap on the inlet and outlet oil
branches of each separately mounted cooler bank.
(e) A filter valve as specified in clause 6.6 at the top and bottom of each cooler bank of
cooler.
(f) Air release plugs of 15 mm.
7.2.6 In addition the following are to be provided only with water cooled oil coolers which
shall be as per IS : 6088 :
(a) A suitable differential pressure gauge or equivalent suitable device fitted with
electrical contacts to give an alarm when differential pressure between cooler oil
outlet and water inlet pressure drops below a preset value.
(b) Oil and water flow switches, fitted with electrical contacts, in the pipework adjacent to
the coolers.
7.2.7 The disposition of flow indicators is to be as shown in Fig. 5.
7.2.8 Water cooled oil coolers shall be double tube type in which water shall circulate
through the inner tube and oil in between the outer tube and shell. The design of shell and
tube assembly shall be such as to facilitate cleaning without any risk of water mixing with
the oil. The material of the tube plates and tube shall be such that corrosion shall not take
place due to galvanic action. A water analysis report shall be furnished, in time, to enable
supplier to ensure a suitable material for tube and tube plates.
22
7.2.9 Any leakage which may take place in the oil cooler shall be of the oil into the water
and not the reverse, and means shall be provided to ensure that the pressure of the oil in the
cooler is always greater than the pressure of the water. The water pressure in the cooler will
be kept as low as possible. Further, the cooling water discharge should be free to the
atmosphere to reduce the pressure in the cooler.
7.3 Oil Piping and Flanges
7.3.1 The necessary oil piping shall be provided for connecting each transformer to the
coolers and oil pumps. The oil piping shall be with flanged gasketed joints. Cast iron shall
not be used.
7.3.2 The drilling of all water and oil pipe flanges shall comply with IS: 3639 and IS: 1536
(Section I -specification for valves for transformers.)

Fig. 5 Flow indicators and alarms
General
23
7.3.3 A suitable expansion piece shall be provided in each oil pipe connection between the
transformer and the separately mounted oil coolers.
7.3.4 Drain valves/plugs shall be provided in order that each section of pipework can be
drained independently.
7.4 Oil Pumps
7.4.1 Each forced oil cooler shall be provided with a motor driven oil pump of the
submerged motor type and of adequate capacity. It shall be possible t o remove the pump and
motor from the oil circuit without having to lower the level of oil in the transformer or
coolers and without having to disturb the pump foundation fixing. Oil pump shall be capable
of dealing with the maximum output of transformer and total head which may occur in
service and with the varying head due to changes in the viscosity of the oil.
7.4.2 Each pump assembly shall be furnished with oil flow indicator with alarm contacts to
indicate normal pump operation and oil flow.
7.4.3 For mixed type cooling, the pump should be of axial flow type to permit oil
circulation when pump is idle.
7.4.5 Under no circumstances, the degree of forced circulation create a static electrification
hazard in any part of a transformer under any operating condition.
7.5 Air Blowers and Ducts
7.5.1 Air blowers for use with oil coolers or for air blast cooling shall be motor driven.
They shall be suitable for continuous operation outdoors and capable of dealing with the
maximum output and total head required in service. The bearings shall be of sealed type,
which does not require frequent lubrication.
7.5.2 Air blowers shall be capable of withstanding the stresses imposed when brought up to
full speed by the direct application of full line voltage to the motor.
7.5.3 Air blowers shall be complete with all necessary air ducting and coolers shall be
designed so that they operate with a minimum of noise or drumming. In order to reduce the
transmission of noise and vibration the blowers shall be either mounted independently from
the coolers or, alternatively, an approved form of antivibration mounting shall be adopted. It
shall be possible to remove the blower complete with motor without disturbing or
dismantling the cooler structure framework.
7.5.4 Blades or runners fabricated to form hollow sections shall not be used.
7.5.5 Blades shall be suitably painted for outdoor use.
7.5.6 If fans are mounted at a height less than 2.5 m suitably painted wire-mesh guards with
a mesh not greater than 25 mm shall be provided to prevent accidental contact with the
blades. Fans mounted at more than 2.5 m height shall be provided with outside guards
against birdage. Guards shall be provided over all moving shaft and couplings.
24
7.6 Motors
7.6.1 Motors shall be of the squirrel cage totally enclosed weather-proof type and shall
comply with Indian Standards as applicable for continuously rated machine. The motors shall
be capable of operating at all loads without undue vibration and with a minimum of noise.
They shall be suitable for direct starting and for continuous running from 415-240 volts
three-phase, 4 wire 50 Hz supply.
7.6.2 All motors shall be capable of continuous operation at any frequency between 48 and
51 Hz, together with any voltage within 5 percent of the nominal value. Motors upon which
the primary equipment depends for its continued operation at full load shall also be capable
of continuous operation at 85 percent of the nominal voltage at normal frequency without
injurious over-heating.
7.6.3 All motors shall have ball or roller bearings and grease lubricators shall be fitted with
hexagon nipples to relevant Indian Standard.
7.6.4 Vertical spindle motors shall have bearings capable of withstanding the thrust due to
the weight of the moving parts and the action of impeller.
7.6.5 The stator windings shall be adequately braced and suitably impregnated to render
them non-hygroscopic and oil resistant. Weather-proof motors shall be provided with
suitable means of breathing and drainage to prevent accumulation of water.
7.6.6 Each terminal box shall be fitted with means of terminating the external wiring for
outdoor use.
7.6.7 Varnished cambric or glass insulation shall be used for connections from the winding
to the terminals. All motor terminals shall be of the stud type and totally enclosed.
7.6.8 Each pump, or blower and its motor shall be mounted on a common base plate and the
drive shall be direct.
7.7. Cooler Control
7.7.1 Each motor or group of motors shall be provided with a three pole electrically
operated contactor and with control gear of suitable design both for starting and stopping the
motor manually and also automatically from the contacts on the winding temperature
indicating device specified in clause 13. Additional terminals for remote manual electrical
control of motors shall be provided. Overload and single phasing protection shall be provided
but no-volt release shall not be fitted. HRC fuses shall be provided for the main supply. This
equipment shall be accommodated in the marshalling box specified in clause 15.
7.7.2 Where small motors are connected in groups, the group protection shall be arranged so
that it operates satisfactorily in the event of a fault occurring on a single motor.
7.7.3 Where blowers and oil pumps are provided, the connections shall be arranged as to
allow the motors or groups of motors to be started up and shutdown either collectively or
individually.
7.7.4 All motor contactors and their associated apparatus shall be capable of holding in and
operating satisfactorily and without over heating for a period of ten minutes if the supply
General
25
voltage falls for the period, to 75 per cent of normal at normal frequency. The motor
contactors and associated apparatus shall be capable of normal operation with a supply
voltage of 85 per cent of the normal value and at normal frequency.
7.7.5 All contacts and other parts which may require renewal, adjustment or inspection shall
be readilly accessible.
7.7.6 The control arrangements are to be so designed as to prevent the simultaneous starting
of motors of a total rating of more than 20 HP.
7.7.7 Alarm indication for failure of group of fans and oil pump shall be provided.
7.7.8 Alarm indication shall be provided to indicate failure of power supply.
7.7.9 The start up or shut down of any pump or combination of pumps must not cause
maloperation of any gas and oil actuated relay.
7.7.10 For transformers with OFWF cooling required to meet peak load requirements and
are thus switched on or off during the day, the oil pump shall be kept running when the
transformer is off for a short period but water circuit is switched off. In case the transformer
is switched off for a longer time, the oil pump can also be switched off but it shall be run at
least one hour earlier before the transformer is energised again.
8.0 VOLTAGE CONTROL (OFF-CIRCUIT TYPE)
Voltage Control (off-circuit type) should conform to section N of the specification.
9.0 VOLTAGE CONTROL (ON-LOAD TYPE)
Voltage control (on-load type) should conform to section N of the specification.
10.0 PARALLEL OPERATION OF TRANSFORMERS WITH ON-LOAD
TAPCHANGER
10.1 Besides the local and remote electrical control specified in clause 9, on-load
tapchangers, when specified, should be suitable for remote electrical parallel control as in
clause 10.2.
10.2 Remote Electrical Parallel Control
10.2.1 In addition to the methods of control as in clause 9, the following additional
provision shall be made.
10.2.2 Suitable selector switch be provided, so that any one transformer of the group can at
a time be selected as "Master", "Follower" or "Independent".
10.2.3 Necessary interlock blocking independent control when the units are in parallel,
shall be provided.
10.2.4 The scheme will be such that only one transformer of a group can be selected as
"Master".
10.2.5 An out-of-step device shall be provided for each transformer which shall be
arranged to prevent further tapchanging when transformers in a group operating in "Parallel
control" are one tap out-of-step.
26
11.0 BUSHING INSULATORS AND TERMINALS
The bushing should comply with IS 2099, IS 12676 and section P of this specification. The
over voltage power frequency test level or the BIL of bushings should be one step higher
than that of the windings.
11.1 Transformers shall be fitted either with bushing insulators or with cable boxes, as
stated in order. Where accommodation for current transformers is required on 72.5 kV
bushings and above, the requisite details will be notified to the supplier at the time of
tendering.
11.2 Special precautions shall be taken to avoid ingress of moisture into paper insulation
during manufacture, assembly, transport and erection.
11.3 Each porcelain bushing or insulator, and paper bushing shall have marked upon it the
manufacturer's identification mark, and such other mark as may be required to assist in the
representative selection of batches for the purposes of the sample tests.
11.4 Clamps and fittings made of steel or malleable iron shall be hot dip galvanised. All
fasteners of size 12 mm and above shall be hot dip galvanised and fasteners of size less than
12 mm shall be of stainless steel.
11.5 The bushing flanges shall not be of re-entrant shape which may trap air.
11.6 Bushing turrets shall be provided with vent pipes which shall be connected to route
any gas collection through the Buchholz relay. The take off point of the vent pipes shall be
the top most point on the bushing turret so that there will not be any air trapped in the
bushing turret.
11.7 The minimum clearances in air between live conductive parts and conductive parts to
earthed structure shall be as follows:
Minimum clearances
Rated System Voltage Basic Insulation level Phase to Phase to
kV kV peak phase (mm) earth (mm)
11 75 280 140
22 125 330 230
33 170 350 320
47 250 530 480
66 352 700 660
110/132 550 1220 1050
132 650 1430 1270
220 950 2000 1800
220 1050 2350 2150
400 1425 4000 3500
800 1950 5800 5000

Note : 1. These clearances are applicable for transformers to be installed up to an altitude of 1000 m above
mean sea level.
2. For altitude exceeding 1000 m the clearance should be increased by 3 percent for every additional
300 m.
3. Air clearance of 3500 mm between phase to earth for 400 kV system can be relaxed by maximum
200 mm as fas as air release pipe emanating from bushing turret is concerned.

General
27
12.0 CABLE BOXES AND DISCONNECTING CHAMBERS
12.1 Cable boxes shall be suitable for terminating the cables directly or alternatively shall
be in the form of sealing end-chambers for accommodation sealing ends into which the cable
will be terminated, as specified in the order.
12.2 Cable boxes shall be designed to accommodate all the cable joint fittings or sealing
ends required by the manufacturers of the cables, including stress/cones or other approved
means for grading the voltage stress on the terminal insulation of cables operating at voltages
of 22 kV and above, between phases. They shall also be provided with expansion chambers
for the filling medium and means of preventing the formation of air spaces when filling.
Drain plugs of ample size shall be provided to enable the filling medium to be removed
quickly.
12.3 The cable boxes shall be fitted with suitable non-ferrous wiping glands with combined
armour and earthing clamps. The ends of all wiping glands shall be tinned before despatch to
site. Wiping glands for single core cables shall be insultated from the box. Wiping glands
insulation cables shall be capable of withstanding a dry high voltage test of 2,000 volts AC
for one minute. Air insulated cable boxes for PVC cables may be provided with compression
glands. Sufficient wiping glands shall be provided for the termination of required number of
cables.
12.4 Where cable boxes are provided for three core cables, the seating sockets on the two
outer phases shall preferably be inclined towards the centre to minimise bending of the cable
cores. Where there is more than one core per phase, the socket block shall be so designed as
to minimise bending of the cable cores.
12.5 Where cables for 1 kV and above are terminated in the cable box, if specified an oil-
filled disconnecting chamber with removable links shall be provided for testing purposes. A
barrier shall be provided on both sides of the disconnecting chamber to prevent ingress of the
oil used for filling the chamber into the cable box or the transformer. It shall only be
necessary to remove part of the oil in the chamber itself when making the necessary testing
connections.
12.6 Where sealing end chambers are provided, the disconnecting chamber may be omitted
and the facilities for testing shall be provided in the sealing end chamber itself. A barrier
shall then be provided between the sealing end chamber and the main tank subject to the
provision of the next paragraph.
12.7 The barrier between the main tank and the disconnecting or cable sealing end chamber
may be omitted, where the design is such that the cover of the disconnecting or cable sealing
end chamber can be removed without lowering any oil level other than in the chamber itself,
in order to make the necessary testing connections.
12.8 The disconnecting or sealing end chamber shall have a removable cover and the
design of the chamber shall be such that ample clearances are provided to enable either the
transformer or each cable to be subjected separately to high voltage tests when filled with
transformer oil.
28
12.9 An earthing terminal shall be provided in each disconnecting or sealing end chamber
to which the connectioins from the transformer winding can be earthed during cable testing.
12.10 The cable boxes and disconnecting or sealing end chambers shall also be capable of
withstanding for 15 minutes, both at the time of the first tests on the cables and at any
subsequent time as may be required, between phases and to earth a DC test equal to 2E kV or
an AC test equal to 4E/3 kV.
12.11 During these tests the links in the disconnecting or sealing end chamber or cable box
will be withdrawn and the transformer winding with connections thereto will be earthed.
12.12 Unless otherwise approved the creepage distances and clearance to earth and between
phases shall not be less than those specified in Table 1. In case of compound filled cable box
with shrinkable tape, the allowable minimum clearances shall be subject to the agreement
between manufacturer and the user.
12.13 Cable boxes suitable for semi-fluid compound filling shall be tested with transformer
oil at room temperature and at a pressure of 0.7 kg/cm
2
for 12 hours during which no leakage
shall occur.
12.14 Terminals shall be marked in a clear and permanent manner.
12.15 Unless otherwise specified main cabling jointing and filling of cable boxes will be
carried out by the customer. However, filling medium will be supplied as a part of the cable
box by the manufacturer.
Table 1
Voltage Insulating Clearance Clearance Creepage over Creepage
class kV medium between to earth porcelain to over
phases direct similar material cable surface
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1.1 Air 25 20 25 -
3.6 Air 50 50 90 -
6.6 Air 90 70 - -
12 Air 130 80 192 192
Compound 50 50 75 125
24 Air 241 140 384 384
Semi-fluid compound or oil 100 75 125 190
36 Air 351 222 576 576
Semi-fluid compound or oil 125 100 150 250

13.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATING DEVICES AND ALARM
13.1 Oil temperature indicator shall be provided as required in detail specification, i.e.,
Section D to G.
13.2 All transformers above 10 MVA shall be provided with a device for indicating hottest
spot winding temperature. The device shall have a dial type indicator and in addition a
General
29
pointer to register the highest temperature reached. The number of contacts as specified will
be provided.
13.3 Except where outdoor type of indicators are supplied, the temperature indicators shall
be housed in the marshalling box. If specified, for transformers above 10 MVA a remote
repeater indicator electrically operated from winding temperature indicator is to be provided
for mounting on the control panels. Unless otherwise specified the remote repeater indicator
shall be of flush mounting type.
13.4 The tripping contacts of winding temperature indicators shall be adjustable to close
between 60
o
C and 120C and alarm contacts to close between 50C and 100C and both shall
re-open when the temperature has fallen by about 10C.
13.5 The contacts used to control the cooling plant motors on the above devices shall be
adjustable to close between 50
o
C and 100
o
C and re-open when the temperature has fallen by
any desired amount between 15
o
C and 30
o
C.
13.6 All contacts shall be adjustable on a scale and shall be accessible on removal of the
cover. Micro switches shall be preferred to mercury switches.
13.7 The temperature indicators shall be so designed that it shall be possible to check the
operation of the contacts and associated equipment.
13.8 Connections shall be brought from the device to terminals placed inside the
marshalling box.
13.9 Cooler failure or oil and water flow alarm shall be provided as specified in clause
7.2.6.
14.0 GAS AND OIL ACTUATED RELAYS
14.1 Each transformer shall be fitted with gas and oil actuated relay equipment to IS : 3637
having contacts which close following oil surge or low oil level conditions. Micro switches
shall be preferred to mercury switches.
14.2 Each gas and oil actuated relay shall be provided with a test cock to take a flexible
pipe connection for checking the operation of the relay.
14.3 Where specified to allow gas to be collected at ground level, a pipe approximately
5 mm inside diameter shall be connected to the gas release cock of the gas and oil-actuated
relay and brought down to a point approximately 1.25 m above ground level, where it shall
be terminated by a cock.
14.4 A machined surface shall be provided on the top of each relay to facilitate the setting
of the relays and to check t he mounting angle in the pipe and the cross level of the relay.
30
14.5 The design of the relay mounting arrangements, the associated pipework and the
cooling plant shall be such that maloperation of the relays shall not take place under normal
service conditions.
14.6 The pipework shall be so arranged that all gas arising from the transformer shall pass
into the gas and oil-actuated relay. The oil circuit through the relay shall not form a delivery
path in parallel with any circulating oil pipe, nor shall it be tied into or connected through the
pressure relief vent. Sharp bends in the pipework shall be avoided.
14.7 When a transformer is provided with two conservators, the gas and oil actuated relays
shall be arranged as follows:
If the two conservators are connected to the transformer by a common oil pipe, one
relay shall be installed in the common pipe.
If the two conservators are piped separately to the transformer, two relays shall be
installed, one in each pipe connection.
Adequate clearance between oil pipework and live metal shall be provided.
15.0 MARSHALLING BOX
15.1 A steel weather and vermin proof enclosure having degree of protection IP 55 shall be
provided for the transformer ancillary apparatus. The box shall have domed or sloping roofs
and the interior and exterior painting shall be in accordance with clause 1.6.
15.2 The marshalling box, wherever provided shall accommodate the following
equipments, alternatively weather proof instruments can be mounted outdoor.
(a) Temperature indicators
(b) Control and protection equipment for the local electrical control of tap changer, if the
same cannot be accommodated in the motor driving gear housing.
(c) Control and protection equipment for the cooling plant; and
(d) Terminal boards and gland plates for incoming and outgoing cables
15.3 All the above equipments except (d) shall be mounted on panels and back of panel
wiring shall be used for interconnection.
15.4 The temperature indicators shall be so mounted that the dials are not more than
1600 mm from ground level and the door(s) are of adequate size.
15.5 To prevent internal condensation an approved type of metal clad heater shall be
provided, controlled by a suitable thermostat.
General
31
15.6 All incoming cables shall enter the kiosks from the bottom and the gland plate shall be
not less than 450 mm from the base of box. The gland plate and associated compartment
shall be sealed in suitable manner to prevent the ingress of moisture.
15.7 Undrilled gland plate shall be provided for accomodating glands for incoming and
outgoing cables.
16.0 CONTROL CONNECTIONS AND INSTRUMENT WIRING, TERMINAL
BOARD AND FUSES
16.1 All wiring connections, terminal boards, fuses and links shall be suitable for tropical
atmosphere. Any wiring liable to be in contact with oil shall have oil resisting insulation and
the bared ends of stranded wire shall be sweated together to prevent creepage of oil along
with wire.
16.2 There shall be no possibility of oil entering connection boxes used for cables or
wiring.
16.3 Panel connections shall be neatly and squarely fixed to the panel. All instruments and
panel wiring shall be run in PVC or non-rusting metal cleats of the limited compression type.
All wiring to a panel shall be taken from suitable terminal boards.
16.4 Where conduits are used, the runs shall be laid with suitable falls, and the lowest parts
on the-run shall be external to the boxes. All conduit runs shall be adequately drained and
ventilated. Conduits shall not be run at or below ground level.
16.5 When 415 volt connections are taken through junctions boxes or marshalling boxes
they shall be adequately screened and 415 "VOLTS DANGER" notices must be affixed to
the outside of the junction boxes or marshalling boxes.
16.6 All box wiring shall be in accordance with relevant IS. All wiring shall be of stranded
copper of 660 V grade and size not less than 4.00 sq mm for CT leads and not less than
2.5 sq mm for other connections.
16.7 All wires on panels and all multicore cables shall have ferrules which bear the same
number at both ends.
16.8 At those points of interconnections between the wiring carried out by separate
contractors, where a change of number cannot be avoided, double-ferrules shall be provided
on each wire. The change of numbering shall be shown on the appropriate diagram of the
equipment.
16.9 The same ferrule number shall not be used on wires in different circuits on the same
panels.
16.10 Ferrules shall be of yellow insulating material and shall be provided with glossy finish
to prevent the adhesion of dirt. They shall be clearly and durably marked in black and shall
not be affected by damp or oil.
32
16.11 Stranded wires shall be terminated with tinned Ross Courtney terminals, claw washers
or crimped tubular lugs. Separate washers shall be used for each wire. The size of the washer
shall be suited to the size of the wire terminated. Wiring shall in general be accommodated
on the sides of the box and the wires for each circuit shall be separately grouped. Back of
panel wiring shall be arranged so that access to the connecting stems of relays and other
apparatus is not impeded.
16.12 Wires shall not be jointed or tied between terminal points.
16.13 Wherever practicable, all circuits in which the voltage exceeds 125 volts, shall be kept
physically separated from the remaining wiring. The function of each circuit shall be marked
on the associated terminals boards.
16.14 Where apparatus is mounted on panels, all metal cases shall be separately earthed by
means of copper wire or strip having a cross-section of not less than 2 sq mm where strip is
used, the joints shall be sweated.
16.15 All wiring diagram for control and relay panel shall preferably be drawn as viewed
from the back and shall show the terminal boards arranged as in service. All diagrams shall
show which view is employed.
16.16 Multicore cable tails shall be so bound that each wire may be traced without difficulty
to its cable.
16.17 The screens or screen pairs of multicore cables shall be earthed at one end of the cable
only. The position of the earthing connections shall be shown clearly on the diagrams.
16.18 All terminal boards shall be mounted obliquely towards the rear doors to give easy
access to terminations and to enable ferrule numbers to be read without difficulty.
16.19 Terminal board rows should be spaced adequately not less than 100 mm apart to
permit convenient access to wires and terminations.
16.20 Terminal boards shall be so placed with respect to the cable gland (at a minimum
distance of 200 mm) as to permit satisfactory arrangement of multicore cable tails.
16.21 Terminal boards shall have pairs of terminals for incoming and outgoing wires.
Insulating barriers shall be provided between adjacent connections. The height of the barriers
and the spacing between terminals shall be such as to give adequate protection while
allowing easy access to terminals. The terminals shall be adequately protected with
insulating dust-proof covers.
16.22 No live metal shall be exposed at the back of the terminal boards.
16.23 All fuses shall be of the cartridge type.
16.24 Fuses and links shall be labelled.
General
33
17.0 TESTS
17.1 Tests shall be carried out to evaluate the performance of the material and appliance
generally as per the provision of IS : 2026 and as detailed out in Section' J' of this
specification.
17.1.1 Where customers' inspection is specified, not less than 15 days notice shall be given to
the customer in order that he may be represented. Four copies of test certificates will be
supplied.
17.2 Tests are not required to be performed on bought out equipments like oil coolers, oil
actuated relays, etc., at the works of the transformer manufacturer. Furnishing test certificates
from the original equipment manufacturer works shall be deemed to be satisfactory evidence.
Inspection of tests at the sub-contractors works will be arranged by the supplier wherever
required.
17.3 Tanks
17.3.1 Routine Tests
(a) Fabrication stage:
(a1) The tank shall be tested for leakage by being completely filled with air at a pressure
corresponding to twice the normal head of oil or to normal pressure plus 35 kN/m
2

whichever is lower. The pressure shall be maintained for a period of minimum one
hour during which time no leakage shall occur. The equivalent air pressure
corresponding to oil pressure calculated at the base of the tank to be considered for air
pressure test.
Permanent deflection of flat plates shall be measured on one tank of each design, if
specified by customer, after the excess pressure has been released and shall not exceed
the figures specified below:
Horizontal length of flat plate Permanent deflection
(total length of tank wall) in mm (in mm)
Up to and including 750 5
751 to 1250 6.5
1251 to 1750 8
1751 to 2000 9
2001 to 2250 11
2251 to 2500 12.5
2501 to 3000 16
Above 3000 19
(a2) The conservator shall be tested for leakage by being completely filled with air at
35 kN/m
2
. The pressure shall be maintained for a period of one hour during which
time no leakage shall occur.
(a3) The radiators shall be tested for leakage by placing them horizontally in a tank filled
with clean water and applying air pressure 2 kg/cm
2
for atleast 15 minutes during
which time no leakage shall occur.
34
(a4) The pipes shall be tested for leakage by applying air pressure of 4 kg/cm
2
for
15 minutes during which time no leakage shall occur.
(b) Transformer assembly stage
Oil pressure test to be conducted on tank with turret and all other accessories as
assembled for routine test by filling completely with oil at a pressure corresponding to
twice the normal head of oil or to normal pressure plus 35 kN/m
2
whichever is lower.
The pressure to be maintained for eight hours during which time no leakage shall
occur.
17.3.2 Type Tests
(a) Vacuum test (at fabrication stage)
When required by customer, one transformer tank of each design shall be subjected to
the specified vacuum as in clause 6.1.3. The tanks designed for full vacuum (760 mm
of mercury at sea level or the barometric reading at the location of test) shall be tested
at a maximum internal pressure of 3.33 kN/m
2
(25 mm of Hg) for one hour i.e., 760-
25=735 mm of Hg at sea level and (Barometric reading -25) mm Hg at other location.
The permanent deflection of flat plates after vacuum has been released shall not
exceed the values specified in clause 17.3.1 (al) without affecting the performance of
the transformer.
(b) Pressure test
When specified, one transformer tank of each design with its active part as assembled
for type test (i.e., including pipe work and cooling equipment and excluding PRV and
conservator when air cell is provided) shall be subjected to a pressure corresponding
to twice the normal head of oil or to normal pressure plus 35 kN/m
2
whichever is
lower measured at the base of the tank and will be maintained for 8 hours during
which time no leakage shall occur.
Before conducting the pressure test, the following are to be taken care of :
(i) Pressure relief valve/relief vent are to be removed and the opening blanked.
(ii) Transformer and tap changer conservators are to be disconnected.
(iii) Divertor switch compartment of tap changer to be connected with transformer
tank for equalising the pressure on both sides.
(iv) Oil should be completely filled and all trapped air released.
A list of transformer-accessories and routine test certificate required for them is given
at Appendix III.
General
35
18.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE
The supplier should include a quality assurance programme (QAP) that will be used to
ensure that the transformer design, materials, workmanship, tests, service capability,
maintenance and documentation, will fulfil the requirements stated in the contract
documents, standards, specifications and regulations. The QAP should be based on and
include relevant parts to fulfil the requirements of ISO-9001.
A quality plan describes:
Lists of activities involved in design, procurement of raw materials and components,
manufacture, stage inspection and final testing, preparation for despatch, delivery,
installation and commissioning.
The identification reference of all documentation, standards, procedures, works
instructions, drawings, test methods, acceptance criteria etc.
(Typical QAP format is attached for illustration as Appendix I)

19.0 A list of guaranteed technical particulars and additional technical particulars are given
in Appendix II. A list of standards for transformers is given in Appendix IV.
36

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x

I

Q
U
A
L
I
T
Y

A
S
S
U
R
A
N
C
E

P
L
A
N

(
F
O
R

I
L
L
U
S
T
R
A
T
I
O
N

O
N
L
Y
)

General
37

38
Appendix II
GUARANTEED TECHNICAL AND ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
I. Guaranteed Technical Particulars
1. Name of the manufacturer and country of origin:
2. Installation indoor/outdoor:
3. Reference standard:
4. Continuous ratings under service conditions specified in IS : 2026:
(a) Type of cooling:
(b) Rating (MVA) : HV IV LV
(i) With ONAN cooling :
(ii) With ONAF cooling :
(iii) With OFAN cooling :
(iv) With OFAF cooling :
(v) With OFWF cooling :
(vi) With ODAN cooling :
(vii) With ODAF cooling :
(viii) With ODWF cooling :
(c) Rated Voltage :
(i) HV kV :
(ii) IV kV :
(iii) LV kV :
(d) Rated frequency Hz:
(e) Number of Phases:
(f) Current at rated no load voltage and on principal tap:
(i) HV Amps :
(ii) IV Amps :
(iii) LV Amps :
5. Connections:
(i) HV :
(ii) IV :
(iii) LV :
6. Connection symbol:
7. Temperature rise:
(a) Temperature rise of oil above reference peak ambient temperature
(By thermometer) (
o
C)
(i) At full ONAN rating (
o
C):
(ii) At full OFAF/ODAF/OFWF/ODWF rating (
o
C):
(b) Temperature rise of winding above reference peak ambient temperature
(By resistance method) (
o
C)
(i) At full ONAN rating:
(ii) At full OFAF/ODAF/OFWF/ODWF rating:
(c) Limit of hot spot temperature for which the transformer is designed (
o
C) Over the maximum yearly
weighted average ambient temperature.
General
39
8. Type of tap changing switch:
(i) Off circuit switch/links:
(ii) On load:
9. Tappings on windings HV/IV/LV for:
(i) Constant flux/variable flux/combined regulation:
(ii) Location (Line/Central/Neutral) end of winding:
(iii) Number of steps:
(iv) Variation of (HV/IV/LV):
10. (i) No load loss at rated voltage and frequency at principal tap (kW):
(ii) No load loss at the voltage corresponding to the highest tap (kW):
(iii) Tolerance, if any, on the above values:
11. (a) Load loss at rated output, rated frequency and corrected for 75C winding
temperature at:
(i) Principal tap (kW):
(ii) Highest tap (kW):
(iii) Lowest tap (kW):
(b) Tolerance, if any, on the above values.
12. (a) Auxiliary losses at rated output, normal ratio, rated voltage, rated frequency
and ambient temperature (kW):
(b) Tolerance, if any, on the above values.
13. Total losses at normal ratio inclusive of auxiliary equipment losses (kW) :
14. Positive sequence impedance on rated MVA base at rated current and frequency at 75C winding
temperature between : HV-IV HV-LV IV-LV
(i) Principal tap per cent:
(ii) Highest tap per cent:
(iii) Lowest tap per cent:
15. Zero sequence impedance at reference temperature of 75 C at principal tap per cent:
16. Reactance at rated MVA base at rated current and frequency per cent:
17. Regulation at full load and 75C winding temperature expressed as a percentage of normal voltage:
(i) At Unity Power Factor per cent:
(ii) At 0.8 Power Factor (Lagging) per cent:
18. Efficiency at 75C winding :
Temperature as derived from
guaranteed loss figures and at Unity power factor
(a) At full load per cent:
(b) At 3/4 load per cent:
(c) At 1/2 load per cent:
19. (i) Maximum efficiency per cent:
(ii) Load at which maximum efficiency occur (per cent of full load):
20. Time in minutes for which the transformer can be run at full load without exceeding the maximum
permissible temperature at reference ambient temperature when:
(a) Power supply to fans is cutoff but the oil pumps are working:
(b) Power supply to oil pumps is cut -off but fans are working:
(c) When power supply to both fans and pumps is cut off:
21. Short time rating for 2 seconds of:
(a) HV winding:
40
(b) IV winding:
(c) LV winding:
22. Permissible over loading:
(a) HV winding:
(b) IV winding:
(c) LV winding:
23. Terminal arrangement:
(i) High voltage (HV):
(ii) Intermediate voltage (IV):
(iii) Low voltage (LV):
(iv) Neutral-HV/IV/LV:
(v) Tertiary:
24. Insulating and cooling medium:
25. Test Voltage: HV IV LV
(i) Lightening impulse withstand test voltage (kV peak):
(ii) Power frequency with-stand test voltage dry as well as wet for I minute (kV rms):
(iii) Switching impulse withstand test voltage (kV peak):
26. Partial discharge level at 1.5Um/ 3 kV rms (PC):
27. Noise level when energised at normal voltage and frequency without load (db):
28. External short circuit withstand capacity (MVA) and duration (seconds):
29. Over flux withstand capability of the transformer:
II. Additional Technical Particulars
(These figures are indicative only. These shall not form the basis for upward or downward revision of
prices).
1. Details of Core:
(a) Type of core construction:
(b) Type of core joints:
(c) Flux density at rated voltage and frequency and at principal tap Tesla:
(d) Magnetising current at normal ratio and frequency:
(i) 85 per cent of rated voltage:
(ii) 100 per cent of rated voltage:
(iii) 105 per cent of rated voltage:
(In case kVA ratings of windings are different, this may be specified in terms of magnetising kVA) :
(e) Power factor of magnetising current at normal voltage ratio and frequency:
(f) (i) Material of core laminations:
(ii) Thickness of core laminations (mm):
(g) (i) Whether core construction is without core bolts:
(ii) Insulation of core bolt:
(iii) Insulation of core bolt washers:
(iv) Insulation between core laminations:
(v) Core bolt insulation withstand voltage for 1 minute (kV rms):
(vi) Are the core bolts grounded. If so how:
General
41
(h) (i) Material of core clamping plate:
(ii) Thickness of core clamping plate:
(iii) Insulation of core clamping plate:
(i) (i) Describe location/Method of core grounding:
(j) Details of oil ducts in core:
2. Details of windings: HV IV LV
(a) Type of winding:
(b) Material of the winding conductor:
(c) Maximum current density of windings
(at rated current) Current
density
(A/cm
2
)
(i) H.V. :
(ii) I.V. :
(iii) L.V. :
(iv) Regulating:
(d) Whether HV windings are interleaved:
(e) Whether winding are preshrunk:
(f) Whether adjustable coil clamps are provided for HV and LV windings:
(g) Whether steel rings used for the windings if so, whether they are split:
(h) Whether electro-static shields are provided to obtain uniform voltage distribution in the HV
windings:
(i) Insulating material used for:
(i) HV winding:
(ii) IV winding:
(iii) LV winding:
(iv) Regulating winding:
(j) Insulating material used between:
(i) HV and IV, winding:
(ii) IV and LV winding:
(iii) LV winding and core:
(iv) Regulating winding and earth:
(k) Type of axial coil supports:
(i) H.V. winding:
(ii) I.V. winding:
(iii) L.V. winding:
(l) Type of radial coil supports:
(i) H.V. winding:
(ii) I.V. winding:
(iii) L.V. winding:
(m) Maximum allowable torque on coil clamping bolts:
3. Bushings: HV IV LV Neutral
(a) Make and type:
(b) (i) Rated voltage class kV:
(ii) Rated current (Amps):
(c) Lightning impulse withstand test voltage
(1.2 x 50 microsecond) (kV peak):
(d) Switching surge with-stand test voltage (kV peak):
(e) Power frequency with-stand test voltage :
(i) Wet for 1 minute (kV rms) :
(ii) Dry for 1 minute (kV rms) :

42
(f) Partial discharge level :
(g) Creepage distance in (mm) :
(h) Creepage distance (protected) :
(i) Whether test tap is provided :
(j) Quantity of oil in bushing and specification of oil used (kg) :
(k) Weight of assembled bushing (kg) :
(l) Minimum clearance height for removal of bushing (mm) :
4. Minimum clearance (mm): :
In Air
Between Phase to
phases ground
(i) HV
(ii) IV
(iii) LV
5. Approximate weight
(a) Core with clamping : kg :
(b) Coil with insulation : kg :
(c) Core and winding : kg :
(d) Oil required for first filling : kg :
(e) Tank and fittings wi th accessories : kg :
(f) Untanking weight : kg :
(g) Total weight with oil and fittings : kg :
6. Details of Tank :
(a) Type of tank
(b) Approximate thickness of sheet
(i) Sides (mm) :
(ii) Bottom (mm) :
(iii) Cover (mm) :
(iv) Cooling Tubes/Radiators (mm)
(c) Vacuum recommended for hot oil circulation (torr) :
(d) Vacuum to be maintained during oil filling in transformer tank (torr) :
(e) Vacuum to which the tank can be subjected without distortion (torr) :
(f) No. of bi-directional wheels provided :
(g) Track gauge required for the wheels. Transverse Axis Longitudinal Axis
(h) Type of pressure relief device/explosion
vent and pressure at which it operates :
7. Conservator :
(a) Total volume (Litres) :
(b) Volume between the highest and lowest visible oil levels (litres) :
(c) Power required by heaters (if provided) (kW) :
8. Oil Quality :
(i) Governing standard

General
43
(ii) Specific resistance at (ohm-cms)
27C :
90C :
(iii) Tan delta :
(iv) Water content (ppm) :
(v) Dielectric strength (Breakdown voltage) (kV) :
(vi) Characteristic of oil after ageing test :
(a) Specific resistance at (ohm-cms)
27C
90C :
(b) Tan delta :
(c) Sludge content :
(d) Neutralisation Number :
(vii) Details of oil preserving equipment offered :
9. Radiator
(i) Overall dimensions 1 x b x h (mm) :
(ii) Total weight with oil (kg) :
(iii) Total weight without oil (kg) :
(iv) Thickness of Radiator tube (mm) :
(v) Types of mounting :
(vi) Vacuum withstand capability :
10. Cooling System : Fan Motor Pump Motor
(a) Make and type :
(b) No. of connected units :
(c) No. of standby units :
(d) Rated power input :
(e) Capacity (cu m/min.) or (litres/min.) :
(f) Rated voltage (Volts) :
(g) Locked rotor current (Amp) :
(h) Efficiency of motor at full load (Per cent) :
(i) Temp. rise of motor at full load (
o
C) :
(j) BHP of driven equipment :
(k) Temperature range over which control is adjustable (
o
C) :
(l) Whether the fan and/or pumps suitable for continuous operation
at 85 per cent of their rated voltage :
(m) Estimated time constant in hours for :
(i) Natural cooling :
(ii) Forced air cooling :
11. Gas and Oil operated relay make and type :
12. Temperature Indicators Oil temperature : Winding
Indicator temperature
Indicator
(i) Make and type :
(ii) Permissible setting ranges for alarm and trip :
(iii) Number of contacts :
(iv) Current rating of each contact :
44
(v) Whether remote indicators provided. If so, whether equipment
required at purchasers control room is included :
13. Approximate overall dimension :
(a) Length : mm :
(b) Breadth : mm :
(c) Height : mm :
14. (i) Minimum clearance height for lifting core and winding from tank : mm :
(ii) Minimum clearance height for lifting tank cover : mm :
15. Shipping details :
(a) Approximate weight of heaviest package : kg :
(b) Approximate dimension of largest package :
16. Transformer will be transported with oil/gas
17. Size of rail recommended for the track :
18. Details of bushing current transformers (HV IV LV Neutral)
(i) Quantity :
(ii) No. of cores :
(iii) Ratio :
(iv) V.A. burden :
(v) Accuracy class :
(vi) Knee point voltage :
(vii) Magnetising current at knee point voltage :
(viii) Secondary resistance :
19. Lifting jacks :
(i) Governing standard :
(ii) No. of jacks in one set :
(iii) Type and make :
(iv) Capacity (tonnes) :
(v) Pitch (mm) :
(vi) Lift (mm) :
(vii) Height in closed position (mm) :
(viii) Mean diameter of thread (mm) :
20. Marshalling kiosk :
(i) Make and type :
(ii) Details of apparatus proposed to be housed in the kiosk. :
21. Details of anti-earth-quake device provided, if any :
22. Separate conservator and Buchholz relay provided :
23. Tap Changing Equipment (These details refer to the basic :
rating of O.L.T.C. as guaranteed by O.L.T.C. manufacturers)
(a) Make :
(b) Type :
(c) Power flow-unidirectional/bi-directional/restricted bi-directional :
(d) Rated voltage to earth (kV) :
(e) Rated current (Amps) :
(f) Step voltage (Volts) :
(g) Number of steps :
General
45
(h) Control-Manual/Local Electrical/Remote Electrical :
(i) Voltage control-Automatic/Non-Automatic :
(j) Line drop compensation provided/Not provided :
(k) Parallel operation :
(l) Protective devices :
(m) Auxiliary supply details :
(n) Time for complete tap change (one step) sec. :
(o) Divertor selector switch transient time (cycles) :
(p) Value of maximum short circuit current (Amps) :
(q) Maximum impulse withstand test voltage with 1.2/50 micro-seconds:
full wave between switch assembly and ground (kV peak)
(r) Maximum power frequency test voltage :
between switch assembly and earth (kV rms)
(s) Maximum impulse withstand test voltage :
with 1.2/50 microseconds across the tapping range (kV peak)
(t) Approximate overall dimensions of tap changer :
(In case of separate tank type) (mm)
(u) Approximate overall weight (In case of separate tank type) (kg) :
(v) Approximate mass of oil (In case of separate tank type) (kg) :
(w) Particulars of the O.L.T.C. control panel :
for installation in the control room
24. Driving mechanism box :
(i) Make and type :
(ii) Details of apparatus proposed to be housed in the box.
46
Appendix III
LIST OF TRANSFORMER ACCESSORIES AND
TEST-CERTIFICATES REQUIRED FOR THEM
Sl. No. Accessory Ref. Std. Test -certificates required
1. Condenser 1. Appearance, construction and demensional check.
Bushing 2. Test for leakage of internal filling at a pressure of
1.0 kg/cm
2
for 12 h.
3. Insulation resistance measurement with 2000 V megger.
IS 4. Dry power frequency voltage withstand test.
2099 5. Dry power frequency voltage withstand test for test tap
insulation.
6. Partial discharge measurement upto 1.5n / 3 kV.
7. Measurement of tangent delta and capacitance.
2. IS Bushings 1. Appearance, construction and dimensional check.
IS 2. Insulation resistance measurement with 2000 V megger.
2099 3. Dry power frequency voltage withst and test.
3. OLTC 1. Oil tightness test for the diverter switch oil chamber at an
oil pressure of 0.5 kg/cm
2
at 100C for 1 h.
IS 2. Mechanical operation test.
8468 3. Operation sequence measurement.
4. Insulation resistance measurement using 2000 V megger.
5. Power frequency voltage withstand test on diverter switch
to earth and between even and odd contacts.
6. Power frequency voltage withstand test on tap selector-
between stationary contacts, between max. and min. taps,
(between phases and supporting frames, between phases.
7. Operation test of complete tap changer.
8. Operation and dielectric test of driving mechanism.
4. Winding 1. Calibration test.
Temperature 2. Dielectric test at 2 kV for one minute.
Indicator 3. Accuracy test for indication and switch setting scales.
4. Test for adjustability of switch setting.
5. Test for switch rating.
6. Measurement of temperature rise with respect to the heater
coil current.
5. Oil Temperature 1. Calibration test.
Indicator 2. Dielectric test at 2 kV for one minute.
3. Accuracy test for indication and switch setting scales.
6. Pressure Relief 1. Functional test with compressed air to check bursting
Valve pressure, indication flag operation and switch operation.
2. Dielectric test at 2 kV for one minute.
3. Switch contact testing at 5A 240 V AC.
7. Cooling Fan IS 1. Insulation resistance measurement.
2312 2. Dielectric test at 2 kV between winding and body for
1 minute.
3. Operation check.
4. Appearance, construction and dimensional check.

General
47
8. Transformer IS 325 1. Insulation resistance measurement.
Oil Pump & 2. Cold resistance measurement at ambient temperature.
IS 9137 3. Motor efficiency at full load.
4. No load voltage, current, power input, frequency and speed.
5. Locked-rotor readings of voltage, current and power input.
6. Water pressure test for pump casing at 5 kg/cm
2
for
10 minutes at ambient temperature.
7. Transformer oil pressure test for the pump set assembly at
2 kg/cm
2
for 30 minutes at 80
o
C.
8. Measurement of head, discharge, current, power input to
motor and overall efficiency of the pump set at rated voltage.
9. Oil Flow 1. Observation of flow with respect to requirement.
Indicator/Water 2. Switch contact test at 5A 240 V AC.
Flow Indicator 3. Dielectric test at 2 kV for one minute.
10. Buchholz Relay IS 3637 1. Leak test with transformer oil at a pressure of 3 kg/cm
2

for 30 minutes at ambient temperature for relay casing.
3. Dielectric test at 2 kV for 1 minute.
4. Elements test at 1.75 kg/cm
2
for 15 minutes using
transformer oil at ambient temperature.
5. Loss of oil and surge test.
6. Gas volume test.
7. Mechanical strength test.
8. Velocity calibration test.
9. Appearance construction and dimensional check.
11. Oil Level 1. Test for oil levels.
Indicator 2. Switch operation for low level alarm.
3. Switch contact test at 5A 240 V AC.
12. Pressed Steel 1. Air pressure test at 2 kg/cm
2
under water for 15 minutes.
Radiators 2. Appearance, construction and dimension check.
13. OLTC Control 1. Appearance, construction and dimensional check.
Cubicle/Cooler 2. Elect rical operation.
Control Cubicle 3. Insulation resistance measurement using 500 V megger at
ambient temperature.
4. Dielectric test at 2 kV for 1 minute
14. Bushing Current IS 2705 1. Appearance, construction and dimensional check.
Transformers 2. Polarity check.
3. Measurement of insulation resistance.
4. High voltage power frequency test.
5. Determination of ratio error and phase angle of measuring
and protection BCTs.
6. Determination of Turns ratio error for PS class BCT.
7. Determination of composite error for protective class BCT.
8. Interturn insulation withstand test.
9. Exciting current characteristic test.
10. Secondary winding resistance measurement.
11. Knee-Point Voltage, measurement for PS class BCT.
48
15. Off Circuit 1. Construction and dimensional check.
Tap Changer 2. Mechanical operation check.
4. Millivolt drop test of contacts.
5. High voltage power frequency withstand test by applying
appropriate voltages to live parts to earth, between maxi-
mum and minimum taps, between change over contact and
intermediate bearing, between adjacent t aps, between tap
changer contact and intermediate bearing and between tap
changer contact and current take off terminal.
16. Oil to 1. Test certificates for the materials of construction.
Water Heat 2. Manufacturers in process inspection records for all parts,
Exchanger sub-assemblies, accessories and complete assembly.
3. Shell side pressure test at 10 kg/cm
2
with transformer oil
at a temperature of 70C + 10C for 6 h.
4. Water side pressure test at 5 kg/cm
2
with water at amdient
temperature for 6 h.
17. Pressure Gauges/ 1. Appearance, construction and dimensional check.
Differential 2. Calibration test.
Pressure Gauges 3. Alarm contact setting test.
Appendix IV
LIST OF STANDARDS FOR TRANSFORMERS
(Refer latest edition if IS, CBIP, IEEMA, BS, IEC, ANSI)
I. Transformer Specifications.
II. Installation.
III. Operation.
IV. Maintenance.
V. Instruments & Equipment.
VI. Accessories and Consumables.
VII. Raw Materials and Components
General
49
I. TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS
IS 2026 IEC 60076.1 BS 171 : General
(Part 1) : (Part 1) :
IS 2026 IEC 60076.2 BS 171 : Temperature rise
(Part 2) : (Part 2) :
IS 2026 IEC 60076.3 BS 171 : Insulation levels
(Part 3) : (Part 3) : and dielectric tests.
IS 2026 IEC 600616 BS 171 : Terminal and
(Part 4) : (Part 4) : tapping markings
IS 2026 IEC 60076-3-1 - : External clearance in air.
(Part 5) :
- IEC 60076-5 BS 171 : Ability to withstand short
(Part 5) : circuits.
IS 11171 : IEC 726 (1982) - : Dry Type
IS 10028 - - : Selection
(Part 1) :
IS 1180
(Part 1) : Outdoor distribution transformers : Non-sealed type
IS 1180
(Part 2) : : Sealed type

ANSI C 57.12.10 - : Safety requirements 230 kV and below 833/958 through 8333/10417 kV A
Single phase, and 750/862 through 60,000/80,000/100,000 kV A three phase,
without load tap changing and 3750/4687 through 60,000/80,000/100,000 kV
A load tap changing.
ANSI C 57.12.13 - : Conformance requirements for liquid - Filled transformers used in unit
installations including unit substations.
ANSI C 57.12.20 - : Transformers - Overhead - Type distribution transformers 500 kVA and
smaller : High voltage, 34500 volts and below; Low voltage 7970/13800 Y
Volts and below;
ANSI C 57.12.21 - : Pad-Mounted compartmental type self-cooled single phase distribution -
Transformers with High Voltage Bushings High voltage 34500 Grd Y
/19920 volts and below; low voltage 240/120; 167 kV A and smaller.
ANSI C 57.12.22 - : Transformers pad-mounted compartmental -Type self-cooled three-phase
distribution transformers with high voltage bushings 2500 kVA and smaller.
High voltage 34500 Grd Y 19920 volts and below. Low voltage 480 volts
and below.
ANSI C 57.12.23 - : Transformers underground -Type self-cooled, single phase distribution
transformers with separable, insulated High voltage connecters high-voltage
connectors: High voltage (24940 Grd Y/14400 V and below) and low voltage
240/120 V, 167 kVA and smaller.

ANSI C 57.12.24 - : Transformers underground type three-phase distribution transformers 2500
kVA and smaller: High voltage 34500 Grd Y/19920 volts and below; Low
voltage, 480 volts and below.
ANSI C 57.12.25 - : Pad-Mounted compartmental type self-cooled single phase distribution
transformers with separable insulated high voltage connectors. High-voltage
34500 Grd Y/19920 volts and below; Low voltage 240/120; 167 kV A and
smaller, requirements for.
50
ANSI C 57.12.26 - : Pad-Mounted compartmental type, self-cooled, three-phase distribution
transformers for use with separable insulated high voltage connectors. High-
voltage 34500 Grd Y/19920 volts and below; 2500 kV A and smaller
requirements for.
ANSI C 57.12.27 - : Liquid filled distribution transformers used in pad-mounted installations
including unit substations, conformance standard for.
ANSI/C 57.12.00 - : Liquid immersed distribution Power and regulating transformers.
IEEE
ANSI C 57.12.28 - : Switchgear and transformers pad-mounted equipment - enclosure integrity.
ANSI C 57.12.29 - : Switchgear and transformers pad-mounted equipment - enclosure integrity
for coastal environments
ANSI C 57.12.50 - : Distribution transformers 1 to 500 kVA, single-phase and 15 to 500 kVA,
three-phase with high-voltage 601-34500 volts, low voltage 120-600 volts.
Ventilated Dry-Type.
ANSI C 57.12.51 - : Dry-type power transformers 501 kVA and larger, three-phase with high
voltage 601 to 34500 volts, low-voltage 208 Y/120 to 4160 volts
requirements for ventilated.
ANSI C 57.12.52 - : Dry-type power transf ormers 501 kVA and larger, three-phase with high-
voltage. 601 to 34500 volts, low voltage 208 Y/120 to 4160 volts,
requirements for sealed.
ANSI C 57.12.55 - : Dry-type transformers in unit installations, including unit substations
conformance standard.
ANSI C 57.12.57 - : Ventilated dry type network transformers 2500 kVA and below, Three phase,
High voltage 34500 volts and below low-voltage 216 Y/125 and 480 Y/277
volts, requirement.
ANSI C 57.12.70 - : Terminal markings and connections for distribution and power transformers.
ANSI/ C 57.12.40 - : Secondary network transformers sub way and vault types.
IEEE (liquid immersed)
ANSI/ 1585 - : Class - 2 and Class - 3 Transformers.
UL
II. INSTALLATION
IS 5216 (Part 1) - : Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work.
IS 5216 (Part 2) - : Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work
(life saving technique).
IS 3043 - BS 7430 - : Code of practice for earthing.
IS 2266 - : Steel wire ropes for general engineering purposes.
IS 6132 (Part 1) - : Shackles: Part 1 General requirements.
IS 6132 (Part 2) - : Shackles: Part 2 Dimensions of dee shackles.
IS 6132 (Part 3) - : Shackles: Part 3 Dimensions of bow shackles.
IS 3832 - : Hand operated chain pulley blocks.
IS 4190 - : Eye bolts with collars.
IS 4552 (Part 1) - : Automotive vehicles -portable jacks for automobiles - Part I
mechanical jacks.
General
51
IS 4552 (Part 2 ) - : Automotive vehicles -portable jacks for automobiles - Part 2
Hydraulic jacks.
IS 12735 - : Wire rope slings - safety criteria and inspection procedure for use.
IS 5 : : Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels.
IS 1447 (Part 1) - : Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in
buildings -Part 1 Pre-treatment.
IS 1447 (Part 2) - : Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in
Building Part 2 painting.
IS 1255 - : Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power
Cables up to and including 33 kV rating.
IS 732 - : Code of practice for electrical wiring installations.
IS 10028 (Part 2) - : Installation - Transformers.
ANSI C 57.12.57 - : Ventilated dry type network transformers 2500 kVA and
below, three phase, High voltage 34500 volts and below
low-voltage 216 Y/125 and 480 Y/277 volts, requirement.
ANSI C 57.12.70 - : Terminal markings and connections for distribution and
power transformers.
ANSI/ C 57.12.40 - : Secondary network transformers sub way and vault types.
IEEE (liquid immersed)
ANSI/ 1585 - : Class - 2 and Class - 3 Transformers.
UL

52
CBIP Technical Report No. 1 (Revised-1999) Manual on Transformers:
Section O : Specification for Fire protection of Power Transformers
Section M : Specification for Protective Schemes for Power and Distribution
transformers.
BS 381 C - : Colours for identification, coding and special purposes.
BS 4800 - : Schedule of paint colours for building purposes.
BS 5252 - : Frame work for colour for Co-ordination for building purposes.
BS 5252 F - : Colour matching fan.
BS 7664 - : Specification for undercoat and finishing paints.
BS 5493 - : Code of practice for protective coating of iron and steel structures against
corrosion.
IEC 60990 : Methods of measurement of touch current and protective conductor current.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.13.3 - : Grounding of instrument transformers secondary circuits.
ANS/IEE C 57.12.11 - : Guide for installation of oil immersed transformers (10 MVA and larger
69 to 287 kV rating)
ANSI/IEEE C 57.12.12 - : Guide for installation of oil immersed EHV transformers 345 kV and above
ANSI/IEEE C 57.105 - : Application of transformers connection's in three phase distribution systems
ANSI/IEEE C 57.109 - : Guide for liquid-immersed transformer through fault current duration.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.12.11 - : Guide for Installation of oil immersed transformers (10 MVA and larger 69
to 287 kV rating)
ANSI/IEEE C 57.114 - : Seismic guide for power transformers and reactors.
ANSI/IEEE 979 - : Fire protection, guide for substation
ANSI/IEEE 242 - : Recommended practice for protection and co-ordination of industrial and
commercial power system.
ANSI/IEEE 142 - : Grounding of industrial and commercial Power system.
ANSI/IEEE C 37.91- : Protective relay application to power transformers.
IEEE C 57.93 - : IEEE guide for installation of liquid immersed power transformers
General
53
III. OPERATION
IS 3961 (Part 1) - : Recommended current ratings for cables. Part 1 paper insulated lead
sheathed cables.
IS 3961 (Part 2) - : Recommended current ratings for cable Part 2 PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed heavy duty cables.
IS 3961 (Part 4) - : Recommended current ratings for cables Part 4 Polyethylene insulated
cables.
IS 3961 (Part 5) - : Recommended current ratings for cables Part 5 PVC insulated light duty
cables.
IS 5819 - : Recommended short circuit ratings of high voltage PVC cables.
IS 6600 - /BS 7735 : Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers.
/IEC 60354 -
IS 10561 - /BS 5953 : Application guide for power transformers.
Part 1-/IEC 606-
IS 8478-/BS : Application guide for on load tap changers.
5611-/IEC 542-
IS 4004- : Application guide for non-line or resistor type surge arrestors for alternating
current system.
IS 4850 - : Application guide for expulsion-type lightning arrestors.
IS 4201 - : Application guide for current transformers.
IS 4146 - : Application guide for voltage transformers.
IS 5547 - : Application guide for capacitor voltage transformers.
IS 3638 - : Application guide for gas operated relays.
IS 3842 (Part 1) - : Application guide for electrical relays for ac systems. Part 1 over current
relays for feeders and transformers.
IS 10864 - : Recommendation for heat exchanger gasket.
Section N - Specification for Voltage Control of Power Transformers
CBIP Technical Report No. 74 - Loading Capability of Power Transformers
IEC 60905 - : Loading guide for dry type power transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.19.100- : Guide for application of power apparatus bushings.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.19.101- : Guide for loading power apparatus bushings.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.19- : Distribution Transformers Rated 500 kVA and less with 55C or 65C
Average winding Rise, Guide for loading mineral oil-immersed overhead and
pad-mounted.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.92- : Power transformers upto and including 100 MVA with 55
o
C or 65C
winding Rise. Guide for loading mineral oil immersed
54
ANSI/IEEE C 57.95 - : Regulations, guide for loading liquid immersed step-voltage and induction
voltage.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.96 - : Distribution and power transformers guide for loading dry-type.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.110- : Recommended practice for establishing transformer capability when
supplying non sinusoidal load currents.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.115 - : Mineral-oil immersed power transformers rated in excess of 100 MVA guide
for loading.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.116 - : Guide for transformers directly connected to generators.
IEEE C 57.91 - : Guide for loading mineral oil-immersed transformers.
IV. MAINTENANCE
IS 10028 (Part 3) - : Maintenance of transformers.
IS 1866 - 1983/BS 5730 - : Code of practice for maintenance and supervision of mineral insulating oil in
equipment.
IS 6855 - : Method of sampling for liquid dielectrics.
IS 9434 - : Guide for sampling and analysis of free and dissolved gases and oil-filled
electrical equipments.
IS 10593 - : Method of evaluating the analysis of gases in oil filled electrical equipment
in service.
1. CBIP Technical Report No. 62 Guide for Testing of Transformers by Sampling and Analysis
of Free and Dissolved Gases.
2. CBIP Technical Report No. 63 Failure Analysis of Distribution Transformers.
3. CBIP Technical Report No. 72 Investigation into Causes of Failure of Power Transformers.
BS 5800 - : Guide for the interpretation of the analysis of gases in transformers and other
oil filled electrical equipment in service.
BS 5874 - : Methods for determination of the electric strength of insulating oils.
IEC 60706 - 4 Part 4 : Section 8. Maintenance and maintenance support planning.
IEC 60422 - : Supervision and maintenance guide for mineral insulating oils in electrical
equipments.
IEC 60475 - : Method of sampling liquid dielectrics.
IEC 60628 - : Gassing of insulating liquids under electrical stress and ionization.
IEC 60733 - : Determination of water in insulating oil and in oil impregrated paper and
pressboard.
IEC 60599 - : Interpretation of the analysis of gases in transformers and other oil filled
electrical equipment in service.
IEC 60567 - : Sampling of gases and oil from oil filled electrical equipment and for the
analysis of free and dissolved gases.
General
55
ANSI/IEEE C 57.12.59 - : Dry type transformer through-fault current duration guide.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.104 - : Guide for the interpretation of gases generated in oil-immersed transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.106 - : Guide for acceptance and maintenance of insulating oil in Equipment.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.111 - : Guide for acceptance of silicone insulating fluid and its maintenance in
transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.117 - : Guide for reporting failure data for power transformers and shunt reactors on
electric utility power systems.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.121 - : Guide for acceptance and maintenance of less flamable-hydrocarbons fluids
and maintenance in transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.125 - : Guide for failure -investigation, documentation and analysis for power
transformers and shunt reactors.
ANSI/IEEE 637 - : Guide for reclamation of insulating oil and criteria for its uses.
IEEE 62 - : Guide for diagnostic field testing of electric power apparatus-part 1 : Oil
filled power transformers, regulators, and reactors.
V. INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
IS 3151 - : Earthing transformers.
IS 5553 (Part 3) - : Reactors Parts 3 - Current limiting reactor and neutral earthing reactors.
IS 5553 (Part 6) - : Reactors Part 6 - Earthing transformers.
IS 3151 : : Earthing transformer.
IS 3070 (Part 1) - : Lightning arrestors for-alternating current systems. Part 1 Non linear resistor
type lightning arrestors.
IS 3070 (Part 2) - : Lightning arrestors for alternating current system. Part 2 Metal Oxide
lightning arrestors without gaps.
IS 3156 (Part 1) - : Voltage Transformers. Part 1 General requirements.
IS 3156 (Part 2) - : Voltage Transformers. Part 2 Measuring voltage transformers.
IS 3156 (Part 3) - : Voltage Transformers. Part 3 Protective voltage transformers.
IS 3156 (Part 4) - : Voltage Transformers. Part 4 Capacitor voltage transformers.
IS 6034 - : Insulating oil conditioning plants.
IS 2992 - : Insulation resistance tester, hand operated (magnets generator type).
IS 10656 - : Insulation resistance tester (electric type).
IS 11994 - : Portable insulation resistance tester (mains operated).
IS 9223 - : Portable earth resistance meter.
56
IS 3624 - : Pressure and vacuum gauge.
BS 5310 Part 1 - : General requirements and tests.
BS 5310 Part 2 - A - : Hand crimping tools (fixed die sizes A to E) for radio frequency connectors
and concentric contacts.
BS 5310 Part 2 B - : Hand crimping tools (removable and interchangable dies, sizes A to G and
Q to S for radio frequency connectors and concentric contacts.
BS 5310 Part 3 A - : Hand crimping tools for contacts of electrical connectors.
BS 7740 - : Specification for portable equipment for earthing or earthing, and short
circuiting.
IEC 186 - : Voltage transformers.
VI. ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMABLES
IS 2551 - : Danger notice plates.
IS 8923 - : Warning symbol for dangerous voltage.
IS 12776 - : Galvanized strand for earthing.
IS 104 - : Ready mixed paint, bushing, zinc chrome priming.
IS 2074 - : Ready mixed paint, air drying, red-oxide-zinc chrome, priming.
IS 2932 - : Enamel synthetic, exterior
(a) undercoating
(b) finishing.
IS 13213 - : Polyurethane full gloss enamel.
IS 13238 - : Epoxy based zinc phosphate primer.
IS 14209 - : Epoxy enamel, two component, glossy.
IS 692 - : Paper insulated lead-sheathed cables for electricity supply.
IS 694 - : PVC insulated cables for working voltages up to and including 1100 V
IS 1554 (Part 1) - : PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables: Part 1 for working voltages upto
and including 1100 V.
IS 1554 (Part 2) - : PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables. Part 2 for working voltage from
3.3 kV upto and including 11 kV.
IS 7098 (Part 1) - : Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables. Part 1 for working
voltage upto and including 1100 V.
IS 7098 (Part 2) - : Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables. Part 2 for working
voltages from 3.3 kV upto and including 33 kV.
General
57
IS 7098 (Part 3) - : Cross-linked polyethylene insulated thermoplastic sheathed cables. Part 3 for
working voltages from 66 kV upto and including 220 kV.
IS 8308 - : Compression type tubular in-line connectors for aluminium conductors of
insulated cables.
IS 8309 - : Compression type tubular terminal ends for aluminium conductor of
DIN 46329.07.83 insulated cables.
IS 9147 - : Cable sealing bores for oil immersed transformers suitable for paper
insulated lead sheathed cables for highest system voltages from 12 kV upto
and including 36 kV.
IS 9537 (Part 1) - : Conduits for electrical installations Part 1 General requirements.
IS 9537 (Part 2) - : Conduits for electrical installations Part 2 Rigid steel conduits.
IS 9537 (Part 3) - : Conduits for electrical installations Part 3 Rigid plain conduits of insulating
materials.
IS 9537 (Part 4) - : Conduits for electrical installations Part 4 Pliable self-recovering conduits of
insulating materials.
IS 12943 - : Brass glands for PVC cables.
IS 8468 - BS 4571 - : On load tap changers.
IEC 60214 -
IS 2705 (Part 1) - : Current transformers (General)
IS 2705 (Part 2) - : Current transformers. Part 2 Measuring current transformers.
IS 2705 (Part 3) - : Current transformers. Part 3 Protective current transformers.
IS 2705 (Part 4) - : Current transformers. Part 4 Protective current transformers for special
purpose application.
IS 4253 (Part 2) - : Cork composition sheets: Part 2 Cork and rubber.
IS 6838 - : Dimensions for 'O' rings and grooves for vacuum flanges.
IS 9975 (Part 1) - : 'O' rings Part 1 Dimensions.
IS 9975 (Part 2) - : 'O' rings Part 2 Material selection and quality acceptance criteria.
IS 9975 (Part 3) - : 'O' rings Part 3 Seal housing dimensions and tolerances.
IS 9975 (Part 4) - : 'O' rings Part 4 Terminology and definition of terms.
IS 11149 - : Rubber gaskets.
IS 1363 (Part 1) - : Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of product grade C. Part 1 Hexagon
head bolt.
58
head screws.
nuts.
IS 1364 (Part 1) - : Hexagon head bolts, screws and nuts of product grades A & B. Part 1
Hexagon head bolts.
Hexagon head screws.
Hexagon nuts.
Hexagon thin nuts -(chamfered).
Hexagon thin nuts (unchamfered).
IS 1365 - : Slotted counter sunk head screws.
IS 2016 - : Plain washers.
IS 2388 - : Slotted grub screws.
IS 3063 - : Fastners - single coil rectangular section spring washers.
IS 335 - : New insulating oils.
IS 12463 - : Inhibited mineral insulating oils.
IS 9700 - : Activated alumina.
IS 1747 - : Nitrogen.
IS 3639 - : Fittings and accessories for power transformers.
IS 778 - : Copper alloy gate, globe and check valves for water works purposes.
IS 780 - : Sluice valves for water works purposes.
IS 5312 (Part 1) - : Swing check type reflux (non-return) valves Part 1 single door patern.
IS 11699 - : Steel plug valves for petroleum Petrochemical and allied industries.
IS 11792 - : Steel ball valves for the Petroleum and allied industries.
IS 3637 - : Gas operated relays.
IS 2312 - : Propeller type ac ventilating fans.
IS 3538 - : Electric axial flow fans.
IS 4503 - : Shell and tube type heat exchangers.
General
59
IS6088- DIN 425561.01.75 : Oil to water heat exchangers for transformers.
IS 3401 - : Silicagel.
IS 5561 - : Electric power connectors.
IS 2099 - BS 223- : Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V.
IS 2544 - : Porcelain post -insulator for systems with nominal voltage greater than
1000 V.
IS 3347 (Part l/sec 1) - : Dimension for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmospheres. Part 1 upto and including 1 kV bushings, sec. 1 porcelain parts.
IS 3347 (Part l/sec 2) - : Dimension for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmospheres. Part 1 upto and including 1 kV bushings, sec. 2 metal parts.
IS 3347 (Part 2/sec 1) - : Dimension for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmospheres. Part 2. 3.6 kV bushings sec 1. Porcelain parts.
atmospheres. Part 2. 3.6 kV bushings sec. 2. metal parts.
atmospheres. Part 3. 12 and 17.5 kV bushings, sec. 1 porcelain parts.
atmospheres. Part 2. 12 & 17.5 kV bushings, sec. 2 Metal parts.
atmospheres. Part 4. 24 and 27 kV bushings sec. 1. Porcelain parts.
atmospheres. Part 4. 24 and 27 kV bushings sec. 2. Metal parts.
IS 3347 (Part 5/sec 1) - : Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmospheres. Part 5. 36 kV bushings. sec. 1 Porcelain parts.
atmospheres. Part 5. 36 kV bushings. sec. 2. Metal parts.
atmospheres. Part 6. 72.5 kV bushings. sec. 1. Porcelain parts.
IS 3347 (part 6/sec 2) - : Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushings for use in lightly polluted
atmospheres. Part 6. 72.5 kV bushings. sec. 2. Metal parts.
atmospheres. Part 7. 123 kV bushings, sec. 1. Porcelain parts.
at mospheres. Part 7. 123 kV bushings, sec. 2. Metal parts.
atmospheres. Part 8. 52 kV bushings, sec. 1. Porcelain parts.
60
atmospheres. Part 8. 50 kV bushings sec. 2. Metal parts.
IS 4257 (Part 1) - : Dimensions for clamping arrangements for porcelain transformer bushings.
Part 1. For 12 kV to 36 kV bushings.
IS 4257 (Part 2) - : Dimensions for clamping arrangements for porcelain transformer bushings.
Part 2. For 72.5 and 123 kV bushings.
IS 5621 - : Hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment.
IS 7421 - : Specifications for low voltage bushings
IS 7648 - : Silicone compound for application on high voltage porcelain insulators.
IS 8603 (Part 3) - : Dimensions for porcelain transformer bushings for use in heavily polluted
atmospheres. Part 3. 36 kV bushings.
IS 12676 - : Dimension for oil impregnated paper insulated condenser bushings.
IS 13134 - : Guide for the selection of insulators in respect of pollution conditions.
IS 13305 - : Permissible limits of visual defects for insulating porcelain for electrical
circuits.
IS 13312 - : Dimension of porcelain oil filled transformers bushings (rated 52 kV) in
medium polluted atmospheres.
IEEMA 9 - : Pressed steel radiators.
BS 2562 - : Cable boxes for transformers and reactors.
BS 6435 - : Specification for unfilled enclosures for the dry termination of HV cables for
transformer and reactors.
BS 223 - : Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V.
BS 7616 - : Bushings for liquid filled transformer above 1 kV and upto 36 kV.
BS 1780 - : Specification for bourdon tube pressure and vacuum gauges.
BS 5235 - : Dial type expansion them1ometer.
BS 6121 : Mechanical cable glands
BS 6121 Part 1 - : Metallic glands.
BS 6121 Part 2 - : Polymeric glands.
BS 6121 Part 3 - : Special corrosion resistant glands.
BS 6121 Part 5 - : Selection, installation and inspection of cable glands used in electrical
installations.
BS 7215 - : Separable insulated cable connector systems above 1 kV and upto 36 kV.
General
61
BS 11 - : Specification for railway rails (24.8 kg/m)
BS 148 - : Specification for unused mineral insulating oils for transformer and
switchgear.
BS EN 60867 - : Insulating liquids-unused liquids based on synthetic arromatic hydrocarbonic.
IEC 185 : Current transformers.
IEC 60137 : Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V
IEC 233 : Tests on hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment.
IEC 60296 : Specification for unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and
switchgear.
ANSI/IEEE 32 - : Neutral grounding devices standard requirements-terminology test
procedures.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.13- : Instrument transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.13.1- : Field testing of relaying current transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.13.2 - : Conformance test procedures for instrument transformers.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.19.00 - : General requirements and test procedures for outdoor power apparatus
bushings.
ANSI/IEEE C 57.19.01 - : Outdoor apparatus bushings performance characteristics and dimensions for.
IEEE C 57.131 - : Standard requirements for load tap changers.
SECTION B
Specifications
for
Three Phase 11 kV/433 - 250V Class
Distribution Transformers
(upto and including 100 kVA)

64
65
Specifcations for Three Phase 11 kV/433-250V Class
SECTION B

Specifications for Distribution Transformers
(upto and including 100 kVA)

1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This section covers, technical requirements/parameters of distribution transformers of
rating upto and including 100 kVA, 11 kV 3 phase and does not purport to include all the
necessary provisions of a contract.

1.2 Standard Ratings
The standard ratings shall be 16, 25, 63 and 100 kVA. For general requirement reference
shall be made to sections A & J of this manual.

2.0 STANDARDS
2.1 The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian / International
Standard Specification, latest, amendments thereof, some of them are listed below:

Indian Standard Title International &
Internationally recognised
standard
ISS - 2026/1977 Specification for Power Transformer IEC 60076
ISS - 1180 Outdoor Distribution Transformer upto and
including 100 kVA

IS 12444 Specification for Copper Wire Rod ASTM B-49
ISS - 3347/1967 Specification for Porcelain Transformer Bushing DIN 42531,23,3
ISS - 335/1983 Specification for Transformer Oil BS 148, D-1473,
D-1533- 1934
IEC Pub 296-1969
ISS 5/1961 Specification for Colours for Ready Mixed Paints
ISS - 2099/1973 Specification for High Voltage Porcelain Bushings
ISS - 7421/1974 Specification for Low Voltage Bushings
ISS - 3347 Specification for Outdoor Bushings DIN 42531 to 33
ISS - 5484 Specification for Al Wire Rods ASTM B - 233
ISS - 9335 Specification for Insulating Kraft Paper IEC 60554
ISS - 1576 Specification for Insulating Press Board IEC 60641
ISS / 6600/1972 Guide for Loading of Oil Immersed Transformers IEC 60076

3.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS
The Dis tribution Transformers to be supplied against this Specification shall be suitable for
satisfactory continuous operation under the climatic conditions prevailing at site and to be
specified by the purchaser as follows, as per IS 2026 (Part - I) Latest Revision/International
Standards tabulated above :

(i) Location : ___

(ii) Max ambient air
temperature (deg.C) : ___
66
(iii) Min. ambient air ___
temperature (deg.C) :

(iv) Max average daily ambient
air temperature (deg.C) : ___

(v) Max. yearly weighted average
ambient temperature(deg.C) : ___

(vi) Max. altitude above
mean sea level (meters) : ___

4.0 STANDARD RATINGS

Transformers shall be suitable for outdoor installation with three phase, 50 Hz, 11 kV system
in which the neutral is effectively earthed and these should be suitable for service under
fluctuations in supply voltage upto plus 10% to minus 15%.

The transformer shall conform to the following specific parameters :

Sl.
no.
Item Specificat ion
1. Continuous rated capacity 16 kVA 25 kVA 63 kVA 100 kVA
2. System highest voltage 12 kV
3. Rated voltage HV 11 kV
4. Rated voltage LV 433 V
5. BIL 75 kV peak
6. Frequency 50 Hz +/- 5%
7. No. of phases Three
8. Connection HV Delta
9. Connection LV Star (Neutral
brought out)
and directly
earthed

10. Vector group Dyn-11
11. Type of cooling ONAN
12. Percentage impedance at 75
o
C -----------------------4.5-----------------------
13. Permissible temperature rise
over ambient
(i) Of top oil measured
by thermometer
(ii) Of winding measured
by resistance

35 Deg.C

40 Deg.C.

14.

15.
Minimum clearances in air
(a) HV phase to phase/ phase
to earth (mm)
(b) LV phase to phase/ phase
to earth (mm)
Tap changer
--------------As per IS-1180 latest -------------
-------------255 / 140----------

-------------75 / 40---------

not provided

67
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

5.1 Core

5.1.1 Material - CRGO

5.1.2 The core shall be stacked / wound type, of high grade cold rolled grain oriented steel
laminations having low loss and good grain properties, coated with hot oil proof insulation,
bolted together and to the frames firmly to prevent vibration or noise. The complete design of
core must ensure permanency of the core losses with continuous working of the transformers.

5.1.3 Core Clamping for CRGO Stacked Core
l MS Channel shall be used on top and bottom
l Core channel on LV side to be reinforced at equidistance, if holes / cutting is done for
LT lead in order to avoid bending of channel.
l MS channels shall be painted with varnish or oil-resistant paint.
l Clamping and Tie-rods shall be made of HT steel and shall be parkarised
5.1.4 Core Clamping for CRGO Wound Core
l Core clamping shall be with top and bottom U-shaped core clamps made of sheet steel
clamped with HT steel tie rods for efficient clamping.
l MS core clamps shall be painted with varnish or oil-resistant paint.
l Suitable provision shall be made in the bottom core clamp / base plate of the
transformer to arrest movement of the active part.

5.1.5 The transformer core shall be suitable for over fluxing (due to combined effect of
voltage and frequency) upto 12.5% without injurious heating at full load conditions and shall
not get saturated. The Bidder shall furnish necessary design data in support of this situation.

5.1.6 No load current shall not exceed 3% of full load current and will be measured by
energising the transformer at 433 volts, 50 Hz on the secondary. Increase of voltage of 433
volts by 12.5% shall not increase the no load current beyond 6% of full load current.

5.2 Windings
5.2.1 Material: Super enamel covered copper conductor / double paper covered copper
conductor.
5.2.2 LV winding shall be in even layers so that neutral formation is at top.
5.2.3 HV coil single wound or crossover coils over LV coil shall be wound.
5.2.4 Inter layer insulation shall be electrical grade insulation Kraft paper/Epoxy dotted
paper.
68
5.2.5 Proper bonding of inter layer insulation with the conductor shall be ensured.
5.3 Oil
The insulating oil shall comply with the requirements of relevant standards
IS 335 / IEC 296
5.4 Insulation Material

5.4.1 Material: Electrical Grade Insulation Kraft Paper
5.4.2 All spacers, axial wedges / runners used in windings shall be made of pre-compressed
Pressboardsolid, conforming to type B 3.1 of IEC 641-3-2. In case of cross-over coil
winding of HV all spacers shall be properly sheared and dovetail punched to ensure proper
locking. All axial wedges / runners shall be properly milled to dovetail shape so that they
pass through the designed spacers freely. Insulation shearing, cutting, milling and punching
operations shall be carried out in such a way, that there is no burr or dimensional variations.

5.5 Tank

The transformer tank can be with radiator fins/ rounded or elliptical cooling tubes or made of
corrugated panels.

5.5.1 For Rectangular/Octogonal Plain Tank

The transformer tank shall be of robust construction rectangular/octogonal in shape and shall
be built up of tested MS sheets.

The internal clearance of tank shall be such that, it shall facilitate easy lifting of core with
coils from the tank without dismantling LV bushings.

All joints of tank and fittings shall be oil tight and no bulging should occur during service.
The tank design shall be such that the core and windings can be lifted freely. The tank plate
shall be of such strength that the complete transformers when filled with oil may be lifted
bodily by means of lifting lugs. Inside of tank shall be painted with varnish/hot oil resistant
paint.

The four walls of the tank shall be made of Two L shaped sheets (without joints) fully
welded at the corners from inside and outside of the tank for withstanding a pressure of 0.8
kg/cm
2
for 10 minutes.

The tank shall be reinforced by angle welded on all the outside walls on the edge of the tank
to form two equal compartments. Permanent deflection when the tank without oil is subject
to a vacuum of 525 mm of mercury for octogonal tank and 760 mm of mercury for round
tank, shall not be more than 5 mm upto 750 mm length and 6.5 mm upto 1250 mm length.
The tank shall further be capable of withstanding a pressure of 0.8 kg/sq cm (g) and a
vacuum of 0.3 kg/sq cm (g) without any deformation.

69
The radiators can be tube type or fin type or pressed steel type to achieve the desired cooling
and the same shall be capable of giving continuous rated output without exceeding the
specified temperature rise..

4 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of MS plate 8 mm thick (min) suitably reinforced by
vertical supporting flat welded edgewise below the lug shall be provided on the side wall.

4 Nos. of welded heavy duty pulling lugs of MS plate 8 mm thick (min) shall be provided to
pull the transformer horizontally.

Top cover fixing bolts of Galvanised Iron adequately spaced and 6 mm Neoprene bonded
cork gaskets conforming to IS 4253 part-II shall be placed between tank and cover. The bolts
outside tank shall have 2 flat washers and one spring washer.

5.5.2 Corrugated Tank

Corrugated tanks may be offered for 63kVA and 100 kVA .
The transformer tank shall be of robust construction corrugation in shape and shall be built
up of CRCA sheets of 1.2mm thick.

coils from the tank, with CCA (core-coil assembly), HV & LV bushings mounted on Top
cover.

bodily by means of lifting lugs. Inside of tank shall be painted with varnis h / hot oil resistant
paint.

Corrugation panel shall be used for cooling. The transformer shall be capable of giving
continuous rated output without exceeding the specified temperature rise.

2 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of MS plate 8 mm thick (min) suitably reinforced are
to be provided.

Top cover fixing bolts of galvanized iron and 6 mm Neoprene bonded cork gaskets
conforming to IS 4253 part-II / nitrile rubber shall be placed between tank and cover. The
bolts outside tank shall have 2 flat washers and one spring washer.

Tanks with corrugations and without conservator shall be tested for leakage test at a pressure
of 0.15kg/sq cm measured at the top of the tank.

70
5.5.3 Sealed Transformer with Radiators
In this type of construction tank is designed to have have cover welded to the curb of tank.
Space is provided above the core coil assembly where inert gas cushion system
accommodates the oil expansion under variable pressure. The tank should be of stiff
construction able to withstand pressure of 2 atmospheres .
5.6 Conservator
On Transformers of 100 kVA rating with rectangular plain tank the provision of conservators
is obligatory. For other ratings manufacturer may adopt their standard practice. Conservator
is not required in transformers with corrugated tank.
When a conservator is provided, oil gauge and the plain or dehydrating breathing devise shall
be fixed to the conservator which shall also be provided with a drain plug and a filling hole
(M30 normal size thread) with cover. The capacity of a conservator tank shall be designed
keeping in view the total quantity of oil and its contraction and expansion due to temperature
variations. In addition the cover of main tank shall be provided with an air release plug to
enable air trapped within to be released, unless the conservator is so located as to eliminate
the possibility of air being trapped within the main tank.
The inside diameter of the pipe connecting the conservator to the main tank should be within
20 to 50 mm and it should be projected into the conservator so that its end is approximately
20 mm above the bottom of the conservator so as to create a sump for collection of
impurities. The minimum oil level (corresponding to -5 deg C) should be above the sump
level.
5.7 Surface Preparation and Painting
5.7.1 For surface preparation refer to section A of this Manual
5.8 Bushings
The bushings shall conform to the relevant standards specified and shall be outdoor type.
The bushing rods and nuts shall be made of brass material 12 mm diameter for both HT &
LT. The bushings shall be fixed to the transformers on side with straight pockets and in the
same plane or on the top cover. Arcing horns or lightning arrestors shall be provided on HV
bushings.
For 11 kV, 17.5 kV class bushings and for 0.433 kV, 1.1 kV class bushings shall be used.
Bushings with plain sheds as per IS-3347 shall be mounted on the side of the Tank and not
on top cover.
A minimum phase to phase clearance of 75 mm for LV (upto 1.1 kV bushings) and 255 mm
for HV bushings shall be obtained with the bushing mounted on the transformer.
The terminal arrangement shall not require a separate oil chamber not connected to oil in the
main tank.
71
5.9 Terminal Connectors
The LV bushing and HV bushing stems shall be provided with suitable terminal connectors
so as to connect the jumper without disturbing the bushing stem. Connectors shall be with
eye bolts so as to receive 55 sq.mm. conductor for HV.
5.10 Terminal Markings
High voltage phase windings shall be marked both in the terminal boards inside the tank and
on the outside with capital letter 1U, 1V, 1W and low voltage winding for the same phase
marked by corresponding small letter 2U, 2V, 2W. The neutral point terminal shall be
indicated by the letter 2N. Neutral terminal to be brought out and connected to local
grounding terminal by an Earthing strip.
5.11 Current Transformers (for 63 and 100 kVA ratings only)
l CTs shall be provided if required on secondary side.
l Current transformer shall be mounted inside the tank on LV side of the transformer.
l The current transformers shall be comply with IS : 2705.
l All secondary leads of bushing mounted CTs shall be brought to a terminal box near
each bushing. The CT terminals shall have shorting facility.
CT should not get saturated upto 200% of rated current.
Transformer rating 63 kVA 100 kVA
CURRENT RATIO 100/5 A 150/5 A
CLASS 0.5 0.5
BURDEN 20 VA 20 VA
APPLICATION METERING METERING
ISF 5 5

5.12 Fittings

The following standard fittings shall be provided :
(a) Rating and terminal marking plates non-detachable
(b) Earthing terminals with lugs - 2 Nos.
(c) Lifting lugs for main tank & top cover
(d) Pulling lugs - 4 Nos
(e) HV bushings - 3 Nos.
72
(f) LV bushings - 3 Nos.
(g) Neutral bushings 1 No.
(h) Terminal connectors on the HV/LV bushings
(i) Arcing horns or 9 kV 5kA lightning arrestors on HT side - 3 no.
(j) Thermometer pocket with cap - 1 No.
(k) Air release device
(l) Stiffener angle 40 x 40 x 5 mm and vertical strip of 50 x 5 mm flat
(m) Radiators
(n) Prismatic oil level guage
(o) Drain cum sampling valve
(p) Oil filling hole having M30 thread with plug and drain valve on the conservator
(q) Silicagel breather
(r) Pressure relief device or explosion vent.
(s) Base channel 75 x 40 mm

5.13 Fasteners

All bolts, studs, screw threads, pipe threads, bolt heads and nuts shall comply with the
appropriate Indian Standards for metric threads, or the technical equivalent.
Bolts or studs shall not be less than 6 mm in diameter except when used for small wiring
terminals.
All nuts and pins shall be adequately locked.
Wherever possible bolts shall be fitted in such a manner that in the event of failure of locking
resulting in the nuts working loose and falling off, the bolt will remain in position.
All ferrous bolts, nuts and washers placed in outdoor positions shall be treated to prevent
corrosion, by hot dip galvanising, except high tensile steel bolts and spring washers which
shall be electro-galvanised/ plated. Appropriate precautions shall be taken to prevent
electrolytic action between dissimilar metals.

Each bolt or stud shall project at least one thread but not more than three threads through the
nut, except when otherwise approved for terminal board studs or relay stems. If bolts nuts
are placed so that they are inaccessible by means of ordinary spanners, special spanners shall
be provided.
Taper washers shall be provided whereever necessary.

73
5.14 Mounting Arrangement

The under base of all transformers shall be provided with two 75 x 40 mm channels 460 mm
long with holes to make them suitable for fixing on a platform or plinth

5.15 Overload Capacity

The transformers shall be suitable for loading as per IS: 6600.

6.0. TESTS

6.1. Routine Tests
Ratio, polarity and phase sequence.
No load current and losses at rated frequency, rated voltage and at 90% & 110%
voltage.
Load loss at rated current and normal frequency
Impedance voltage test
Resistance of windings
Insulation resistance
Induced over voltage withstand test.
Separate source voltage withstand test.
6.2 Special Tests
Lightening impulse chopped on the tail.
Short circuit test.
6.3 Additional Tests
Neutral current measurement
Air pressure test : As per C1.22.5 of IS - 1180 / part-I/1989
Magnetic balance test
Transformer tank shall be subjected to specified vacuum. The tank designed for
vacuum shall be tested at an internal pressure of 0.35 kg/cm
2
absolute (250 mm of Hg)
for one hour. The permanent deflection of flat plates after the vacuum has been
released shall not exceed the values specified below:

Horizontal length of flat plate (in mm) Permanent deflection (in mm)
Upto & including 750 5.0
751 to 1250 6.5

74
Transformer tank together with its radiator and other fittings shall be subjected to
pressure corresponding to twice the normal pressure or 0.35 kg/cm
2
whichever is
lower, measured at the base of the tank and maintained for an hour. The permanent
deflection of the flat plates after the excess pressure has been released, shall not
exceed the figures for vacuum test.
The pressure relief device shall be subject to increasing fluid/air pressure. It shall
operate before reaching the test pressure as specified in the above clause. The
operating pressure shall be recorded. The device shall seal-off after the excess
pressure has been released.
Oil samples (one sample per lot) to comply with IS 1866.
Single phase LV excitation current at all three phases (for reference)

6.4 Type Tests to be Conducted on one Unit
In addition to the tests mentioned above the following tests shall be conducted.
Temperature rise test.
Lightening impulse withstand voltage test :
- Oil samples (before and after short-circuit and temperatures rise test) for each
tested transformer.

SECTION B1
Specifications
for
Single Phase 11 kV / 250V and
11 kV/ 3 / 250V Distribution
Transformers (10, 15 &
25 kVA Ratings)

76
Specifcations for Singlephase 11 kV / 250V and 11 kV/3 /
77
SECTION B1
Specifications for Outdoor Type
Single Phase Distribution Transformers

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This section covers oil immersed naturally cooled 11 kV / 250V and 11 kV/ 3 / 250V
single phase distribution transformers, but does not purport to include all the necessary
provisions of a contract. For general requirements and tests, reference shall be made to
sections A to J of the Manual.


The Standard Ratings of 1 Transformers shall be 10, 15 & 25 kVA.

2.0 STANDARDS

2.1 The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian Standard
Specifications with latest amendments/edition thereof :

Indian Standard

Title
International and Internationally
recognized standard
ISS-2026 (Part -I to IV) Specification for Power Transformer IEC-60076

ISS-1180 (Part 1& 2) 1989 Outdoor Three Phase Distribution
Transformer

ISS-3347/1967
Specification for Porcelain Transformer
Bushings
DIN 42531,2,3

ISS-7421/1974
Specification for Low Voltage Bushings

ISS - 12444 Specification for Copper Wire Rods ASTM B - 49

ISS-335/1983 Specification for Transformer Oil BS 148/ASTM D1275,
D1533, IEC Pub 296-1969

ISS-3070/1974 Specification for Lightning Arresters IEC 99-1

ISS-6600/1972 Guide for Loading of Oil Immersed
Transformers
IEC 60076-7 (IEC 354)

ISS-2099/1973 High Voltage Porcelain Bushings IEC 60137

ISS 9335 Specification for Insulating Kraft Paper IEC 60554

ISS 1576 Specification for Insulating Press Board IEC 60641

ISS 5/1961 Specification for Colours for Ready
Mixed Paints

78

The Distribution Transformers to be supplied against this Specification shall be suitable for
satisfactory continuous operation under the climatic conditions prevailing at site and to be
specified by the purchaser as follows as per IS 2026 (Part -I) latest revision. International
Standards tabulated above.
(i) Location :
(ii) Max ambient air temperature (deg.C) :
(iii) Min. ambient air temperature (deg.C) :
(iv) Max. average daily ambient air :
temperature (deg.C)
(v) Max. yearly weighed average ambient :
temperature (deg.C)
(vi) Max. altitude above mean sea level (m) :

4.0 STANDARD RATINGS

The transformers shall be suitable for outdoor installation with Single phase, 50 c/s
11 kV systems in which the neutral is effectively earthed and they should be suitable for
service under fluctuations in supply voltage upto plus 10% to minus 15%.

The transformer shall conform to the following specific parameters.

Rated HV side value (11 kV or 11/ 3)

Sl. No. Item
1. Continuous rated capacit y 10 kVA, 15 kVA, 25 kVA
2. System voltage (max) 12 kV
3. Rated voltage HV 11/3 or 11 kV
4. Rated voltage LV 250 V
5. BIL 75 kV (Peak)
6. Frequency 50 Hz + 3%
7. No. of phases Single
8. Type of cooling ONAN
9. Tap changing arrangement Not provided
10. Percentage impedance at rated frequency
and 75
o
C Less than or equal to 4%
with tolerance as per IS : 2026
11. Permissible temperature rise over ambient
(i) Of top oil measured by thermometer 35 deg.C
(ii) Of winding measured by resistance 40 deg.C
12. Minimum clearances in air As per IS-1180
(a) HV phase to phase/ phase to earth (mm) 255/140
(b) LV phase to phase/ phase to earth (mm) 75/40

79

5.1 Winding Connection and Terminal Arrangements

For 11 kV transformers both ends of primary winding shall be brought out through HV
bushings. For 11 kV/ 3 transformers, neutral end of the primary HV winding shall be bought
out for connecting to Neutral supply wire through 1.1 kV bushing. There shall be provis ion
for connecting Neutral terminal, to local Earth by way of a tinned Copper strip, of
adequate size and dimension. The secondary winding shall be connected to two LV bushings.

5.1 Core

5.1.1 Core Material

Transformer core shall be shell type or core type wound core construction using high
quality CRGO steel with heat resistant insulating coating. The core shall be properly stress
relieved by annealing. The transformer shall be suitable for over fluxing (due to combined
effect of voltage and frequency) upto 12.5% without injurious beating. The operating flux
density shall be such that there is a clear safe margin over the over fluxing limit of 12.5%.

5.2 Winding

HV and LV windings shall be wound from copper conductors covered with DPC (double
paper covered) / Enamel. The windings shall be progressively wound in LV-HV coil design
for better voltage regulation and mechanical strength.

5.3 Oil

The insulating oil shall comply with the relevant standards/specifications.


The inter layer insulation shall be of epoxy resin bond paper. The core/coil assembly shall be
securely held in position to avoid any movement under short circuit conditions.

5.5. Tank

The oil volume inside the tank shall be such that even under the extreme operating
conditions, the pressure generated inside the tank does not exceed 0.4 kg/sq cm positive or
negative. There must be sufficient space from the core to the top cover to take care of oil
expansion.

The tank cover shall have plasticised surface at the top to guard against bird faults.
Alternately, suitable insulating shrouds shall be provided on the bushing terminals.

The Transformer tank shall be of robust construction round in shape and shall be built up of
tested CRCA / MS sheet.

80
The tank shall be capable of withstanding a pressure of 1 kg/cm
2
(g) and a vacuum of 760
mm of Hg for 30 minutes without any permanent deflection (Air pressure test shall be
conducted as per IS -1180)

The L - seam joint, C - seam joint and all fittings and accessories shall be oil tight and no
deflection / buldging should occur during service.

The circular base plate edges of the tank should be folded upward, for at least 25 mm, to
have sufficient overlap with vertical sidewall of the transformer.

Tank shall have permanent lugs for lifting the transformer bodily and there shall be facilities
for lifting the core coil assembly separately.

The transformer tank and the top cover shall be designed in such a manner as to leave no
external pockets in which water can lodge.

The transformer shall be provided with two mounting lugs suitable for fixing the transformer
to a single pole by means of 2 bolts of 20 mm diameter as per ANSI C 57.12.20-1988.

Both mounting lugs are made with steel of min. 5 mm thickness.
Minimum Oil level mark shall be embossed inside the tank.
Jump proof lips shall be provided for upper mounting lug.
Mounting lugs faces shall be in one plane.

The top cover shall be fixed to the tank through clamping only.

HV bushing pocket shall be embossed to top side of the top cover so as to eliminate
ingressing of moisture and water.

The edges of the top cover shall be formed, so as to cover the top end of the tank and gasket.

Nitrile / neoprene rubber gaskets conforming to latest IS 4253 part-II shall be provided
between tank and top cover.

The space on the top of the oil shall be filled with dry air or nitrogen. The nitrogen plus oil
volume inside the tank shall be such that even under extreme operating conditions, the
pressure generated inside the tank does not exceed 0.4 kg/cm
2
positive or negative. The
nitrogen shall conform to commercial grade of the relevant Standard.


For surface preparation refer to section A of this Manual.

81
5.7 Bushing Terminals

HV terminal shall be designed to directly receive ACSR conductor upto 7/2 59 mm (without
requiring the use of lug) and the LV terminals shall be suitable for directly receiving LT
cables (aluminium) ranging from 10 sq mm to 25 sq mm both in vertical and horizontal
position and the arrangements should be such as to avoid bimetallic corrosion. Terminal
connectors must comply as per IS : 5561.

5.8 Bushings

The bushings shall conform to the relevant standards specified.

For HV, 12 kV class bushings shall be used and for LV, 1.1 kV class bushings shall be used.

The HV bushings shall be fixed to the top cover of the transformer and the LV bushings shall
be fixed to transformer on sides and in the same plane. The bushing rods and nuts shall be of
brass.

The terminal arrangement shall not require a separate oil chamber not connected to oil in the
main tank.

The HV bushings shall not have arcing horns.

5.9 Rating and Terminal Plates

There shall be a rating plate on the transformer containing the information given in the
relevant Indian Standard. The HV winding terminals shall be marked 1.1 and 1.2 for
11 kV/ 3 HV winding. 1.2 terminal will be connected to neutral. In case of 11 kV HV
winding the terminal shall be marked as 1.1 1.2. The corresponding secondary terminal
shall be marked as 2.1 and 2.2.

5.10 Pressure Release Device

The transformer shall be equipped with a self sealing pressure release device designed to
operate at a pressure of 8 PSI (0.564 kg/ cm
2
).

5.11 Fittings
The following standard fittings shall be provided :
(a) Rating and terminal marking plates.
(b) Earthing terminals 2 No.
(c) Lifting lugs 2 No.
(d) HV bushings.
(e) Bird guard.
82
(f) LV bushings.
(g) HV & LV terminal connectors.
(h) HV side Neutral Earthing strip;
(i) LV earthing arrangement.
(j) Metal oxide lightning arrestors (9kV, 5kA)
(k) Top cover fixing clamps.
(l) Pressure relief device.
(m) Mounting lugs - 2 Nos.
(n) Any other fitting necessary for satisfactory performance of the manufacture.

5.12 Fasteners

All bolts, studs, screw threads, pipe threads, bolt heads and nuts shall comply with the
appropriate Indian Standards for metric threads, or the technical equivalent.

terminals.

All nuts and pins shall be adequately locked.

Wherever possible bolts shall be fitted in such a manner that in the event of failure of locking
resulting in the nuts working loose and falling off, the bolt will remain in position.

corrosion, by hot dip galvanising, except high tensile steel bolts and spring washers which
shall be electro-galvanised/ plated. Appropriate precautions shall be taken to prevent

nut, except when otherwise approved for terminal board studs or relay stems. If bolts nuts
be provided. Taper washers shall be provided where necessary.

6.0 TESTS
6.1 Routine Tests
Ratio, polarity tests.
No load current and loss at rated voltage and frequency.
Load loss at rated current and normal frequency.
Impedance voltage test.
83
Resistance of windings.
Insulation resistance.
Induced over voltage withstand test.
Separate source voltage withstand test.

6.2 Special Tests
Lightening impulse chopped on the tail.
Short circuit test
Oil samples test (one sample / lot) to comply with IS 1866
Air pressure Test: As per clause 24.5.1 of IS-1180/ part-II.
6.4 Type Tests to be conducted on one Unit
In addition to the tests mentioned above the following tests shall be conducted.
Temperature rise test.
Lightening/Impulse withstand voltage test.
Oil samples (before and after short circuit and temperature rise test).
SECTION C

Specifications

for

Three Phase Distribution Transformers

86
Specifications for Three Phase Distribution Transformers (above 100 kVA and upto 33 kV class)
87
SECTION C
Specifications for Three Phase Distribution Transformers

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This section covers, Three phase distribution transformers of above 100 kVA to
3000 kVA, 11 & 33 kV (outdoor & indoor use) but does not purport to include all the
necessary provisions of a contract. For general requirements and tests, reference shall be
made to sections A and J respectively of the Manual.


kVA Voltage Ratio
160
200
250
315
400
500
630 11000/433V
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3000

315
400
500
630
800
1000 33000/433V
1250
1600
2000
2500
3000

The above ratings are also applicable for 22/.433 kV transformers.
88
2.0 STANDARDS

2.1 The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian / International
Standard Specification, with latest amendments thereof, some of them are listed below:

Indian Standard Title International & Internationally
recognised standard
ISS -2026/1997 Specification for Power Transformer IEC 60076
ISS - 1180 Outdoor Distribution Transformer upto and
including 100 kVA

IS 12444 Specification for Copper Wire Rod ASTM B-49
ISS -3347/1967 Specification for Porcelain Transformer Bushing DIN 42531,23,3
ISS-335/1983 Specification for Transformer Oil BS 148, D-1473, D-1533- 1934
IEC Pub 296-1969
ISS - 5/1961 Specification for Colours for Ready Mixed Paints
ISS - 2099/1973 Specification for High Voltage Porcelain Bushings
ISS - 7421/1974 Specification for Low Voltage Bushings
ISS - 3347 Specification for Outdoor Bushings DIN 42531 to 33
ISS - 5484 Specification for Al Wire Rods ASTM B - 233
ISS - 9335 Specification for Insulating Kraft Paper IEC 60554
ISS - 1576 Specification for Insulating Press Board IEC 60641
ISS - 6600 Guide for Loading of Oil Immersed Transformers IEC 60076


3.1 The Distribution Transformers to be supplied against this Specification shall be
suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the climatic conditions prevailing at site
and to be specified by the purchaser as follows as per IS 2026 (Part - I) Latest
Revision/International Standards tabulated above :
(i) Location :
(ii) Max ambient air temperature (deg.C) :
(iii) Min. ambient air temperature (deg.C.) :
(iv) Max average daily ambient
air temperature (deg.C) :
(v) Max. yearly weighted average
ambient temperature (deg.C) :
(vi) Max. altitude above mean sea level (m) :

4.0 TAPPINGS AND TAP CHANGING

4.1 Tappings shall be provided on the higher voltage winding for variation of HV Voltage
from plus 5% to minus 10% in steps of 2.5%.
4.2 Tap changing shall be carried out by means of an off circuit externally operated self
positioning tap switch when the transformer is in deenergised condition. Switch position
No. 1 shall correspond to the maximum voltage tapping. Each tap change shall result in
variation of 2.5% in voltage. Provision shall be made for locking the tap changing switch
handle in position.

89
4.3 For ratings greater than 500 kVA On-load tapchanger may be provided for variation of
HV voltage from plus 5% to minus 15% in steps of 1.25%.

5.0 TYPE OF COOLING

The transformers shall be oil immersed with natural oil circulation type-ONAN.

6.0 INSULATION LEVELS

Voltage Impulse voltage (kV Peak) Power frequency (kV)
433 -- 3
11000 75 28
33000 170 70

7.0 WINDING CONNECTIONS
HV-------Delta LV ---------Star
Vector Symbol -----Dyn11
8.0 LOSSES AND IMPEDANCE
(Subject to Tolerance as per IS 2026)

Rating Voltage ratio (volts) No load loss (watts) Load loss (watts) Impedance %
160 11000/433 375 2100 4
200 11000/433 450 2450 4
250 11000/433 530 2850 4
315 11000/433 650 3500 4
400 11000/433 750 4200 4
500 11000/433 900 5000 4
630 11000/433 1030 5800 4
800 11000/433 1200 8000 5
1000 11000/433 1400 10400 5
1600 11000/433 2000 14000 6.25
2000 11000/433 2300 19000 6.25
2500 11000/433 2600 25000 6.25
3000 11000/433 3200 32000 6.25
315 33000/433 760 5000 4
400 33000/433 920 6200 4
500 33000/433 1100 7000 4
630 33000/433 1400 8500 4
800 33000/433 1550 10500 5
1000 33000/433 1800 12000 5
1600 33000/433 2500 16000 6.25
2000 33000/433 3000 21000 6.25
2500 33000/433 3400 28000 6.25
3000 33000/433 3800 34000 6.25

For 22/.433 kV transformers losses of 33/.433 kV shall be applicable.

90

9.1 Core
9.1.1 Material - CRGO
The core shall be stacked type generally of high grade cold rolled grain annealed steel
lamination having low loss and good grain properties, coated with hot oil proof insulation,
bolted together and to the frames firmly to prevent vibration or noise. The complete design of
core must ensure permanency of the core losses with continuous working of the transformers.

9.1.2 Core Clamping for CRGO Stacked Core
MS channel or plate shall be used on top and bottom
Channel frames on LV side to be reinforced at equidistance, if holes / cutting is done for LT
lead in order to avoid bending of channel.
MS channels/plate frames shall be painted with hot oil-resistant varnish or paint.
9.1.3 The transformers core shall be suitable for over fluxing (due to combined effect of
voltage and frequency) upto 10% without injurious heating at full load conditions and shall
not get saturated.
9.1.4 No load current shall not exceed 3% of full load current for ratings below 315 kVA
and shall not exceed 1.5% of full load current for ratings above 315 kVA. Increase in
secondary voltage of 433 volts by 10% shall not increase the no load current beyond 6% of
full load current for ratings below 315 kVA and 4% of full load current for ratings above
315 kVA.

9.2 Windings
9.2.1 Material: Super enamel covered/Double paper covered (DPC) Copper round/strip
conductor.
9.2.2 LV winding shall be of strip type copper conductor/copper foil type.
9.2.3 HV coil is wound over LV coil as crossover coils or continuous disc coils.
9.2.4 Inter layer insulation shall be Kraft paper/Epoxy dotted paper.
Proper bonding of inner layer insulation with the conductor shall be ensured.

9.3 Oil

The insulating oil shall comply with the requirements of relevant standards IS 335.

9.4 Temperature Rise

The temperature rise over ambient shall not exceed the limits described below:
Top oil temperature rise measured by thermometer : 50 deg.C
Winding temperature rise measured by resistance : 55 deg.C
91

Material: Electrical grade insulation Kraft paper.
All spacers, axial wedges / runners used in windings shall be made of pre-compressed
Pressboardsolid, conforming to type B 3.1 of IEC 641-3-2. In case of cross-over
coil/continuous disc winding of HV all spacers shall be properly sheared and dovetail
punched to ensure proper locking. All axial wedges / runners shall be properly milled to
dovetail shape so that they pass through the designed spacers freely. Insulation shearing,
cutting, milling and punching operations shall be carried out in such a way, that there is no
burr or dimensional variations.

10.0 TANK
10.1 Rectangular Plain Tank
The transformer tank shall be of robust construction rectangular in shape and shall be built
up of tested MS sheet.
The internal clearance of tank shall be such that it shall facilitate easy lifting of core with
coils from the tank without dismantling LV bushings.
All joints of tank and fittings shall be oil tight and no buldging should occur during service.
bodily by means of lifting lugs. Inside of tank shall be painted with varnish / hot oil resistant
paint.
The four walls of the tank shall be made of two L shaped sheets (without joints) fully
welded at the corners from inside and outside of the tank for withstanding a pressure of 0.8
kg/cm
2
for 10 minutes.
The tank shall be reinforced by welded angle on all the outside walls on the edge of the tank
to form two equal compartments. Permanent deflection when the tank without oil is subject
to a vacuum of 525 mm of mercury for rectangular tank and 760 mm of mercury for round
tank shall not be more than 5 mm upto 750 mm length and 6 mm upto 1250 mm length. The
tank shall further be capable of withstanding a pressure of 0.8 kg/sq cm (g) and a vacuum of
0.3 kg/sq cm (g) without any deformation.
Pressed steel radiators / circular cross section cooling tubes/ elliptical tubes shall be used for
cooling. The transformer shall be capable of giving continuous rated output without
exceeding the specified temperature rise. 4 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of MS plate 8
mm thick (min) suitably reinforced by vertical supporting flat welded edgewise below the
lug shall be provided on the side wall.
Top cover fixing shall be with galvanised iron bolts and 6 mm Neoprene bonded cork gasket
conforming to IS 4253 part-II shall be placed between tank and cover. The bolts outside tank
shall have 2 flat washers & one spring washer.
92
10.2 Corrugated Tank
The transformer tank shall be of robust construction corrugated in shape and shall be built up
of CRCA sheets of 1.2 mm thickness.
coils from the tank with CCA (core-coil assembly), HV & LV bushings mounted on Top
cover.
bodily by means of lifting lugs. Inside of tank shall be painted with varnish / hot oil resistant
paint.
Corrugated panel shall be used for cooling. The transformer shall be capable of giving
continuous rated output without exceeding the specified temperature rise.
2 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of MS plate 8 mm thick (min) suitably reinforced shall
be provided.
Top cover fixing shall be with GI (Galvanised Iron) bolts and 6 mm Neoprene bonded cork
gaskets conforming to IS 4253 part-II shall be placed between tank and cover. The bolts
outside tank shall have 2 flat washers & one spring washer.
Tanks with corrugations and without conservator shall be tested for leakage test at a pressure
of 0.15kg/cm
2
measured at the top of the tank.
10.3 Sealed Transformer with Radiators
In this type of construction, tank is designed to have cover welded to the curb of tank. Space
is provided above the core coil assembly where inert gas cushion system accommodates the
oil expansion under variable pressure. The tank should be of stiff construction, able to
withstand pressure of 2 atmospheres.
10.4 Conservator
The provision of conservator is obligatory for plain Tanks mentioned in clause 10.1 above
i.e., where circular tubes or elliptical tubes or pressed steel radiators are used for oil
circulation. Conservator is not required for corrugated tanks.
When a conservator is provided, oil gauge and the plain or dehydrating breathing devise shall
be fixed to the conservator, which shall also be provided with a drain plug and a filling hole
(M30 normal size thread) with cover. The capacity of a conservator tank shall be designed
keeping in view the total quantity of oil and its contraction and expansion due to temperature
variations.
In addition, the cover of main tank shall be provided with an air release plug to enable air
trapped within to be released, unless the conservator is so located as to eliminate the
possibility of air being trapped within the main tank.
The inside diameter of the pipe, connecting the conservator to the main tank, should be
within 20 to 50 mm and it should be projected into the conservator so that its end is
approximately 20 mm above the bottom of the conservator so as to create a sump for
93
collection of impurities. The minimum oil level (corresponding to -5 deg.C.) should be above
the sump level.
For surface preparation refer to section A of this Manual.
11.0 TERMINALS
The terminals arrangement alternatives are given below :
kVA Voltage Details of Terminals
All ratings 11000 17.5 kV porcelain Bushings as per IS 3347 for normally polluted atmosphere, or
3p 1G air or compound filled cable box suitable for 3core XLPE /PILC
aluminium cables.
All ratings 33000 36 kV porcelain Bushings as per IS3347 for normally polluted atmosphere, or
3p 1G air or compound filled cable box suitable for 3core XLPE /PILC
aluminium cables.
160/200 433 4p1G air filled cable box suitable for3 1/ 2core 135mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
250 433 4p1G air filled cable box suitable for3 1/ 2core 400mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
315,400,500 433 4p2G air filled cable box suitable for3 1/ 2core 400mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
630,800 433 4p4G air filled cable box suitable for3 1/ 2core 400mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
1000,1250 433 4p6G air filled cable box suitable for3 1/ 2core 400mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
1600 433 4p21G air filled cable box suitable for 1 core 1000mm
2
PVC aluminium cable
2000,2500
3000
433 4p28G air filled cable box suitable for 1 core 1000mm
2
PVC aluminium cable

Note : (a) Alternatively 433V terminal could be provided wth 1.1kV bushings as per IS:3347 for normally
polluted atmosphere.
(b) Alternatively 433V terminal could be provided wth 1.1kV bushing suitable for bus duct connections.
(c) Alternatively 433V terminal could be provided wth 1.1kV epoxy bushings in cable box or bus duct.
(d) P & G denote Pole and Gland respectively.
(e) Epoxy may be used as the filling medium instead of bitumen compound.
(i) The bushings shall conform to the relevant standards specified and shall be outdoor
type. The bushing rods and nuts shall be made of brass material 12 mm diameter for
both HT & LT. The bushings shall be fixed to the transformers on side with straight
pockets and in the same plane or on the top cover. The tests as per IS 2099 / IS 7421
shall be conducted on the transformer bushings.
(ii) For 0.433/11 kV/33 kV service voltage, 1.1/17.5/36 kV class bushings shall be used.
Bushings of plain sheds as per IS-3347 shall be mounted on the tank/cover. For 1.1
kV class indoor transformers, 1.1 kV class epoxy busbar bushings /porcelain bushings
can be used. Bushings in HV cable box as per BS2562 may be used for compound
filled cable box or termination in air with boots covering the live terminals.
(iii) Dimensions of the bushings shall conform to the Standards specified.
(iv) A minimum phase to phase clearance of 75 mm for LV (upto 1.1 kV bushings) and
255 mm for HV bushings shall be obtained with the bushings mounted on the
transformer.
(v) The bushings shall be fixed on the sides with pockets in the same plane or on the top
cover.
94
(vi) Brazing of all inter connections, jumpers from winding to bushing shall have cross-
section larger than the winding conductor.
(vii) The design of the cable box internal bushing for LV shall be such as to provide
adequate earth clearance and creepage distance as stipulated in the standards specified.
All other tests as per relevant standards shall be applicable.
(viii) The terminal arrangement shall not require a separate oil chamber not connected to oil
in the main tank.
(ix) HV and LV bushings shall be mounted on top cover in case of corrugated tank.

11.1 Terminal Clearances

The minimum clearance shall be as under:

Clearance phase to Clearance phase to
Voltage Medium phase (mm) earth (mm)
terminal chamber terminal chamber
Open Closed Open Closed
433 Air 40 25 40 20

11000 Air 280 165 140 102
* Compound 75 60
33000 Air 351 351 320 222
* Compound 125 100

* Clearances given against compound filled cable box are applicable for same cable box in air if terminals
insulated with boots are used and cable is of XLPE type.

For outdoor bare bushings the LV and HV bushing stems shall be provided with suitable
terminal connectors so as to connect the jumper without disturbing the bushing stem.

11.2 Terminal Markings

High voltage and low voltage phase windings shall be marked both in the terminal boards
inside the tank and on the outside with capital letter 1U, 1V, 1W and low voltage winding for
the same phase marked by corresponding letter 2U, 2V, 2W. The neutral point terminal shall
be indicated by the letter 2N.

11.3 Fittings to be Provided
The following fittings shall be provided for transformers with conservator :
(a) Rating and terminal marking plates.
(b) Two earthing terminals (studs and bolts should be properly galvanized and conform to
IS:1363 and IS:1367.
(c) Two lifting lugs to lift core assembly.
(d) Two lifting lugs to lift complete transformer
(e) Lifting lugs for tank cover.
95
(f) Thermometer pocket in accordance with IS: 3580.
(g) Air release plug on the transformer tank to release air trapped inside the tank when
filling oil through conservator.
(h) Conservator tank shall have inter connection pipe projection, 20 mm above bottom of
the conservator so as to create a sump for collection of impurities. It shall have
30 mm dia drain valve, oil filling hole with cap on the top of the conservator.
(i) Oil level gauge with toughened glass with minimum marking.
(j) De-hydrating breather.
(k) One drain cum sampling valve.
(l) One filter valve on the upper side of the tank
(m) Unidirectional flat rollers.
(n) Inspection hole
For sealed transformers with radiators and nitrogen cushion, the following accessories are
recommended :
(a) Oil level guage
(b) Pressure guage
(c) Oil temperature indicator and winding temperature indicator (optional).
(d) One drain cum sampling valve
(e) One filter valve on upper side of tank.
11.4 Fasteners
terminals.
Wherever possible, bolts shall be fitted in such a manner that in the event of failure of
locking, resulting in the nuts working loose and falling off, the bolt will remain in position.
corrosion, by hot dip galvanizing, except high tensile steel bolts and spring washers which
shall be electro-galvanized/ plated. Appropriate precautions shall be taken to prevent
nut, except when otherwise approved for terminal board studs or relay stems. If bolts, nuts
be provided.
Taper washers shall be provided where necessary.

SECTION D

Specifications for Power Transformers of
Voltage Class below 145 kV
98
Specifications for Power Transformers of Voltage Class below 145 kV
99
SECTION D

Specifications for Power Transformers of
Voltage Class below 145 kV

1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This section covers technical requirements/parameters for power transformers for
voltage below 132 kV. This part specification does not purport to include all the necessary
provisions of a contract. For general requirements and tests, reference shall be made to
Section A and J respectively of this Manual.
For 110 kV/100 kV class transformers reference can be drawn from section E for appropriate
rating of transformer.
1.2 Standard Rating
1.2.1 66 kV Class Transformers
There-phase Voltage ratio Cooling
power rating MVA kV
6.3 66/11 ONAN
8.0 66/11 ONAN
10.0 66/11 ONAN
12.5 66/11 ONAN/ONAF
20.0 66/11 ONAN/ONAF
ONAN rating-60 percent of ONAF.
Three-phase Voltage ratio Cooling
power rating MVA kV
1.0 33/11 ONAN
1.6 33/11 ONAN
3.15 33/11 ONAN
4.0 33/11 ONAN
5.0 33/11 ONAN
6.3 33/11 ONAN
8.0 33/11 ONAN
10.00 33/11 ONAN

100
Rating Voltage Impedance
MVA ratio voltage Cooling
kV percent
(A) 3.15 11/6.6 6.25 ONAN
4 11/6.6 7.15 ONAN
(B) 3.15 11/3.3 6.25 ONAN
4 11/3.3 7.15 ONAN
5 11/3.3 7.15 ONAN
6.3 11/3.3 7.15 ONAN

2.0 WINDING CONNECTIONS AND VECTOR GROUP
2.1 Transformers of 11 kV and 33 kV Class
HV Delta
LV Star
Vector Group Dy 11
2.2 Transformers of 66 kV Class
HV Star
LV Star
Vector Group Yyo
Note : No Tertiary Winding is required for 66 kV Class Transformers.
3.0 TAPPINGS
3.1 OLTC is not recommended for 11 kV and below 5 MVA. For other kV class
transformers, this may be provided for higher ratings, if required. In case of off-circuit tap
changer, the tappings shall be such as to provide for a voltage adjustment on the high voltage
of + 3 percent to 9 percent in steps of 3 percent, the tappings being located on the high
voltage winding. In case of on-load tap changer, the tappings shall also be on the high
voltage winding. A voltage adjustment of high voltage of + 5 to 15 percent in 16 equal
steps is recommended.
With transformers having OLTC, these tappings may be used to get 10 percent over-voltage
on low voltage side at no-load. When under this condition the high voltage side experiences
an over-voltage, the tappings shall be changed so that the over-excitation is limited to 10
percent only.
101
Highest Rated Rated Short
Voltage lighting duration power
for impulse frequency
equipment withstand withstand
kV rms voltage voltage
kV peak kV rms
3.6 40 10
7.2 60 20
12 75 28
36 170 70
72.5 325 140
66 kV Windings will be with graded insulation.
5.0 TEMPERATURE RISE
For the purpose of standardisation of maximum temperature rises of oil and windings, the
following ambient temperatures are assumed :
Cooling medium : Air
Maximum ambient temperature : 50
0
C
Maximum daily average ambient temperature : 40
0
C
Maximum yearly weighted average temperature : 32
0
C
With the above ambient temperature condition the temperature rises are as given below:
Oil
0
C Winding
0
C
50 55

6.0 TERMINALS
3.3 kV-3.6 kV porcelain bushings with plain sheds as per IS : 3347.
6.6 and 11 kV17.5 kV porcelain bushings with plain sheds as per IS : 3347.
33 kV-36 kV procelain bushings with plain sheds as per IS : 3347.
66 kV-72.5 kV condenser bushings.
Transformers shall be fitted either with bushing insulators or cable boxes as required by the
purchaser.
7.0 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
(a) Rating and diagram plate.
(b) 2 Nos. earthing terminals.
102
(c) Cover lifting lugs.
(d) Lifting lugs.
(e) Skids and pulling eyes on both directions.
(f) Oil-filling hole and cap.
(g) Jacking pads.
(h) Pocket on tank cover for thermometer.
(i) Air release devices.
(j) Conservator with oil filling hole, cap and drain plug-size 19 mm nominal pipe (3/4 in.
BSP/M 20).
(k) (i) Plain oil level gauge for all transformers upto and including 1.6 MVA.
(ii) Magnetic type oil gauge for transformers above 1.6 MVA, with low oil level
alarm contact.
(l) Silica gel breather with oil seal.
(m) Pressure relief device.
(n) Valves :
(i) Drain valve with plug or blanking flanges. The same can be used for filtering
purpose.
(ii) A sampling device or sampling facility on drain valve.
(iii) 1 No. filter valve on upper side of transformer tank.
(o) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts with one shut-off valve on conservator
side
(i) Size of Buchholz relay up to 10 MVA-50 mm
(ii) 10 MVA and above-80 mm
(p) Oil temperature indicator with one electrical contact shall be provided with anti-
vibration mounting.
(q) Winding temperature indicator with two electrical contacts for alarm and trip
purposes. Switching of fans shall be done by winding temperature indicator for all
transformers having ONAF rating. The winding temperature indicator shall be
provided with anti-vibration mounting.
(r) Tank mounted weather-proof marshalling box for housing control equipment and
terminal connectors. Wiring up to marshalling box with PVC SWA PVC copper
cables 660/1100 volts grade.
103
(s) Rollers-4 Nos.
Gauge
Rating Type
Shorter axis Longer axis
1 Up to 5 MVA Flat, uni-directional As per manufacturers practice, however,
not to exceed 1000 mm
2 6.3 MVA Flanged, bi-directional 1435 mm 1435 mm
3 10 MVA and above Flanged, bi-directional 1676 mm 1676 mm
(t) Inspection cover.
(u) Cooling accessories
ONAN/ONAF cooling
(i) Radiators with shut-off valves and air release plugs.
(ii) Fans.
(iii) Filter valves.
(iv) Drain and sampling device.
(v) Air release device.
8.0 STANDARD LOSSES AT 75
0
C
Three-phase No-load Load Percentage
power rating loss loss impedance
MVA (kW) (kW) (%)
(a) 11 kV Transformers
3.15 2.9 20 6.25
4.0 3.2 27 7.15
5.0 3.9 31 7.15
6.3 4.5 37 7.15
(b) 33 kV Transformers
1.00 1.8 8 5
1.60 2.1 14 6.25
3.15 3.2 22 6.25
4.00 4.0 24 7.15
5.00 4.6 27 7.15
6.30 5.4 33 7.15
8.00 6.1 44 8.35
10.00 7.2 53 8.35
(c) 66 kV Transformers
6.3 6.0 40 8.35
8.0 7.1 48 8.35
10.0 8.4 57 8.35
12.5 9.7 70 8.35
20.0 13.0 102 10.00
Note : The above losses are standardised on the basis of the optimised designs from various manufacturers.
SECTION E
Specifications for 145 kV
Class Power Transformers
106
Specifications for 145 kV Class Power Transformers
107
SECTION E


1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This section covers technical requirements/parameters for power transformers of
145 kV class. This part specification does not purport to include all the necessary provisions
of a contract. For general requirements and tests, reference shall be made to Sections A and J
respectively of this Manual.

For 100/110 kV class transformers reference can be drawn from this section for appropriate
rating of the transformers.

1.2.1 Two Winding Transformers
Three-phase Voltage Impedance
power rating ratio voltage Cooling
MVA kV per cent
(a) 16 132/33 10 ONAN/ONAF
16 132/33 10 ONAN/ONAF
16 132/33 12.5 ONAN/ONAF
(B) 16 132/11 10 ONAN/ONAF
25 132/11 10 ONAN/ONAF
31.5 132/11 12.5 ONAN/ONAF

(i) Connections : HV-Star with neutral directly earthed
LV-Star with neutral directly earthed
Vector Group : YNynO
Alternatively
HV-Star with neutral directly earthed
LV-Delta
Vector Group : YNd11
(ii) Tappings : On-load tappings at the neutral end of HV winding for HV variation.
Tapping Race + 5 to 15 per cent in 16 equal steps.
(iii) ONAN rating for 16 MVA, 25 MVA and 31.5 MVA transformers shall be 10, 16 and
20 MVA respectively.
1.2.2 Interconnecting Auto-Transformers
MVA kV per cent
50 132/66 10 ONAN/ONAF
63 132/66 10 ONAN/ONAF
108
(i) Connections : HV and LV
Star auto with neutral directly earthed.
Vector Group : Y Nao
Note : (i) No stabilising winding upto 100 MVA for 3-Phase, 3 limbed core type construction.
(ii) Tappings : On-load for the variation of 66 kV voltage from - 5 to + 15 per cent in 16 steps.
(iii) ONAN rating shall be 60 per cent of ONAF rating.
1.2.3 Generator Transformers
Three-Phase Impedance
Power Rating Voltage voltage Cooling
MVA ratio per cent
140 11/138 12.5 ONAN/OFAF
or ODAF or
OFWF/ODWF
140 13.8/138 12.5 --do--
250 15.75/138 14.5 ONAN/OFAF/
ODFAF or
OFWF/ODWF

(i) Connection : HV-Star with neutral directly earthed
LV-Delta
Vector Group : YNd11
(ii) Tappings : Off-circuit taps on HV for HV variation from + 2
1
/
2
to-7
1
/
2
percent in 2
1
/
2
per cent steps or On-load tap changer on HV for HV variation from + 5 per cent to
10 per cent in 1.25 per cent steps.
(iii) ONAN rating in case of ONAN/OFAF cooling shall be 60 per cent of OFAF rating.
OFAF/ODAF = 100 per cent.
(iv) The standardised ratings are for three-phase units only. If single phase units are
required due to transport limitations, then these ratings will be one-third of the three-
phase unit.
Highest Rated lightning Rated short
voltage impulse with- duration power
for stand frequency with-
equipment voltage stand voltage
kV rms kV peak kV rms
12 75 28
17.5 95 38
36 170 70
72.5 325 140
145 550 230

109
3.0 COOLING EQUIPMENT
(a) ONAN/ONAF 1-100 per cent tank or separately mounted cooling
system consisting of radiators and fans and one
standby fan
2-50 per cent group and
2 standby fans, one in each 50 per cent group
(b) ONAN/OFAF or ODAF 2-50 per cent groups
2-100 per cent pumps, one of which will be standby.
2-standby fans one in each 50 per cent group
3-50 per cent group with independent pump and fans
out of which one group to act as standby.
(c) OFWF or ODWF 2-100 per cent heat exchangers out of which one is
standby.


For the purpose of standardisation of maximum temperature rises of oil and winding the
following ambient temperatures considering the transformer to be operating at extreme tap
position incurring extra copper losses.

Cooling medium Air Water
Maximum ambient temperature 50
0
C 30
0
C
Maximum daily average ambient temp. 40
0
C 25
0
C
Maximum yearly weighted average temp. 32
0
C

With the above ambient temperature conditions temperature rises considering the
transformer to be operating at extreme tap position incurring extra copper losses are as given
below :

External Cooling Medium
Part Air Water
Winding (measured 55, when the oil circulation 60, when the oil circulation is
by resistance)
o
C is natural or forced non- natural or forced non-directed.
directed. 60, when the oil 65, when the oil circulation is
circulation is forced forced directed.
directed.

Top oil (measured 50 55
by thermometer)
o
C

5.0 TERMINAL BUSHINGS
(a) Two-winding and auto-transformers
The terminal bushings shall be as per section-P of the manual.
(b) Generator transformer
LV side : LV bushings shall be mounted on
turrets suitable for connection to
busbars in isolated phase bus ducts.
HV side : As per Section-P.
110
(c) Lifting bollards.
(d) Jacking pads.
(e) Haulage lugs.
(f) Pocket on t ank cover for thermometer.
(g) Air release devices.
(h) Conservator with oil filling hole, cap and drain valve.
(i) Magnetic type oil level gauge with low oil level alarm contacts of 0.5 A, 220 V DC
rating.
(j) Silica gel breather with oil seal-2 Nos. of 100 per cent for 140 and 250 MVA ratings.
(k) Pressure relief vent, or spring operated pressure relief devices.
(l) Valves
(I) For transformers up to 31.5 MVA
(i) Drain valve with plug or blanking flange. (The same can be used for filter
purposes).
(ii) 1 No. filter valve at top of transformer tank.
(II) For transformers above 31.5 MVA
(i) Oil valve between each cooler and main tank.
(ii) Drain valve.
(iii) 2 Nos. filter valves, one on top and another at bottom on diagonally
opposite corners.
(iv) 2 Nos. sampling valves at top and bottom of main tank.
The sampling valve shall be provided with provision for fixing PVC pipe.
(m) Valve schedule plate for transformers above 31.5 MVA.
(n) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts of 0.5A, 220 V DC rating and one
shut-off valve size 80 mm.
(o) (i) Oil temperature indicator with maximum-pointer and one electrical contact.
(ii) Oil temperature indicator with maximum pointer and two sets of contacts for
above 31.5 MVA.
111
(p) Winding temperature indicator with maximum pointer and 3 sets of contacts for
ONAN/ONAF and 4 sets of contacts for ONAF/OFAN or ODAF and 2 sets of
contacts for OFWF/ODWF.
(q) Repeater dial of winding temperature indicator for remote indication for transformers
above 16 MVA. For transformer above 50 MVA, the remote indication shall be a
separate measuring system.
(r) Rollers.

Gauge
Rating Type Shorter Longer
axis axis
1. Two winding Flanged bi-directional 1676 mm 1676 mm
and auto with locking and bolting
t ransformers device.
2. Generator Flanged, bi-directional 2 rails with 2 rails with
transformers with locking and bolting 1676 mm gauge 1676 mm gauge
device.

Alternatively 3 rails with
1676 mm gauge between
adjacent rails. Alt ernatively
4 rails in two pairs with 1676
mm gauge for each pair and
centre distance betweem pair
3486 mm

(s) Inspection cover.
(t) Wiring upto marshalling box with PVC copper cables, 660/1100 volts grade.
(u) Tank mounted/floor mounted weather-proof marshalling box for housing control
equipment and terminal connections.
(v) On-load tap changing gear with remote control panel as required.
(w) Cooling accessories :
(I) ONAN/ONAF Cooling
(i) Requisite number of radiators with top and bottom shut-off-valves, air release
plug and drain plug.
(ii) Fans.
(iii) For header mounted radiator 2 Nos. valves, one at top header and other at
bottom header to be used for filtration and oil filling. Bottom valve to be used
as drain valve also.
(iv) Drain and sampling device.
(v) Air release device.

112
(II) ONAN/ONAF-OFAF/ODAF Cooling
(i) Requisite number of radiators with shut-off-valves.
(ii) Fans.
(iii) Oil pumps.
(iv) Oil flow indicator with one alarm contact.
(v) For header mounted radiators 2 Nos. valves, one at top header and other at
bottom header to be used for filtration and oil filling. Bottom valve to be used
as drain valve also.
(vi) Drain-cum-filter valve for cooling system.
(vii) Air release plug of 19 mm nominal pipe size (3/4 in BSP).
(III) OFAF/ODAF Cooling
(i) OFAF coolers with integral fans.
(ii) Oil pumps.
(iii) Oil flow indicator with one alarm contact.
(iv) Brass encased thermometers.
(v) Drain plug and air release devices.
(IV) OFWF/ODWF Cooling.
(i) Oil/Water heat exchangers.
(ii) Oil pumps.
(iv) Water flow indicator with one alarm contact.
(v) Pressure gauges.
(vi) Brass encased thermometers.
(vii) Differential pressure gauge with one alarm contact.
(viii) Reflux valves (Non-return).
(ix) Drain-cum-filter valve for cooling system.
SECTION F
114
115
SECTION F
1.0 SCOPE
245 kV voltage class but does not purport to include all the necessary provisions of contract.
For general requirements and tests, reference shall be made to Sections A and J respectively
of this Manual.
1.2.1 Two Winding Transformers
(A)
MVA kV percent
50 220/66 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
100 220/66 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
(i) Connections : HVStar with neutral effectively earthed.
LVStar with neutral effectively earthed.
Stabilising
winding : No stabilishing winding upto 100 MVA for 3-phase, 3 limbed
core type construction.
(ii) Vector Group : YNyno.
(iii) Tapping : On-load tappings at the neutral end of HV for HV
10 per cent in 16 equal steps.
(iv) Cooling : ONAN : 60 per cent
OFAF : 100 per cent
ODAF : 100 per cent
The rating under ONAF condition although not guaranteed should
be about 80 per cent.
(B)
MVA kV percent
50 220/33 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
100 220/33 15.0 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
(i) Connections : HVStar with neutral effectively earthed.
LVDelta. Alternatively star with neutral effectively earthed.
Vector Group : Yd 11. Alternatively YNyno.
116
Stabilising : No stabilising winding for YNyno upto 100 MVA for 3-phase,
3 limbed core type construction.

(ii) Tappings : On load tappings at the neutral end of HV for HV variation from
+ 10 to 10 per cent in 16 equal steps.
(iii) Cooling : ONAN : 60 per cent
OFAF : 100 per cent
ODAF : 100 per cent
Note : The rating under ONAF condition although not guaranteed shall be about 80 per cent.
1.2.2 Auto-Transformers
Three-phase Voltage Percentage
power rating MVA ratio impedance voltage Cooling
100 220/132 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
160 220/132 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
200 220/132 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ONAN/ODAF
(i) Connections : HV and LV Star auto with neutral effectively earthed.
(ii) Stabilising winding : Delta.
(iii) Vector Group : YNaOd1.
(iv) Tappings : On-load for the variation of 132 kV voltage from 5 to +
15 per cent in 16 equal steps.
(v) Cooling ONAN : 60 per cent
OFAN/ODAF : 100 per cent.
Note : (1) In case auto-transformers are provided with L.V. winding (Tertiary Winding) for loading purpose then
the MVA rating, voltage rating, percentage impedance between HV winding to L.V. winding and IV
winding to L.V. winding shall be specified by the customer. The minimum rated lightning impulse
withstand voltage level shall be 170 kV peak. Rated short duration power frequency voltage shall be
70 kV.
(2) Rating under ONAF condition although not guaranteed shall be about 80 per cent.
1.2.3 Generator Transformers for Thermal Stations
Three-phase power Voltage Percentage impedance Cooling
rating MVA ratio voltage
140 11/235 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ODAF or OFWF/ ODWF
140 13.8/235 12.5 ONAN/OFAF or
ODAF or OFWF
250 15.75/235 14.0 ONAN/OFAF or
ODAF or OFWF/
ODWF
315 15.75/235 14.0 -do-

117
(i) Connections : HV Star with neutral effectively earthed.
LV Delta.
(ii) Vector Group : YNd 11.
(iii) Tappings : Off-circuit taps on HV for HV variation from + 2
1
/
2
to 7
1
/
2

percent in 2
1
/
2
per cent steps or On-load tap changer on HV for
HV variation from + 5 per cent to 10 per cent in 1.25 per cent
steps.
(iv) The standardised ratings are for three phase units only. If single phase units are required
due to transport limitations then these ratings will be one-third of the three-phase unit.
(v) Cooling : ONAN : 60 per cent
OFAF/ODAF : 100 per cent.
Highest voltage Rated lightning Power frequency rated
for equipment impulse withstand short duration withstand
kV rms voltage kV peak voltage kV rms
12.0 75 28
17.5 95 38
36 170 70
72.5 325 140
145 550 230
245 950 395
3.0 COOLING EQUIPMENT
(a) ONAN/OFAF 2-50 per cent groups
or ODAF 2-100 per cent pumps one of which will be standby,
2-Standby fans one in each 50 per cent group, or
3-50 per cent groups with independent pumps and fans out of
which one group to act as standby
(b) OFWF or ODWF 2 -100 per cent heat exchangers out of which one is standby.
For the purpose of standardisation of maximum temperature rises of oil and winding, the
following ambient temperatures are assumed:
Cooling medium Air Water
Maximum ambient temperature 50
0
C 30
0
C
Maximum daily average ambient temperature 40
0
C 25
0
C
Maximum yearly weighted average temperature 32
0
C

118
With the above ambient temperature conditions, temperature rises are as given below:
External cooling-medium
Part Air Water

o
C
o
C
Windings 55, when the oil circulation 60, when the oil
(measured is natural or forced non- circulation is natural or
by resistance) directed. 60, when the oil forced nondirected.
circulation is forced 65, when t he circulation
directed. is forced directed.
Top oil 50 55
(measured)
by thermometer)
5.0 TERMINAL BUSHINGS
(a) Two windings and Auto-Transformers.
The terminal bushings shall be as per Section-P.
(b) Generator Transformer
LV Side : LV bushings shall be mounted on turrets suitable for connection to
busbars in isolated phase bus ducts.
HV Side : As per Section-P.
(d) Jacking pads.
(e) Haulage lugs.
(f) Pocket on tank cover for thermometer.
(h) Conservator with oil filling hole, cap drain valve.
(i) Magnetic type oil gauge with low oil level alarm contacts of 0.5 A, 220 V DC.
(j) Silicagel breather with oil seal-2 Nos.
Note : In addition to the silicagel breather more advanced oil preservation system like air dryers, molecular sieve
flexible membrane can also be considered.
(k) Required Nos. of pressure relief vents or spring operated pressure relief devices.
For transformer above 50 MVA, the remote indication shall be a separate measuring system.
(l) Valves
(i) Oil valve between each cooler and main tank
119
(ii) Drain valve
(iii) 2 Nos. filter valves on diagonally opposite corners.
(iv) 2 Nos. sampling valves at top and bottom of main tank. The sampling valve shall
be provided with provision for fixing PVC pipe.
(m) Valve schedule plate.
(n) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts of 0.5A, 220 V DC and one shut-off valve
on conservator side, size 80 mm.
(o) Oil temperature indicator with maximum-pointer and two sets of contacts.
(p) Winding temperature indicator with maximum pointer and 3 sets of contacts of
ONAN/ONAF and 4 sets of contacts for ONAF/OFAN or ODAF and 2 sets of contacts
for OFWF/ODWF.
(q) Repeater dial of winding temperature indicator for remote indication.
(r) Rollers.

Gauge
Rating Type Shorter Longer
axis axis
1 2 3 4 5
1. Two winding and Flanged 1676 mm 1676 mm
auto-transformers bidirect ional
with locking and
bolting device.
2. Generator Flanged 2 rails with 2 rails
Transformers bidirectional 1676 mm with
With locking and gauge 1676 mm
Bolting device. guage
Alternatively 3
rails with 1676 mm
gauge between
adjacent rails.
Alternatively 4 rails
in two pairs with 1676
mm gauge for each
pair and centre distance
between pair 3486 mm.

(s) Inspection cover.
(t) Wiring up to marshalling box with PVC copper cables, 660/1100 volts grade.
(u) Tank mounted/floor mounted weather-proof marshalling box for housing control
equipment and terminal connections.
(v) On-load tap changing gear with remote control panels as required.
120
(w) Cooling accessories.
(I) ONAN/OFAF or ODAF Cooling
(i) Requisite number of radiators with shut-off-valves.
(ii) Fans.
(iii) Oil pumps.
(iv) Oil flow indicator with one alarm contact.
(v) For header mounted radiators 2 Nos. valves, one at top header and other
at bottom header to be used for filtration and oil filling. Bottom valve to
be used as drain valve also.
(vi) Drain-cum-filter valve for cooling system size.
(vii) Air release plug of size 19 mm nominal pipe (3/4in. BSP).
(II) OFAF/ODAF Cooling
(i) OFAF/Coolers with integral fans.
(ii) Oil pumps.
(iv) Brass encased thermometers.
(v) Drain plug and air release devices.
(III) OFWF/ODWF Cooling
(i) Oil / Water heat exchangers
(ii) Oil pumps.
(iv) Water flow indicator with one alarm contact.
(vi) Brass encased thermometers.
(vii) Differential pressure gauge with one alarm contact.
(viii) Reflux valves (Non-return)
(ix) Drain-cum-filter valve for cooling system.
SECTION G
122
123
SECTION G


1.0 SCOPE

420 kV class but does not purport to include all the necessary provisions of a contract. For
general requirements, tests and loss capitalisation reference shall be made to sections A, J &
L respectively of this Manual.


Three Voltage Tapping Percent Cooling
phase ratio range impedance
rating MVA per cent voltage
250 15.75 A-Off
or /420 circuit
315 taps + 2.5% to ONAN/OFAF
7.5% 14.5 or OFAF or OFWF
B-On- or ONAN/
load taps ODAF
+ 5% to or ODAF
- 10% or ODWF
600 21/420 A-Off circuit
Bank taps + 2.5% ONAN/
- 7.5% 15.0 OFAF
B On or OFAF
load taps or OFWF
+ 5% to or ONAN/
- 10% ODAF
or ODAF
or ODWF
Note : The ratings of generator transformers for hydro generating sets have not been standardized as the sizes of
these sets depend upon site characteristics.

The purchaser shall specify the type of cooling required.

Other Parameters
(i) Connections HV Star neutral effectively earthed, LV delta
(ii) Connections symbol YNd11
(iii) Tappings
Full power tappings on HV winding for HV voltage variation. Tap changing shall be by :
(a) Off-circuit tap changer, tapping range + 2.5% to - 7.5% in steps of 2.5 per cent
alternatively
124
(b) On-load tap changer, tapping range + 5% to - 10% in steps of 1.25 per cent.
(iv) Three-phase rating should be understood as three phase bank rating and not
necessarily three-phase unit rating. Wherever transport restrictions impose,
single phase ratings equal to one-third of the three phase bank rating may be
specified.
(v) ONAN rating shall be guaranteed at 60 per cent of the OFAF, or ODAF rating.
Rating under ONAF condition shall be about 80 per cent.
(vi) Air core reactance of HV winding shall not be less than 20 per cent and knee
point voltage shall not be less than 1.1 pu.
(vii) Short circuit level Transformer shall be suitable for connection to
for 420 kV system the system having the following short circuit
and duration levels and duration: 40 and 63 kA for one
second.
(viii) Terminal Bushings
(a) LV Terminals: Oil - sealed / Oil communicating Kondenser type bushings mounted
on turrets suitable for connections to busbars in isolated phase busducts which shall
have spacings of 1250 mm for 250 MVA three-phase unit and 1500 mm for each
200 MVA single-phase unit of a 600 MVA three-phase bank.
(b) HV Terminals -Line End: 420 kV oil filled condenser bushing. No arcing horns shall
be provided. For details refer section P.
Neutral End: 17.5 kV porcelain bushing. No arcing horns shall be provided.

1.2.2 Auto - Transformers

The purchaser may specify auto-transformer with constant ohmic value of impedance or
constant percentage impedance as given below:

Standard Ratings
(a) Auto Transformers (Constant Percentage Impedance)
Three-phase Voltage ratio Tapping range Percent impedance voltage Cooling
HV/IV/LV per cent
MVA HV-IV HV-LV IV-LV
100/100/33.3 400/132/33 + 10% to 10% 12.5 27 12 ONAN/OFAF
16 steps of 1.25%
200/200/66.7 400/132/33 + 10% to 10% 12.5 36 22 ONAN/OFAF or
16 steps of 1.25% ONAN/ODAF
250/250/83.3 400/220/33 + 10% to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF or
315/315/105 400/220/33 + 105 to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF or
500/500/166.7 400/220/33 + 10% to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF or
630/630/210 400/220/33 + 10% to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF or
125
(b) Auto-Transformers (Constant Ohmic Impedance)
Three-Phase Voltage Ratio Tapping Range Per cent impedance Cooling
HV/IV/LV per cent voltage
MVA HV-IV HV-LV IV-LV
(min)* (min)*
100/100/33.3 400/132/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF
16 steps of 1.25%
200/200/66.7 400/132/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 45 30 ONAN/OFAF
250/250/83.3 400/220/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 60 45 ONAN/OFAF
315/315/105 400/220/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 60 45 ONAN/OFAF
500/500/166.7 400/220/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 60 45 ONAN/OFAF
630/630/210 400/220/33 + 10 to 10% 12.5 60 45 ONAN/OFAF
* No limit is specified on higher side.

Other Parameters

(i) Connections HV Star auto with neutral
IV effectively earthed
LV Delta
(ii) Connection symbol YNa0d11
(iii) Full power tappings shall be provided on series winding for the variation of voltage
on HV side. The tap changers shall be suitable for bi-directional flow of rated power.
The tap changers shall be in accordance with Section N.
(iv) Three-phase rating should be understood as three phase bank rating and not
necessarily three phase unit rating. Wherever transport restrictions impose, single
phase ratings equal to one third of the three phase bank ratings may be specified.
(v) ONAN rating shall be guaranteed at 60 per cent of the OFAF or ODAF rating. Rating
under ONAF condition although not guaranteed shall be about 80 per cent.
(vi) For these transformers the temperature rise of the top oil refers to the specified
loading combination for which the total losses are highest. Individual winding
temperature rises shall be considered relative to that specified loading combination
which is the most severe for the particular winding under consideration.
(vii) Air core reactance of HV winding shall not be less than 20 per cent and knee point
voltage shall not be less than 1.1 pu.
(viii) The specified percentage impedance voltage is at principal tapping and on the MVA
base corresponding to HV/IV rating. Tolerance on percentage impedance voltage shall
be as under:

126

Pairs of windings Tolerance

HV-IV (normal tap) 10 per cent
HV-IV (max & min tap) 15 per cent
For constant percentage impedance auto-transformer
HV-LV 15 per cent
IV-LV 15 per cent

1.2.3 Short Circuit Level

Transformer shall be suitable for connection to the system having the following short circuit
level:
420 kV 40 and 63 kA (rms), 1 second
245 kV 40 kA (rms), 1 second
145 kV 40 kA (rms), 1 second

1.2.4 Terminals
(a) LV Terminals: 52 kV oil-filled condenser bushings. The bushing shall be arranged in
a line with 1000 mm spacing to allow mounting of phase to phase barriers. No arcing
horns shall be provided.
(b) IV Terminals: 145/245 kV oil-filled condenser bushings with test taps. No arcing
(c) HV Terminals Line End: 420 kV oil-filled condenser bushing. No arcing horns shall
be provided.
For details refer section P.

1.2.5 Insulation Levels
1.2.5.1 LIGHTNING IMPULSE AND POWER FREQUENCY VOLTAGE TEST LEVEL

Highest voltage Rated lightning impulse Rated power frequency,
for equipment withstand voltage kV short duration withstand
kV (rms) (peak) voltage kV (rms)
12 75 28
17.5 95 38
24 125 50
145 550 --
245 950 --
420 1300 All 1425 for GTs --
1.2.5.2 Rated switching surge kV (peak) 1050 withstand voltage for 400 kV terminal.
1.2.5.3 Partial discharge at
1.5 x Um/ 3
Single- phase method pico-coulomb 500.
127
Notes
(i) Insulation of tertiary winding of auto-transformer should be adequate to withstand the transferred surge
voltage appearing across them due to an impulse striking on HV or IV terminals. Therefore, 33 kV LV
winding shall be designed for a minimum lightning impulse withstand voltage of 250 kV (peak) and short
duration power frequency withstand voltage of 95 kV (rms).
(ii) The shunt reactor or capacitors connected to the LV side would be required to be frequently switched on
and off. The LV winding should be capable of withstanding the stresses as may be caused by frequent
switching.

1.2.5.4 TEMPERATURE RISES
Air - cooled Water-cooled
transformers transformers
(a) Temperature rise of top oil 50 C 55 C
Measured by thermometer
(b) Temperature rise of winding
Measured by resistance:
- When oil circulation 55 C 60 C
Natural or forced non-directed
- When oil circulation is 55 C 65 C
Forced directed

Notes

(i) For the purpose of standardization of maximum temperature rises of oil and winding as measured by
resistance, the following ambient temperatures are assumed :

Air Water
Cooling medium ambient temperature 50C 30C
Maximum daily average ambient temperature 40C 25C
Maximum yearly weighted average temperature 32C --
(ii) Maximum yearly weighted temperature is based on ambient temperature cycle and its duration.
(iii) Wherever ambient temperatures are higher than those specified above, the temperature rises, reduced by
corresponding amount, shall be specified.
(iv) Guaranteed temperature rise limits are valid for all the tappings.
(v) The above temperature rises are applicable to transformers required for operation at an altitude not
exceeding 1000 metres above sea level.

1.3 Cooling

1.3.1 ONAN/OFAF or ONAN/ODAF Two 50 per cent banks. One number of pump
and one standby pump in each bank. Adequate
number of fans and one standby fan in each 50
per cent bank.
1.3.2 OFAF or ODAF Adequate number of coolers with one cooler as
standby
1.3.3 OFWF or ODWF Two 100 per cent coolers.

128
Notes
(i) The transformer shall be filled up with mineral oil, conforming to IS: 335-1993. Some of the essential
parameters are specified in Annexure 1, Section G1.
(ii) For auto transformers 100 per cent cooling equipment should be capable of dissipating losses occurring in
all the three windings, at any tap. It is required only in case specifically called fort.

1.4 Bushings

1.4.1 The voltage and current ratings, basic insulation level and creepage distances of the
bushings shall be in accordance with the following table:

Sl. Voltage rating Current rating Creepage distance Basic insulation
No. kV (rms) (Amps) (mm) level (kVP)

1. 420 800 10500 1425
1250
2. 245 800 6125 1050
1250
2000
3. 145 800 3625 650
1250
4. 52 800 1300 250
2000
3150
Notes
(i) In case of very heavy polluted atmosphere, guidance may be taken from Annexure II, Section G1.
(ii) The 800 amps as well 1250 amps bushings shall be suitable for draw lead type or draw rod type assembly
and it shall be possible to replace the 800 amps bushing with 1250 amps bushing or vice versa.

1.4.2 The Dimensions of Bushings are as per Section P.

1.5 Clearances of Line Terminals in Air

Clearances in air between live parts and to earthed structures for LV terminals of generator
transformers and auto-transformers shall be determined as per spacings given in clause 1.1.1
(viii) and 1.2.1.4 respectively.
The clearances for HV and IV terminals shall be as tabulated below:

Highest voltage for Clearances
equipment kV (rms) Phase to phase Phase to earth
(mm) (mm)

145 1220 1050
245 2000 1800
420 4000 3500

Air clearances of 3500 mm between phase to earth can be relaxed to the extent of maximum
of 200 mm so far as air release pipe emanating from bushing turret is concerned.

129
1.6 Fittings and Accessories
(b) Two earthing terminals.
(d) Jacking pads.
(e) Haulage lugs.
(h) Conservator with oil- filling hole, cap and drain valve (size: 25 mm.)
(i) Magnetic type oil gauge with low oil level alarm contacts (ratings: 0.5 Amp,
220 Volts DC.) Dial size 250 mm.
(j) Silicagel breather with oil seal.
(k) Air cell type oil preservation system.
(l) Required number of pressure relief device capable of resealing after release of
pressure.
(m) Valves
Oil valves between cooler and main tank
Drain valve preferably with padlocking arrangement (size 100 mm).
Two filter valves (size: 50 mm) on diagonally opposite ends - one at top and other at
bottom preferably with padlocking arrangement on bottom valve.
- Two sampling valves (size: 15 mm) at top and bottom of main tank.
(n) Oil flow indicator with alarm contacts (ratings, 0.5 Amps, 220 Volts DC) with each
pump.
(o) Valve schedule plate.
(p) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts (Ratings: 1.0 Amp 220 Volts DC) shall
have :
One number shut-off valve (Size: 80 mm) on conservator side
Test cock
Gas collection box and gas check valve at ground level. Copper tube interconnection
between gas collection box and relay shall also be provided. In transformers, for
installation in areas subject to high seismic forces, i.e., horizontal acceleration of 0.3 g
or more at and above a frequency of 8 Hz pitot type or reed type of gas and oil relay
shall be used.
(q) Dial type oil temperature indicator with maximum-reading pointer and two sets of
contacts (ratings, 5 Amps, 220 Volts DC).
(r) 1 No. dial type winding temperature indicator for a two winding transformer and one
dial type windings temperature indicator for each winding of a multi winding
transformer with maximum-reading pointer and two sets of contacts rating : 5 Amps,
130
220 Volts DC (for OFAF/ODAF and OFWF/ODWF) and four sets of contacts (for
ONAN/ODAF/OFAF).
(s) Remote indication for each winding temperature shall be through a separate
measuring system.
(t) Cover lifting lugs.
(u) Provision for mounting bi-directional flanged rollers with locking and bolting device
for rail gauge specified below:
Type of construction Shorter axis Longer axis

Single-phase Two rails with Two rails with
1676 mm gauge 1676 mm gauge

Three-phase 2/3/4 rail combination Two rails with 1676 mm gauge
according to layout and size
of the transformer

(v) Weather proof marshalling box for housing control equipment and terminal
connections.
(w) Wiring up to marshalling box with PVC SWA copper cables of 650/1100 volt grade.
(x) Cooling accessories.
I ONAN/OFAF or ONAN/ODAF cooling
(i) Requisite number of radiators provided with:
- One shut off valve on top (size: 80 mm)
- One shut off valve at bottom (size: 80 mm)
- Air release device on top
- Drain and sampling device at bottom
- Lifting lugs
(ii) Fans
(iii) Oil pumps with shut off valve on both sides (if required for ONAN cooling
pumps can be by-passed using by-pass pipes and valves).
(iv) Expansion joints, one each on top and bottom cooler pipe connections.
(v) Air release device and oil drain plug on oil pipe connections.
II OFAF or ODAF cooling
(i) OFAF coolers with integral fans
(ii) Oil pumps with shut-off valves on both sides.
(iii) Brass encased thermometers.
(iv) Air release devices and oil pipe connections.
(v) Lifting lugs.
III OFWF or ODWF Cooling
(i) Oil/water heat exchangers with segregated oil and water headers
131
(iii) Water flow indicator with alarm contacts (ratings: 0.5 Amp, 220 Volts DC).
(iv) Brass encased thermometer.
(vi) Differential pressure gauge with alarm contacts, operating when difference
between oil outlet pressure and water inlet pressure is less than 0.2 kg./cm
2

(vii) Reflux valve

if required as per scheme.
(viii) Drain and sampling device on cooler pipe connection.
2.0 TESTS
2.1 Type Tests
l Type tests shall be done as per Section J.
l Temperature rise test shall be carried out at the lowest tap.
2.2 Additional Type Tests
l For vacuum and pressure tests on tank refer section A.
l Relief Device
The pressure relief device of each size shall be subjected to increasing oil pressure. It
shall operate before reaching the test pressure specified in the test at C1 17.3.2 (b) of
section A. The operating pressure shall be recorded. The device shall seal-off after the
excess pressure has been relieved.
2.3 Routine Tests
Routine tests shall be done as per Section J.
2.4 Additional Routine Tests
Following additional routine tests shall also be conducted:
l Magnetic Circuit Test
After assembly each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volts ac between all
bolts side plates and structural steel work. Immediately prior to the dispatch of the
transformer from the manufacturers works the magnetic circuit shall be pressure
tested for 1 minute at 2000 volts ac between the core and earth.
l For Oil Leakage Test on Transformer Tank Refer Section A.
2.5 Special Tests
Special tests other than type or routine tests as agreed between the manufacturer and
purchaser shall be carried out as per Section J. In addition the following tests shall also be
conducted.
2.5.1 Capacitance Test
Capacitance test to determine the capacitance between each winding to earth shall be made
by ampere turn bridge method.
SECTION G1

134
135
SECTION G1


1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This section covers power transformers of 800 kV class but does not purport to
include all the necessary provisions of a contract. For general requirements, tests and loss
capitalisation reference shall be made to Sections A, J & L respectively of this Manual.


Single Voltage Tapping Percent Cooling
phase ratio range impedance
rating MVA kV voltage

200 21/ 765 5% in 8 15% (with OFAF/OFWF
3 steps with 5% tolerance) ODAF/ODWF
off circuit at principal tap
260 24/ 765 taps/ links
3

Three single-phase units will form a bank of 3-phase.

Note : The purchaser shall specify the type of cooling required before purchase.
Other Parameters
(i) Maximum flux density 1.9 tesla.
(ii) Withstand capability for 25% above the rated voltage 1 minute
(iii) Withstand capability for 40% above the rated voltage 5 seconds
(iv) Connections - HV star neutral effectively earthed, LV delta
(v) Connections symbol - YNd11 in 3-phase bank.
(vi) Tappings - Full power tappings on HV winding for HV voltage variation.
(vii) Air core reactance of HV winding shall not be less than 20 per cent and knee point
(viii) Short circuit level
Transformer shall be suitable for connection to the system having the following short
circuit level:
800 kV 40 kA (rms) for 1 second
(ix) Terminal bushings
136
(a) LV Terminals: 36 kV, 12500 Amps. Oil filled condenser type bushings
mounted on turrets, suitable for connections to bus bars in isolated phase bus
ducts which shall have spacing of 1500 mm for each 200 MVA single-phase
unit of a 600 MVA three-phase bank.
For 260 MVA single-phase unit of a 780 MVA three-phase bank, 1 no. 36 kV,
16000 Amps. rating.
(b) HV Terminals -Line End: 800 kV, 1250 Amps. oil filled condenser bushing
with test tap. No arcing horns shall be provided. For details refer section P.
Neutral End: 36 kV porcelain bushing. No arcing horns shall be provided.
(x) Temperature rises
(a) Top oil measured by Thermometer - 40
0
C
(b) Winding rise measured by Resistance method - 45
0
C
(c) Maximum design ambient temperature - 50
0
C
(also refer para 1.4 note i)

1.2.2 Auto - Transformers

Single-phase Voltage ratio Tapping range Per cent impedance voltage Cooling
rating HV/IV/LV at principal tap
MVA kV HV-IV HV-LV IV-LV
210/210/70 765/400/33 5% in 12.5 60 40 ONAN/ONAF/
3 3 20 steps OFAF or ODAF
Alternatively
ONAN/ONAF1/
ONAF2
333.33/333.33/111.1 -do- -do- 14.0 65 45 -do-

500/500/167.67 -do- -do- 14.0 65 45 -do-

tolerance tolerance tolerance
10% 15% 15%

Note : Three single-phase units will form a bank of 3-phase.

Other Parameters
(i) Maximum flux density 1.9 Tesla.
(ii) Withstand capability for 25% above the rated voltage 1 Minute
(iii) Withstand capability for 40% above the rated voltage 5 Seconds
(iv) Connections - HV/IV Star auto with neutral effectively earthed
LV Delta
(v) Connection symbol - YNa0,d11
(vi) ONAN rating shall be guaranteed at 60 per cent of the OFAF or ODAF rating. Rating
under ONAF condition although not guaranteed shall be about 80 per cent.
Alternatively ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 (60%/ 80%/ 100%) cooling with 2 x 50% or
with radiator bank and 4-33 1/3% with unit caters can be used.
137
(vii) For these transformers the temperature rise of the top oil refers to the specified loading
combination for which the total losses are highest. Individual winding temperature
rises shall be considered relative to that specified loading combination which is the
most severe for the particular winding under consideration.
(viii) Air core reactance of HV winding shall not be less than 20 per cent and knee point
(ix) Short circuit Level
Transformer shall be suitable for connection to the system having the following short
circuit level:
800 kV 40 kA (rms) for 1 second
420 kV - 40 and 63 kA (rms) for 1 second
(x) Terminals
(a) LV Terminals: 52 kV oil-filled condenser bushings. The bushing shall be
arranged in a line with 1000 mm spacing. No arcing horns shall be provided.
(b) IV Terminals: 420 kV oil-filled condenser bushings with test taps. No arcing
(c) HV Terminals: 800 kV oil-filled condenser bushing with test tap. No arcing horns
shall be provided.
(xi) Temperature Rises:
(a) Top oil measured by thermometer - 40
0
C
(b) Winding rise measured by resistance method - 45
0
C
(c) Maximum design ambient temperature - 50
0
C
(Also refer to Notes under clause 1-4)

1.3 Insulation Levels

1.3.1 Impulse and Power Frequency Voltage Test Level for Transformer Windings.

Highest voltage Rated lightning impulse Rated switching impulse Rated power frequency
for equipment withstand voltage withstand voltage short duration withstand
Um kV (rms) kV (peak) kV (peak) voltage kV (rms)

17.5 (Neutral) 95 38
24 125 50
52 (LV of Auto 250 95
Transformer)
420 1300 1050
800 1950 1550

138
1.3.2 Partial discharge at
1.5 x Um/ 3 kV
Single- phase method pico-coulomb 500 (max.).
Notes
(i) Insulation of tertiary winding of Auto-transformer should be adequate to withstand the transferred surge
voltage appearing across it due to an impulse striking on HV or IV terminals. Therefore, 33 kV LV
winding shall be designed for a minimum lightning impulse withstand voltage of 250 kV (peak) and
short duration power frequency withstand voltage of 95 kV (rms).
(ii) The shunt reactor or capacitors connected to the LV side would required to be frequently switched on
and off. The LV winding should be capable of withstanding the stresses as may be caused by frequent
switching.

1.4 Temperature Rises
Notes
(i) For the purpose of standardization of maximum temperature rises of oil and winding as measured by
resistance, the following ambient temperatures are assumed.
Air Water
Cooling medium ambient temperature 50C 30C
Maximum daily average ambient temperature 40C 25C
Maximum yearly weighted average temperature 32C --
(ii) Maximum yearly weighted temperature is based on ambient temperature cycle and its duration.
(iii) Wherever ambient temperature are higher than those specified above, the temperature rises, reduced by
corresponding amount, shall be specified.
(iv) Guaranteed temperature rise limits are valid for all the tapping.
(v) The above temperature rises are applicable to transformers required for operation at an altitude not
exceeding 1000 meters above sea level.

1.5 Cooling

1.5.1 ONAN/OFAF or ONAN/ODAF Two 50 percent banks. One number of pump
and one standby pump in each bank. Adequate
number of fans and one standby fan in each 50
per cent bank.
1.5.2 ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 Two 50 percent banks or four 33.3% unit codes.
Adequate number of fans and one standby fan in
each 50 per cent bank or in each 33.3% bank.
1.5.3 OFAF or ODAF Adequate number of coolers with one cooler as
standby.
1.5.4 OFWF or ODWF Two 100 per cent coolers.

Notes

(i) The transformer shall be filled up with mineral oil, conforming to IS: 335. Some of the essential
parameters are specified in Annexure 1.
(ii) For auto transformers 100 per cent cooling equipment should be capable of dissipating losses occurring
in all the three windings, at any tap.
139
1.6 Bushings

1.6.1 The voltage and current ratings, basic insulation level and creepage distances of the
bushings shall be in accordance with the following table:

Voltage rating Current rating Creepage distance Basic impulse Switching impulse
kV (rms) (Amps) (mm) level (kVP) level (kVP)

800 1250 16,000 2100 1550
420 1250 10500 1425 1050
2000
52 2000 1300 250 --
5000

Note
(i) In case of very heavy polluted atmosphere, guidance may be taken from Annexure II.

1.6.2 Partial Discharge Level Pico-Coloumbs : 10 (Max.)

1.7 Clearances of Line Terminals in Air

Clearances in air between live parts and to earthed structures for LV terminals of generator
transformers and auto - transformers shall be determined as per spacing given in clause 1.1.1
(ix) and 1.2.1 (x) respectively.

The clearances for HV and IV terminals shall be as tabulated below:

Highest voltage for Clearances
equipment kV (rms) Phase to phase Phase t o earth
(mm) (mm)

420 4000 3500
800 6400 5800

Air clearances between phase to earth can be relaxed to the extent of maximum of
200 mm so far as air release pipe emanating from bushing turret is concerned.

1.8 Fittings and Accessories
(b) Two earthing terminals.
(d) Jacking pads.
(e) Haulage lugs.
(h) Conservator with oil- filling hole, cap and drain valve (size: 25 mm.)
140
(i) Magnetic type oil gauge with low oil level alarm contacts (ratings: 0.5 Amp,
220 Volts DC.) Dial size 250 mm.
(j) Silicagel breather with oil seal.
(k) Air cell type oil preservation system.
In addition to provision of air cell in conservators for sealing of the oil system
against the atmosphere, an on line insulating oil drying system shall be provided.
This on line insulating oil drying system shall be designed for very slow removal of
moisture that may enter the oil system or generated during cellulose decomposition.
(l) Required number of pressure relief device capable of resealing after release of
pressure.
(m) Valves
Oil valves between cooler and main tank
Drain valve preferably with padlocking arrangement (size 100 mm).
Two filter valves (size: 50 mm) on diagonally opposite ends - one at top and other at
bottom preferably with padlocking arrangement on bottom valve.
Two sampling valves (size: 15 mm) at top and bottom of main tank.
(n) Oil flow indicator with alarm contacts (ratings, 0.5 Amps, 220 Volts D.C.) with each
pump.
(o) Valve schedule plate.
(p) Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts (Ratings: 1.0 Amp. 220 Volts D.C.) shall
have
One number shut-off valve (Size: 80 mm) on conservator side
Test cock
Gas collection box and gas check valve at ground level. Copper tube interconnection
between gas collection box and relay shall also be provided. In transformers, for
installation in areas subject to high seismic forces, i.e., horizontal acceleration of 0.3 g
or more at and above a frequency of 8 Hz pitot type or reed type of gas and oil relay
shall be used.
(q) Online dissolved gas monitoring device.
(r) Dial type oil temperature indicator with maximum reading pointer and two sets of
contacts (ratings, 5 Amps, 220 Volts D.C.).
(s) 1 No. dial type winding temperature indicator for a two winding transformer and
one dial type windings temperature indicator for each winding of a multi winding
transformer with maximum reading pointer and two sets of contact ratings: 5 Amps,
220 Volts D.C. (for OFAF/ODAF and OFWF/ODWF) and four sets of contacts
(for ONAN/ODAF/OFAF).
(t) Remote indication for each winding temperature shall be through a separate measuring
system.
(u) Cover lifting lugs.
141
(v) Provision for mounting bi-directional flanged rollers with locking and bolting device
for rail gauge specified below:

Type of construction Shorter axis Longer axis
Single-phase 2/3 rail combination with Two rails with
1676 mm gauge according 1676 mm gauge
to layout and size of
Transformer

(w) Weather proof marshalling box for housing control equipment and terminal
connections.
(x) Wiring up to marshalling box with PVC SWA copper cables of 650/1100 Volt grade.
(y) Cooling accessories.
(I) ONAN/OFAF or ONAN/ODAF cooling
(i) Requisite number of radiators provided with:
- One shut off valve on top (size: 80 mm)
- One shut off valve at bottom (size: 80 mm)
- Air release device on top
- Drain and sampling device at bottom
- Lifting lugs
(ii) Fans
(iii) Oil pumps with shut off valve on both sides (if required for ONAN cooling
pumps can be by-passed using by-pass pipes and valves).
(iv) Expansion joints, one each on top and bottom cooler pipe connections.
(v) Air release device and oil drain plug on oil pipe connections.
(II) OFAF or ODAF cooling
(i) OFAF coolers with integral fans
(iii) Brass encased thermometers.
(iv) Air release devices and oil pipe connections.
(v) Lifting lugs.
(III) OFWF or ODWF cooling
(i) Oil/water heat exchangers with segregated oil and water headers
(iii) Water flow indicator with alarm contacts (ratings: 0.5 Amp, 220 Volts DC).
(iv) Brass encased thermometer.
142
(vi) Differential pressure gauge with alarm contacts, operating when difference
between oil outlet pressure and water inlet pressure is less than 0.2 kg/cm
2

(vii) Reflux valve

if required as per scheme.
(viii) Drain and sampling device on cooler pipe connection.
2.0 TESTS
2.1 Type Tests
l Type tests shall be done as per Section J.
l Temperature rise test shall be carried out at the lowest tap.
2.2 Additional Type Tests
l For vacuum and pressure tests on tank refer section A.
l The pressure relief device of each size shall be subjected to increasing oil pressure. It
shall operate before reaching the test pressure specified in the test at C1 17.3.2 (b) of
section A. The operating pressure shall be recorded. The device shall seal-off after the
excess pressure has been relieved.
2.3 Routine Tests
Routine tests shall be done as per Section J.
2.4 Additional Routine Tests
Following additional routine tests shall also be conducted:
l Magnetic Circuit Test
After assembly each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volts ac between all bolts side
plates and structural steel work. Immediately prior to the dispatch of the transformer from the
manufacturers works the magnetic circuit shall be pressure tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volts
ac between the core and earth.
l For Oil Leakage Test on Transformer Tank Refer Section A.
2.5 Special Tests
Special tests other than Type or Routine tests as agreed between the manufacturer and
purchaser shall be carried out as per Section J. In addition the following tests shall also be
conducted.
2.5.1 Capacitance Test
Capacitance test to determine the capacitance between each winding to earth shall be made
by ampere turn bridge method.
Note : This specification is generally in line with CEA specification for 800 kV class Power Transformers.

143
Annexure I
CHARACTERISTICS AND PARAMETERS OF
INSULATING OIL AS PER IS 335 1993

Sl. Characteristics Units Requirement
No.
1. Appearance The oil shall be clear and
transparent and free from
suspended matter or
sediments.
2. Density at 29.5C (Max) g/cm
3
0.89
3. Kinematic viscosity at 27C (Max.) Cst 27
4. Interfacial tension at 27C (Min.) N/m 0.04
5. Flash point Pensky Marten (closed) (Min.) C 140
6. Pour point (Max.) C -6
7. Neutralization value (total acidity), (Max) mg/KOH/gm 0.03
8. Corrosive sulphur Non-corrosive
9. Electric strength (breakdown voltage)
(Min.)
(a) New unfiltered oil kV (rms) 30 (If this value is
not obtained the oil shall
be filtered in laboratory)
(b) After filtration kV (rms) 60
10. Dielectric dissipation factor
(tan d ) at 90C (Max.) 0.002
11. Water content (Max.)
(in untreated and unfiltered oil) ppm 50
12. Specific resistance (Min)
at 90C ohm cm 35 x 10
12

at 27C ohm cm 1500 x 10
12

13. Oxidation stability
(a) Neutralization value (max.) mg kOH/gm 0.4
(b) Total sludge after oxidation (max.) 0.10%
14. Ageing characteristics after accelerated
ageing (open beaker method with
Copper catalyst)
(a) Resistivity (min)
at 90C ohm cm 0.2 x 10
12

at 27C ohm cm 2.5 x 10
12

(b) Tan at 90C (max.) 0.2
(c) Total acidity (max.) mg KOH/gm 0.05
(d) Sludge content by wt. (max.) 0.05%
11. Presence of oxidation inhibitor Oil shall not contain anti
oxidation additives.

Annexure II
CREEPAGE DISTANCE (420 KV BUSHING)
(INLINE WITH IS 2099 / IEC 137)
Pollution level Creepage distance phase to earth (mm)
420 kV 800 kV
Light Pollution 6720 12,800
Medium Pollution 8400 16,000
Heavy Pollution 10500 20,000
Very Heavy Pollution 13020 24,800
Note : Guidelines for selection in respect of polluted conditions as per IEC 815.
SECTION H
Specification for Earthing Transformers
SECTION H
Specification for Earthing Transformers
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This section covering specification for earthing transformers, does not purport to
include all the necessary provisions of a contract. For general requirements and tests,
reference shall be made to other sections of the Transformer Manual.
2.0 GENERAL
2.1 Unless otherwise modified in this section the earthling transformers shall comply with
latest versions of IS 5553 (Part 6) and IS 2026.
2.2 Three phase earthing transformers provide an artificial neutral and are used for the
following purposes :
(a) to earth an otherwise unearthed system
(b) to connect single phase loads between lines and neutral
(c) to connect an arc suppression coil
(d) to limit fault current during a line to earth fault determined by the zero sequence
impedance of earthing transformers and also by the possible addition of resistors and
thereby permitting selective protection.
*Note : The provision of the earthing transformer does not necessarily make the system effectively earthed.
(e) Earthing transformers with zigzag (inter-star) connected winding can have a star
connected secondary winding to provide an auxiliary supply.
2.3 Construction of earthing transformer is similar to conventional oil filled transformer.
Usually cooling specified is ONAN type.
3.0 WINDING CONNECTIONS
Earthing transformers are usually connected either in zigzag (inter-star) or star-delta. For star-
delta transformer the secondary delta winding shall always be connected in closed delta. The
neutral of star connected main winding is earthered. Earthing transformer which consists of
a single winding connected in inter-star may also provided with, an auxiliary (secondary)
winding. This secondary winding when provided shall be connected in star.
(a) Primary - Zigzag (interstar), Secondary - Star
(b) Primary - Star Secondary - Delta
(c) Primary - Zigzag (interstar)
3.1 For the purpose of fault current limitation resistors/reactors can be inserted either
between primary neutral point and earth or in series with primary terminals of interster or star
connected primary windings to adjust the zero sequence impedance (Figs. 1 and 2).
148
For star-delta connected earthing transformer the delta connected winding may be of the
open type in order to permit the insertion of a resistor or reactor to adjust the zero sequence
impedance.
3.2 Also connecting the resistor/reactors at the neutral end would be preferable.
4.0 TAPPINGS AND TAP CHANGING
4.1 For zigzag connected earthing transformer having auxiliary winding if tappings are
required for voltage variation, it shall be provided on zigzag connected main winding. Equal
and uniform number of tappings shall be provided on both zig and zag windings of main
windings.
(a) Current-limiting resistor in neutral (b) Current limiting resistor in line
Fig. l Interconnected star (zigzag) neutral earthing transformer
(a) Current limiting resistor in neutral (b) Current limiting resistors in line
Fig. 2 3 phase star-delta neutral earthing transformer
Range of variation: +5 to -5% in steps of 2.5%
149 Specification for Earthing Transformers
4.2 Tap changing shall be carried out by means of an off circuit externally operated self-
positioning switch (when the transformer is in de-energised condition. Position No. 1 shall
correspond to maximum plus tappings. Provisions shall be made for locking the tap changing
switch handle in position.
4.3 However, tappings are not preferred for earthing transformer.
5.0 INSULATION LEVEL
The insulation level for the line terminals of an earthing transformer shall correspond to those
specified for transformers as per IS: 2026 (Part 3).
6.0 LOSSES AND IMPEDANCE
6.1 Losses
6.1.1 Only no-load losses should be specified for earthing transformer not provided with
additional auxiliary windings. The tolerance on specified no. load losses will be subject to
limits specified in IS: 2026.
6.1.2 Both no-load and load losses will be specified for earthing transformers provided with
windings' suitable for supplying auxiliary loads. The load losses specified should be based
on the rating of the auxiliary winding. These losses are also subject to tolerance in accordance
with IS : 2026.
6.2 Impedance
6.2.1 Zero sequence impedance of each earthing transformer shall be specified in ohms per
phase and this impedance will be subject to a tolerance of +20%. -0%.
6.2.2 When earthing transformers are provided with auxiliary winding impedance between
the auxiliary winding and the main interstar (zigzag) winding must be specified and this
impedance shall be subject to tolerance as per IS : 2026.
However, if any difficulty arises to achieve both the specified zero sequence impedance of
main winding and the percentage impedance between the main winding and auxiliary winding,
in such cases either external resistors/reactors may be provided on main windings to adjust
the zero sequence impedance or current limiting resistors/reactors may be provided on
auxiliary side to limit the fault current on auxiliary side to the specified value.
7.0 CONTINUOUS AND SHORT TIME CURRENT RATING
7.1 Continuous Current
7.1.1 Rated Neutral Continuous Current
Continuous neutral current is specified either in the case where phase unbalance of the
system exists or when the earthing transformer is to be designed for connection of single
phase loads between line and the neutral.
150
7.1.2 Rated Continuous Current
The current flowing through the line terminals continuously when a rated power of a
secondary winding is specified.
Note : The earthing transformer shall carry the specified neutral or rated continuous current and comply
as regards the temperature rise with appropriate requirements of IS : 2026 when it is energised at rated
voltage and frequency
7.2 Rated Short Time Current in the Neutral
The earthing transformer shall carry the specified neutral fault current for the specified
duration without exceeding the winding temperature of 250
o
C for copper and a temperature
of 200
o
C for aluminium.
When an earthing transformer is designed for the neutral point to be connected to a current
limiting impedance in the connection to earth, it should also be capable of withstanding, for
a period of 5 seconds, the maximum earth fault current that can flow without the additional
impedance in circuit. This safe guard is necessary should, for instance, the bushing of an
earth resistor flash over.
When earthing transformer are operated without external resistor, the rated short time current
and zero sequence impedance shall have the following relationship :
Ish =
Vph is the maximum permissible operating phase voltage
z
o
is the zero sequence impedance per limb of earthing transformer
Ish is the short time neutral current of the transformer
7.3 Ability to Withstand Rated Short Time Current
7.3.1 The earthing transformers shall be capable of withstanding the mechanical and thermal
stresses caused by the rated short time current flowing for the specified duration.
The thermal ability can be demonstrated by calculation using the following formula as per
clause 9.1 of IS 2026 (Part 1) - 1977
1
=
0
+ a J
2
t x 10
-3

o
C
where
1
is the highest average temperature attained by the winding due to short time current
maintained over the specified duration and shall not exceed 250
o
C for copper winding and
200
o
C for aluminium winding.
o
is the initial temperature in degree celsius
3. Vph
z
o
J is the short time current density in ampere per square millimetre
t is the duration in seconds
a is a function of 1/2 (
2
+
0
), in accordance with Table 1.
2
is the maximum permissible average winding temperature, 250
o
C for copper and 200
o
C for
aluminium.
7.3.1.1 Where earthing transformers are used with external resistor/reactors to limit the earth
fault current, the earthing transformer should also be able to withstand dynamically and
thermally the maximum earth fault current without external resister/reactors for a period of 5
seconds.
7.3.1.2 For earthing transformers without secondary winding
0
shall be taken as the sum of
the maximum ambient temperature and manufacturers guaranteed average oil temperature rise
of the earthing transformer under normal operating conditions.
7.3.2 For earthing transformer with loaded secondary windings
0
shall be the sum of the
appropriate maximum ambient temperature and the relevant temperature is specified in IS :
2026 measures by change in resistance.
Table 1
a - function of (
1
+
2
)
o
C
(
0
+
2
) Copper windings Aluminium windings
140 7.41 16.5
160 7.80 17.4
180 8.20 18.3
200 8.59 19.1
220 8.99 -
240 9.38 -
7.3.3 Ability of earthing transformer to withstand mechanical stresses due to the rated short
time current flowing in the windings under fault conditions shall be determined by tests
described as per clause 8.6 of IS 5553 (part 6).
8.0 TESTS
8.1 Type Test
l Impulse Voltage Withstand Test (IS : 2026 (Part III).
l Heat run test (clause 4 of IS : 2026 (Part 2).
Applicable only in the case of earthing transformers having auxiliary winding.
152
8.2 Special test
l Short circuit withstand test.
Clause 8.6 of IS : 5553 (Part 6).
Note : After short circuit test, success of test shall be verified by usual inspection, by repetition of dielectric
test at 75 per cent of its original value and by a check measurement of zero sequence impedance.
8.3 Routine Test
l Measurement of winding resistance clause 16.2 of IS : 2026 (Part 1).
l Measurement of insulation resistance (clause 16.0 of IS : 2026 (Part I).
l Measurement of zero sequence impedance (clause 16.10 of IS : 2026 (Part I).
Note : Zero sequence impedance may be measured at any current between 25 per cent to 100 per cent
rated short time neutral current and is expressed in ohms per phase. It shall be ensured that the applied
current shall not exceed the current carrying capability of the winding or metallic constructional parts.
l Measurement of no load loss and no load current (clause 16.5 of IS : 2026 (Part I).
l Dielectric tests (IS: 2026 (Part 3).
l Separate source voltage withstand Test (Clause 10 of IS : 2026 (Part 3).
l Induced over voltage test (clause 11 of IS : 2026 (Part 3). Applicable only in the case
of earthing transformer with a secondary winding.
l Check of voltage vector relationship and polarity (clause 16.3 of IS : 2026 (Part 1).
l Measurement of voltage ratio (clause 16.3 of IS : 2026 (Part 1). Applicable only in the
case of earthing transformer with a secondary (auxiliary) winding.
l Ratio measurement of zigzag connected earthing transformer with star connected auxiliary
winding.
For a zigzag connected earthing transformer the zig and zag windings constituting one phase
are physically wound on two different limbs of the core. Hence if a single phase supply is
applied between line and neutral of interstar (zigzag) connected winding, the voltage induced
in zig and zag winding, will be different. Due to this, voltage induced on secondary winding
of same phase will not be the same as that defined by the per phase voltage ratio of the
transformer. Thus voltage ratio measurement with single phase application will give misleading
results if application and measurement is made on per phase basis. (ie between line and
neutral).
A vector diagram of a 33/0.435 kV ZNynl connected earthing transformer is given as Fig. 3.
The zig and zag windings per limb are designed for 11 kV and LV is designed for 0.435/3kV.
Here 3 phase voltage ratio is defined as the ratio of the HV line to neutral voltage to LV line
to line voltage (IR-IN/2R-2Y) ie 33/3/0.435 = 43.799
Fig. 3 Vector and voltage relationship or a 33/0.435 kV ZNynl connected earthing transformer
For single phase application, the ratio IR-IN/2R-2Y will be :
11 kV x x 2 = 33 /3 x 2 /0.435 / 3 x 2
= 33/ 3 / 0.435 kV
= 43.799
i.e., for a zig zag connected earthing transformer to get actual design ratio with single phase
application, the ratio measurement shall be made by applying line to neutral voltage (per
phase) on interstar connected main winding and measuring the induced line to line voltage
on corresponding star connected secondary windings or vice versa.
Note : For ratio measurement with 3 phase application equal and balanced supply (w.r. to voltage and
phase difference) shall be applied, otherwise ratio error will be high.
8.3.1 Measurement of impedance voltage short circuit impedance and loss (see clause 16.4
of IS : 2026 (Part I) 1977.
9.0 REFERENCES
l IS : 5553 (Part 6)
l IS : 2026 (Part 1,2,3,4 & 5)
l ISC 289 section 6
l IEC 76
l CBIP Manual on Transformers, Section H - 1987 Specification for Earthing Transformer
l The J & P Transformer Book, Tenth edition chapters 11, 20 and 21.
2/0435
3
SECTION I
Specifications for Valves for Transformers
156
157
SECTION I

1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This section covers specification for valves for transformers. This part specification
does not purport to include all necessary provision of a contract. For general requirements
reference shall be made to other sections of the Transformer Manual.
2.0 GENERAL
2.1 All valves in oil line shall be suitable for continuous operation with transformer oil
(IS : 335) at 100
0
C.

2.2 Gland packing/ gasket material shall be of teflon rope/nitrile rubber. In case of GM/CI
(gum metal/cast iron) gate and globe valves, gland packing preferably of teflon rope shall be
used to prevent oil seepage through gland. Asbestos or graphite (gun metal/cast IMM)
packing material shall not be used as they are not compatible with hot transformer oil.
2.3 Inside surface of valves shall be clean and valve ends shall be suitably blanked at the
time of despatch. Machined and flange surfaces shall be suitably protected against rusting
and transit damage. Butterfly and radiator valves shall be covered in polythene bags before
packing for despatch.
2.4 After testing, inside surface of all C.I. valves coming in contact with transformer oil
shall be applied with one coat of oil resisting paint/ varnish.
Inside surface of all valves in water lines shall be applied with two coats of paint conforming
to IS: 9862, two coats of black Japan conforming to Type B of IS: 341 or any other suitable
water resistant compound.
Unless specified otherwise by the purchaser, outside surface of all valves with ferrous body
shall be painted with two coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer followed by two coats of
full gloss finishing paint conforming to IS: 2932 and of shade matching with the transformer
body or shade no. 631 of IS: 5.
Outside surface of all valves with non ferrous body shall be painted with one coat of etch
primer followed by two coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer followed by two coats of
Outside surface of all valves with non ferrous body shall be painted with one coat of etch
primer followed by two coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer followed by two coats of
After testing, inside surface of all C.I. valves coming in contact with transformer oil shall be
applied with one coat of oil resisting paint/varnish. Inside surface of all valves in water lines
shall be applied with two coasts of pant conforming to IS : 9862 or two coats of black Japan
conforming to Type B of IS : 341. Outside surface of the valves shall be painted with two
158
coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer followed by two coats of full gloss finishing paint
conforming to IS : 2932 and of distinct different shade (631 of IS 5) to that of main tank
surface.
2.5 All hardwares used may be electro-galvanized.
3.0 SIZE OF THE VALVE AND VALVE FLANGES
3.1 The size of the valve and valve flanges shall be as per Table 1. All flanges shall be
drilled at off-centres.
3.2 Recommended size of the valves for drain, filter, sampling and air release applications
shall be per Table 2.
Table 1
Nominal size of Diameter of Diameter of No. of Bolt Diameter of
valve (nominal flange bolt circle bolts size bolt hole
pipe bore) mm mm mm mm
15 95 65 4 M20 14
25 115 85 4 M12 14
50 150 115 4 M16 18
80 185 145 4 M16 18
100 215 180 4 M16 18
150 285 240 8 M20 23
200 340 295 8 M20 23
250 395 350 12 M20 23

Table 2
Transformer rating kVA
Over Upto and Size of drain Size of filter Size of sampling Size of vacuum
including valve mm valve mm valve mm valve mm
1600 55 25 15 --
1600 10000 59 25 15 --
10000 50000 80 50 15 --
50000 100000 100 50 15 100
100000 100 50 15 100
4.0 TYPE OF VALVES
4.1 Gunmetal Globe Valves
4.1.1 15 mm valves used for oil sampling or air release shall be made of gunmetal gate
valve (screw down stop) type generally conforming to class 1 of IS : 778 with inside screw
stem. The oil sampling valve shall have provision to fix 15 mm PVC pipe.
4.1.2 The flanges shall be either drilled as per Table 1 (of this specification) or screwed as
explained in Table 2 of IS : 778.
4.1.3 Preferred dimensions shall be as per Table 3.

159
Table 3
Size of valve Face to face dimension Thickness of flange
mm mm mm
15 (Screwed) 57
15 (Flanged) 72 6.6
4.1.4 Tests
(a) Pressure tests :
Body ..15 kg/cm
2

Seat .. 10 kg/cm
2
Duration .. 2 minutes
(b) Seepage test in open condition :
Test pressure.. 2 kg/cm
2
Duration .. 12 hrs.
Note : Transformer oil (IS : 335) or water at ambient temperature shall be used for pressure and oil seepage tests.
4.2 Gunmetal Gate Valves
4.2.1 25 mm valves used for oil filtering, oil drainage or in Buchholz pipe shall be gunmetal
gate (screw down step) type generally conforming to class 1 of IS : 778) with inside screw
stem.
4.2.2 The flanges shall be drilled as per Table 1.
Table 4
mm mm mm
25 (flanged) 90 8.0
4.2.4 Tests as per clause 3.1.4
4.3 Cast Iron Taper Plug Valves
4.3.1 50 mm, 80 mm and 100 mm C.I. taper plug or gate valves may be used for oil
filtering, oil draining.
4.3.2 Valves shall be self-lubricating, short pattern type, provided with valve operating
wrenches. The lubricant used shall be compatible with transformer oil (IS : 335) at 100
0
C.
160
Table 5
mm mm mm
50 178 (7) 19
80 203(8) 19
100 229 (9) 22
4.3.4 Tests
(a) Pressure tests
Body ..15 kg/cm
2

Seat ..10 kg/cm
2

Duration ..2 minutes
(b) Seepage test in open condition
Test pressure..2 kg/cm
2

Duration ..12 hrs.
Note: Transformer oil (IS : 335) at ambient temperature shall be used for pressure and seepage tests.
4.4 C.I. Gate Valves
4.4.1 50 mm, 80 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm, 200 mm and 250 mm, C.I. gate valves may be
used in cooling water pipe lines.
4.4.2 C.I. gate valve shall generally conform to class PNI of IS : 780 double flanged, inside
screw, non-rising spindle, Solid wedge gate and with screwed (inside screw type or bolted
bonnet, Gunmetal trim material, teflon rope gland packings and nitrile rubber gaskets. The
valves shall be provided with open and shut indicator.
Table 6
Size of valve Preferred face to face dimension Thinckness of flange
mm mm mm
50 215 16
80 230 18
100 255 20
150 280 22
200 318 25
250 355 26
4.4.4 Hydrostatic Pressure Tests
Body ..15 kg/cm
2
for 5 minutes
Seat ..10 kg/cm
2
for 2 minutes
161
4.5 C.I. Check Valves
4.5.1 100 mm, 150 mm, 200 mm, and 250 mm C.I. check valves may be used in oil pipe
lines of forced oil cooled transformers to avoid reverse flow and/or cross flow of oil where
required.
4.5.2 C.I. Check valves shall be of horizontal swing check type genrally conforming to IS :
5312 (Part I), without bypass arrangement. The weight of the swing (flap) shall be such that
full opening is available at a minimum oil velocity of 1.0 m/s at a pressure of 1.5 kg/cm
2
.
The pressure drop through the valve shall be less than 0.3 m of oil column (0.026 kg/cm
2
)
with normal flow rates. The above requirement should be proved by calculations if test
facilities not available.
Table 7
mm mm mm
100 300 20
150 400 22
200 500 25
250 600 26
4.5.4 Testing as per CI. 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of IS : 5312 (Part 1).
4.6 Butterfly Valves
4.6.1 Cast iron butterfly valves shall be of the nominal sizes; 50, 80, 100, 150, 200 and
250 mm. These valves are used in oil pipe lines such as Buchholz relay pipe lines and as shut
off valves between transformer main tank and cooler tank.
4.6.2 The body and cap of butterfly valves shall be made from any of the seven grades of
grey iron casting conforming to IS : 210 except grade FG 150 and the disc shaft and stop pin
shall be made from mild steel conforming to Fe 410-WA of IS : 2062 disc and body of the
valve shall be in direct contact without any sealing ring. Valve is operated by a spanner and
provision shall be given for locking in open/closed position. OPEN, CLOSE markings on
the body and an arrow mark on the tap for position indication shall be provided. To indicate
the disc position in the cap removed condition, some suitable marking on the spindle head
shall also be provided.
Table 8
mm mm mm
50 40 16
80 40 16
100 40 16
150 40 16
200 40 16
250 45 22
162
4.6.4 Tests
The valves shall be tested with transformer oil at 1.5 kg/cm
2
with the assembled valve in
closed/open position, the leakage shall not be more than as specified below:
(i) Leakage through body when pressure is applied for thirty minutes Nil
(ii) Leakage around top spindle with cap fitted on Nil
(iii) Leakage around top spindle when cap is removed
for 50, 80 and 100 mm valves-2 drops per minute (max.)
(iv) Leakage past diaphragm in closed position
for 150, 200 and 250 mm valves-6 cc per minute (max.)
4.7 Radiator Valves
4.7.1 Radiator valves shall be of 80 or 100 mm size
4.7.2 Construction same as per clause 4.6.2
Table 9
Size of Size of Diameter of No. of Bolt hole Face to Thickness of
valve flange bolt bolt size face flange
square A/F circle dimension
mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 150 160 4 18 40 16
100 180 180 4 18 40 16
4.7.4 Tests : Same as per clause 4.6.4
SECTION J
Test Requirements for Transformers
164

165
SECTION J
1.0 SCOPE
Test requirements, procedures and criteria for transformers are defined in national and
international standards, i.e., IS 2026 and IEC Publication 60076 in general.
This section describes specific requirements for performing tests specified in IEC Publication
60076, IS 2026 and other standards applicable to distribution, power and regulating
transformers. It is intended for use as a guide and reference for testing of transformers and
covers purpose, interpretation and explanation of specific tests pertaining to the transformer
and procedure for correction when ideal test conditions can not be achieved.
2.0 NECESSITY OF TESTS ON TRANSFORMER
When all manufacturing processes have been completed, tests are performed on transformer
at the manufacturers works to ensure the following purposes:
To prove that the transformer meets the customer specifications and design
expectations.
To check that the quality requirements have been met and that performance is within
the tolerances guaranteed.
Tests performed for the former purpose are referred to as Type Tests and that for the latter
purpose are referred to as Routine Tests (carried out on every unit manufactured). In
addition, Special Tests may also be performed to obtain information useful to the user during
operation or maintenance of the transformer.
Transformer is important and vital equipment, it is therefore necessary to ensure
its proper performance throughout its service life. Also during transportation, installation
and service operation, the transformer may be exposed to conditions, which can adversely
affect its reliability and useful life. It is therefore necessary to do field testing prior to
dispatch as well as to carry out pre-commissioning tests to ensure good operating health of
transformers.
166
3.0 TESTS
The general requirements and details of the various category of tests (Routine Tests, Type
Tests and Special Tests) are in accordance with IEC Publication 60076 (latest edition). The
Indian Standard IS: 2026 is under revision and is expected to be revised in line with IEC. The
customer specific requirements are referred here as Additional Tests.
The following tests are generally performed on the transformer at works which may also
form part of the customer acceptance requirements :
3.1 Routine Tests
(a) Measurement of winding resistance
(b) Measurement of voltage ratio, polarity and check of voltage vector relationship
(c) Measurement of no-load loss and excitation current
(d) Measurement of short -circuit impedance and load loss
(e) Measurement of insulation resistance
(f) Tests on on-load tap-changers, where appropriate
(g) Dielectric tests
(i) Switching impulse withstand voltage test, transformer winding U
m
> 170 kV
(ii) Lightning impulse withstand voltage test, transformer winding U
m
> 72.5 kV
(iii) Separate-source withstand voltage test
(iv) Induced AC over voltage withstand test
3.2 Type Tests
(a) Lightning impulse voltage withstand test, transformer winding U
m
72.5 kV
(b) Temperature rise test
3.3 Special Tests
(a) Lightning impulse test on neutral terminal
(b) Long-duration induced AC voltage test (ACLD) transformer winding 72.5 < U
m

< 170 kV
(c) Short-circuit withstand test
(d) Measurement of zero-sequence impedances on three phase transformers

167
(e) Measurement of acoustic sound level
(f) Measurement of the harmonics of the no-load current
(g) Measurement of the power taken by the fan and oil pump motors
(h) Test with lightning impulse chopped on the tail
(i) Determination of capacitances and dissipation factor between winding-to-earth and
between windings
(j) Determination of transient voltage transfer characteristics
(a) Magnetic circuit (Isolation) test
(b) Determination of capacitances and dissipation for condenser bushings >72.5 kV
(c) Magnetic balance test on three-phase transformers
(d) Dissolved gas analysis (DGA) of oil filled in the transformer before and after
temperature rise test above 72.5 kV
(e) Frequency response analysis ( FRA ) test > 170 kV (recommended)
(f) Measurement of magnetization current at low voltage
(g) Functional tests on auxiliary equipment
(h) Tests on oil filled in transformer
(i) Oil pressure test on completely assembled transformer
(j) Dew point measurement before despatching
The dielectric tests may be routine, type or special tests depending upon the voltage rating,
specific customer requirements and referred standards.
3.5 Recommended Field Tests
(a) Dew point measurement for large transformer filled with dry air or nitrogen filled
(b) Winding resistance measurement
(c) Verification of vector group and polarity
(d) Measurement of voltage ratio test
(e) Measurement of magnetizing current
(f) Magnetic balance test on three phase transformer
(g) Magnetic circuit (isolation) test
168
(h) Measurement of short circuit impedance at low voltage
(i) Insulation resistance measurement
(j) Measurement of capacitance and dissipation factor on transformers above 72.5 kV
class
(k) Dissolved gas analysis (DGA) on transformers above 50 MVA
(l) Tests on oil filled in transformer as per IS 1866
The purpose, interpretation and explanation for specific conditions of the tests are briefly
described below.
The tests and their sequence shall be mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the user.
4.0 ROUTINE TESTS
4.1 Measurement of Winding Resistance
4.1.1 General
Resistance measurement helps to determine the following :
(a) Calculation of the I
2
R losses.
(b) Calculation of winding temperature at the end of a temperature rise test.
(c) As a bench mark for assessing possible damage in the field.
4.1.2 Determination of Cold Temperature
The resistance is measured at ambient (cold) temperature and then converted to resistance at
75
0
C, for all practical purpose of comparison with specified design values, previous results
and diagnostics. The cold temperature of the winding shall be determined as accurately as
possible when measuring the cold resistance. The following should be observed.
4.1.2.1 TRANSFORMER WINDINGS IMMERSED IN INSULATING LIQUID
The temperature of the winding shall be assumed to be the same as the average temperature
of the insulating liquid, provided:
(a) The windings are under insulating liquid without excitation and without current in the
winding for three to eight hours (depending upon the size of the transformer) before
the cold resistance measurement.
(b) The temperature of the insulating liquid has stabilized, and the difference between top
and bottom temperature does not exceed 5
o
C.
4.1.2.2 TRANSFORMER WINDINGS WITHOUT INSULATING LIQUID
The temperature of the winding shall be recorded as the average of several thermometers or
thermocouples inserted between the coils, with care taken to see that their measuring probes

169
are as nearly as possible in actual contact with the winding conductors. It should not be
assumed that the windings are at the same temperature as the surrounding air.
4.1.3 Resistance Measurement Methods
The resistance of each winding shall be measured by any one of the following methods. If
winding has tapping, then resistance shall be measured at all taps.
4.1.3.1 VOLTMETER-AMMETER METHOD
This method can be employed if the rated current of the transformer winding is one ampere
or more. The following steps are performed to conduct this test.
(a) Measurement is made with direct current, and simultaneous readings of current and
voltage are taken.
(b) To minimize observation errors:
- The measuring instruments shall have such ranges as will give reasonably large
deflection.
- The polarity of the core magnetization shall be kept constant during all
resistance readings.
(c) The voltmeter leads shall be independent of the current leads and shall be connected
as closely as possible to the terminals of the winding to be measured. This is to
exclude the resistance of current-carrying leads, their contacts and extra length of
leads.
(d) Readings shall be taken after the current and voltage have reached steady-state values.
(e) Readings shall be taken with at least four values of current when deflecting
instruments are used.
(f) The current used shall not exceed 15% of the rated current of the winding whose
resistance is to be measured. Larger values may cause inaccuracy by heating the
winding and thereby changing its temperature and resistance.
4.1.3.2 BRIDGE METHOD
Bridge methods or high-accuracy digital instrumentation are generally preferred because of
their accuracy and convenience. The current rating of the measuring instrument should not be
very low for large inductive objects. In case of delta connected windings of a large rating
transformer, the resistance meter should have adequate current rating.
170
For star connected windings with neutral brought out, the resistance may be measured by two
methods :
Between line and neutral
For small transformer with star connected windings, the resistance may be measured
between phases (line to line), and then resistance of the individual windings shall be
determined by dividing the value by 2. This will rule out the effect of the resistance of
the neutral lead and bus bars which is significant in comparison to phase resistance of
small transformers. However, for the delta connected windings, measurements shall be
made between pairs of line terminals. In this case the resistance per winding will be
1.5 X measured resistance between the pair of line terminals. In case of open delta
connected winding, the resistance can be measured across all the three windings in
series and also individual winding resistance can be measured.
The following precautions shall be taken to minimize errors while performing the test as
follows:
(a) Charged battery of sufficient capacity of at least 10 AH shall be used with the bridge
to avoid errors due to drop in battery voltage during measurements.
(b) To reduce the high inductive effect, it is advisable to use a sufficiently high current to
saturate the core. Therefore the measuring instruments shall have high ranges as well
as large deflection.
(c) The polarity of the core magnetization shall be kept same during all resistance
readings. A reversal in magnetization of the core can change the time constant and
result in erroneous readings.
(d) The voltmeter leads shall be independent of the current leads and shall be connected
as closely as possible to the terminals of the winding to be measured. This is to avoid
including in the reading the resistances of current-carrying leads and their contacts and
of extra lengths of leads.
(e) To protect the voltmeter from off-scale deflections, the voltmeter should be
disconnected from the circuit before switching the current on or off. To protect the
personnel from inductive kick, the current should be switched off by a suitably
insulated switch.
(f) Readings shall not be taken until after the current and voltage have reached steady-
state values.
(g) The current used shall not exceed 15% of the rated current of the winding whose
resistance is to be measured. Larger values may cause inaccuracy due to heating of the
winding and thereby changing its temperature and resistance.

171
4.2 Measurement of Voltage Ratio, Polarity and Check of Voltage Vector
Relationship
4.2.1 Ratio Test
4.2.1.1 GENERAL
The turn ratio of a transformer is the ratio of the number of turns in the high-voltage
winding to that in the low-voltage winding.
When the transformer has taps, the turn ratio shall be determined for all taps and for
the full winding.
The ratio tests shall be made at rated or lower voltage and the voltage shall be applied
to the winding with higher voltage rating.
In case of three-phase transformers, when each phase is independent and accessible,
single-phase supply can be used; although, when convenient, three-phase supply may
be used.
4.2.1.2 TOLERANCES FOR RATIO
The tolerances for ratio shall be as specified in IS 2026 Part 1 and IEC 60076-1.
Ratio Test Methods
Various types of ratio test methods are given in IS: 2026 Part 1 and IEC 60076 -1. Out
of these, Ratio Bridge method is most commonly adopted. In this method, the turn
ratio on each tapping between pairs of winding shall be measured by a direct reading
ratio meter. This method gives more accurate results as compared to other methods
described in aforesaid standards.
The modern ratio bridge can also be used to test polarity, phase relation and phase
sequence. More accurate results can be obtained using a ratio bridge that provides
phase-angle correction.
4.2.2 Polarity and Vector Group Verification
Polarity and phase-relation tests are of interest primarily because of their bearing on
paralleling or banking two or more transformers. Phase-relation tests are made to determine
angular displacement and relative phase sequence. Phase-relation or vector group verification
test is performed on a three-phase transformer or on a bank of three single-phase
transformers.
The details of additive and subtractive polarity are given in IS: 2026-Part 1 and
IEC 60076-1.
172
(a)
1.1
1.2 2.2
2.1
4.2.2.1 POLARITY BY ALTERNATING-VOLTAGE TEST
For a single-phase transformer having a ratio of transformation of 30 to 1 or less, the polarity
test shall be done as follows. The line terminal of high voltage winding (1.1) shall be
connected to the adjacent line terminal low-voltage lwinding (2.1) as shown in Fig. 1

Fig. 1 Polarity by alternating voltage test
Any convenient value of alternating voltage shall be applied to the full high-voltage winding
and readings shall be taken of the applied voltage and the voltage between the right-hand
adjacent high-voltage and low-voltage leads.
When the later reading is greater than the former, the polarity is additive.
When the later reading is less than the former (indicating the approximate difference in
voltage between that of the high-voltage and low-voltage windings), the polarity is
subtractive.
4.2.2.2 VERIFICATION OF VECTOR GROUP
The phasor diagram of any three-phase transformer that defines the angular displacement and
phase sequence can be verified by connecting the HV and LV leads together to excite the
unit at a suitably low three-phase voltage, taking voltage measurements between the various
pairs of leads and then either plotting these values or comparing them for their relative order
of magnitude with the help of the corresponding phasor diagrams. Typical check
measurements are to be taken and their relative magnitudes are then compared. (For
procedure refer clause 8.4 of this section).
4.3 Measurement of No-Load Loss and Excitation Current
4.3.1 General
No-load (excitation) losses are those losses that are incident to the excitation of the
transformer. No-load (excitation) losses include core loss, dielectric loss and conductor loss
in the winding due to excitation current. These losses change with the change in excitation
voltage.
source
V
1.1
2.1
1.2
2.2

173
Excitation current (no-load current) is the current that flows in any winding used to excite the
transformer when all other windings are open-circuited. It is generally expressed in percent
of the rated current of the winding in which it is measured.
4.3.1.1 NO-LOAD LOSS TEST
The purpose of the no-load loss test is to measure no-load losses at a specified excitation
voltage and a specified frequency. The no-load loss determination shall be based on a sine-
wave voltage. The average-voltage voltmeter method is the most accurate method for
correcting the measured no-load losses to a sine-wave basis and is recommended. This
method employs two-parallel-connected voltmeters; one is an average-responding (possibly
rms calibrated) voltmeter; the other is a true rms -responding voltmeter. The readings of both
voltmeters are employed to correct the no-load losses to a sine-wave basis, using equation
given in paragraph for waveform correction of no-load losses.
Losses are measured at 90%, 100%, 110%, of rated voltage for checking G.T.P. and for
reference purpose.
4.3.1.2 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY FOR NO-LOAD LOSS TEST
The operating and performance characteristics of a transformer are based upon rated voltage
and rated frequency, unless otherwise specified. Therefore, the no-load loss test is conducted
with rated voltage impressed across the transformer terminals, using a voltage source at a
frequency equal to the rated frequency of the transformer under test, unless otherwise
specified.
For the determination of the no-load losses of a single-phase transformer or a three-phase
transformer, the frequency of the test source should be within 0.5% of the rated frequency
of the transformer under test. If the excitation frequency is beyond the specified tolerance,
then the test voltage shall be adjusted to maintain the V/f ratio corresponding to the ratio of
rated voltage and rated frequency. The voltage shall be adjusted to the specified value as
indicated by the average-voltage voltmeter. Simultaneous values of rms voltage, rms current,
electrical power and the average voltmeter readings shall be recorded. For a three-phase
transformer the average of the three voltmeter readings shall be the desired nominal value of
the voltage.
The most difficult cases, both with regard to voltage wave shape distortion and power
measurements usually arise when testing large single-phase transformers.
4.3.1.3 INSTRUMENT ERROR AT LOW POWER FACTOR
At low power factors, such as those encountered while measuring the load losses and
impedance voltage of power transformers, judicious selection of measurement method and
test system components is essential for accurate and repeatable test results. The phase-angle
errors in the instrument transformers, measuring instruments, bridge networks and
accessories affect the load loss test results. Procedures for correcting the load losses for
meeting phase-angle errors are described in IEC Publication 60076-8
174
4.3.1.4 Correction of No-load Losses
The eddy current component of the no-load loss varies with the square of the rms value of
excitation voltage and is substantially independent of the voltage waveform. When the test
voltage is held at the specified value as read on the average-voltage voltmeter, the actual rms
value of the test voltage may not be equal to the specified value. The no-load losses of the
transformer corrected to a sine-wave basis shall be determined from the measured value by
means of the following equation:
P
O
=P
m
(1+d)
d=(U
1
-U) U
1
(as per IEC 60076-1)
where :
P
o
= corrected no load loss
P
m
= measured no load loss
U
1
= average voltage X 1.11
U = RMS voltage
The actual per unit values of hysteresis and eddy-current losses should be used if available. If
actual values are not available, it is suggested that the two loss components be assumed equal
in value, assigning each a value of 0.5 per unit for CRGO.
The above equation is valid only for voltage with moderate waveform distortion. If
waveform distortion in the test voltage causes the magnitude of the correction to be greater
than 5%, then the test voltage waveform must be improved for an adequate determination of
the no-load losses and currents. For large single phase transformers, it is expected that the
difference between rms voltages and average voltage will be greater than 5%, which should
be accepted in view of test voltage source limitation.
The new generation of power analysers are equipped with software for automatic calculation
of corrected losses based on the input data of voltages and power.
4.3.2 Measurement of Excitation (no-load) Current
The excitation (no-load) current of a transformer is the current that maintains the rated
magnetic flux excitation in the core of the transformer. The excitation current is usually
expressed in per unit or in percent of the rated line current of the winding in which it is
measured. Measurement of excitation current is usually carried out in conjunction with the
tests for no-load losses. RMS current is recorded simultaneously during the test for no-load
losses using the average-voltage voltmeter method. This value is used in calculating the per
unit or percent excitation current. For a three-phase transformer, the excitation current is
calculated by taking the average of the magnitude of the three line currents. The tolerance for
no-load current should be as per IS 2026 Part 1.

175
4.4 Measurement of Short-Circuit Impedance and Load Loss
4.4.1 General
The load losses of a transformer are those losses incident to a specified load carried by the
transformer. Load losses include I
2
R loss in the windings due to load current and stray losses
due to eddy currents induced by leakage flux in the windings, core clamps, magnetic shield,
tank walls and other conducting parts. Stray losses may also be caused by circulating
currents in parallel windings or strands. Load losses are measured by applying a short circuit
across either the high voltage winding or the low voltage winding and applying sufficient
voltage across the other winding to cause a specified current to flow in the windings. The
power loss within the transformer under these conditions equals the load losses of the
transformer at the temperature of test for the specified load current.
The impedance voltage of a transformer between a pair of windings is the voltage required to
circulate rated current through one of two specified windings when the other winding is short
circuited, with the windings connected as for rated voltage operation. Impedance voltage is
usually expressed in per unit or percent of the rated voltage of the winding across which the
voltage is applied and measured.
The impedance voltage is measured during the load loss test by measuring the voltage
required to circulate test current in the windings. The measured voltage is the impedance
voltage at the test frequency and the power loss dissipated within the transformer is equal to
the load losses at the temperature of test and at rated load. The impedance voltage is
corrected to the rated frequency and the load losses are corrected to a reference temperature
using the formulas specified in this standard.
4.4.1.1 FACTORS AFFECTING THE VALUES OF LOAD LOSSES AND IMPEDANCE VOLTAGE
The magnitude of the load losses and the impedance voltage will vary depending on the
positions of tap changers, if any in various windings. These changes are due to the changes in
the magnitudes of load currents and associated leakage-flux linkages as well as being due to
changes in stray flux and accompanying stray losses.
(a) Temperature
Load losses are also a function of temperature. The I
2
R component of the load losses
increases with temperature, while the stray loss component decreases with temperature.
Procedures for correcting the load losses to the standard reference temperature are described
in 3.4.5.
(b) Instrument Error at Low Power Factor
At low power factors, such as those encountered while measuring the load losses and
impedance voltage of power transformers, judicious selection of measurement method and
test system components is essential for accurate and repeatable test results. The phase-angle
errors in the instrument transformers, measuring instruments, bridge networks and
accessories affect the load loss test results. Procedures for correcting the load losses for
meeting phase-angle errors are described in IEC Publication 60076-8.
176
4.4.2 Methods for Measuring Load Losses and Impedance Voltage
4.4.2.1 TEST CONDITIONS
To determine the load losses and impedance voltage with sufficient accuracy, the following
conditions shall be met :
The temperature of the insulating liquid has stabilized and the difference between top
and bottom oil temperatures does not exceed 5
0
C.
The temperature of the windings shall be taken immediately either before or after the
load losses and impedance voltage test in a manner similar to that described in 4.1.2.
The average shall be taken as the winding temperature for computation of losses.
The conductors used to short -circuit the low voltage, high current winding of a
transformer shall have a cross-sectional area equal to or greater than the corresponding
transformer winding leads.
The test current shall be at least 50% of the rated current of the winding across which
the voltage is applied.
The measurement of losses shall be done at the earliest after excitation of the
transformer to the test current to avoid heating of the winding resulting in increase in
resistance.
4.4.2.2 WATTMETER-VOLTMETER-AMMETER METHOD FOR LOAD LOSS AND IMPEDANCE
VOLTAGE TEST
For three-phase transformers, three-phase power measurement utilizing two wattmeter is
possible but can result in very large errors at low power factors encountered in load loss tests
of transformers. It is recommended that the two-wattmeter method should not be used for
loss tests on three-phase transformers.
4.4.2.3 MEASUREMENT WITH POWER ANALYSER
Now-a-days, digital power analysers or power meters are available for determination of load
losses. Selection of these power analysers shall be based on the desired accuracy at low
power factors.
The new generation of power analysers are equipped with software for automatic calculation
of corrected losses based on the input data of voltage, current, power, frequency and
temperature.
4.4.3 Calculation of Load Losses and Impedance Voltage
Load loss measurements vary with temperature and in general must be corrected to a
reference temperature. In addition, load loss measurement values must be corrected for
metering phase angle error. Impedance voltage measurement to vary with frequency and the
values must be corrected for rated frequency. The correction for temperature shall be as per
Annexure E of IEC 60076-1-1993.

177
4.4.4 Calculation for Impedance
The impedance shall be measured at rated frequency by applying an approximately
sinusoidal supply to one winding, with the terminal of other winding short circuited, and with
possible other winding open circuited. The supplied current should be equal to the relevant
rated current. However, in case of limitation in the rating of supply source the current should
not be less than the 50% of the rated current. Due to fluctuation in load the supply frequency
may not be always be the rated frequency. Then frequency correction should be applied to
calculate the actual impedance at rated frequency as following.
The formula for calculating the percentage impedance with current and frequency correction
is:

( ) 100 % =
t
r
test
rated
rated
test
f
f
I
I
V
V
Z

where
V
test
=Test volt age
V
rated
=Rated voltage
I
test
= Test current
I
rated
= Rated current
f
t
= Test frequency
f
r
= Rated frequency
4.5 Measurement of Insulation Resistance
Insulation resistance tests are made to determine the insulation resistance from individual
winding to ground or between individual windings. The insulation resistance in such tests is
commonly measured in mega-ohms, or may be calculated from measurements of applied
voltage and leakage current.
Note
(a) The insulation resistance of electrical apparatus is subjected to wide variation in design, temperature,
dryness, and cleanliness of the parts. When the insulation resistance falls below prescribed values, it can, in
most cases of good design and where no defect exists, be brought up to that required standard by cleaning
and drying the apparatus. The insulation resistance, therefore, may offer a useful indication as to whether
the apparatus is in suitable condition for application of dielectric tests.
(b) Under no conditions, test should be made while the transformer is under vacuum.
178
4.5.1 Instrumentation
Insulation resistance may be measured using the following equipment:
(a) A variable-voltage DC power supply with means to measure voltage and current
(generally in micro-amperes or milli-amperes)
(b) A mega-ohmmeter
Mega-ohmmeters are commonly available with nominal voltages of 500 V, 1000 V, 2500 V,
and 5000 V; DC or in multiples of 1000 V upto 10,000 V.
4.5.2 Voltage to be Applied
The DC voltage applied for measuring insulation resistance to ground shall not exceed a
value equal to the half of the applied power test voltage of the winding or 5 kV whichever is
lower.
4.5.3 Procedure
Insulation resistance tests shall be made with all circuits of equal voltage above ground
connected together. Circuits or groups of circuits of different voltages above ground shall be
tested separately. All external insulating parts of the transformer shall be cleaned thoroughly
to remove dust, moisture etc. before the test.
Examples
(a) High voltage to low voltage and ground, low voltage to high voltage and ground.
(b) Voltage should be increased in increments of usually one kilovolt and held for one
minute while the current is read.
(c) The test should be disconnected immediately in the event the current begin to increase
without stabilizing.
(d) After the test has been completed, all terminals should be grounded for a period of
time sufficient to allow any trapped charges to decay to a negligible value.
4.5.4 Polarisation Index (PI)
The purpose of polarisation index test is to determine if equipment is suitable for operation
or even for an overvoltage test. The polarisation index is a ratio of insulation resistance value
at the end of 10 min test to that at the end of 1 min test at a constant voltage.
The total current that is developed when applying a steady state dc voltage is composed of
three components:
Charging current due to the capacitance of the insulation being measured. This current
falls off from maximum to zero very rapidly.
Absorption current due to molecular charge shifting in the insulation. The transient
current decays to zero more slowly.

179
Leakage current which is the true conduction current of the insulation. It has a
component due to the surface leakage because of the surface contamination.
The advantage of PI is that all of the variables that can affect a single IR reading, such as
temperature and humidity, are essentially the same for both the 1 min and 10 min readings.
Since leakage current increases at a faster rate with moisture present than does absorption
current, the IR readings will not increase as fast with insulation in poor condition as with
insulation in good condition. After 10 min the leakage current becomes constant and effects
of charging current and absorption current die down.
It is recommended that PI value for power transformer shall be better than 1.3.
4.5.5 Interpretation of Results
Insulation resistance varies with applied voltage and reduces with increase in temperature.
Any comparison must be made with measurements at the same voltage and temperature.
The significance of values of insulation resistance tests generally requires some
interpretation, depending on the design and the dryness and cleanliness of the insulation
involved. When a user decides to make insulation resistance test, it is recommended that
insulation resistance values be measured periodically (during maintenance shutdown) and
that these periodic values be plotted. Substantial variations in the plotted values of insulation
resistance should be investigated for cause.
4.6 Tests on On-Load Tap-Changers
4.6.1 Operation Test
With the tap-changer fully assembled on the transformer the following sequence of
operations shall be performed without failure:
(a) With the transformer de-energised, eight complete cycles of operations (a cycle of
operation goes from one end of the tapping range to the other, and back again).
(b) With the transformer de-energised, and with the auxiliary voltage reduced to 85% of
its rated value, one complete cycle of operation.
(c) With the transformer energized at rated voltage and frequency at no load, one
complete cycle of operation
(d) With one winding short circuited and, as far as practicable, rated current according to
IEC 60076-1 in the two windings, 10 tap-change operations across the range of two
steps on each side from where a coarse or reversing changeover selector operates, or
otherwise from the middle tapping.

180
4.6.2 Auxiliary Circuits Insulation Test
After the tap changer is assembled on the transformer, a power frequency tests according to
IEC 60076-1 shall be applied to the auxiliary circuits as specified in IEC 60076-3.
4.7 Dielectric Tests
The purpose of dielectric tests is to demonstrate that the transformer has been designed and
constructed to withstand the specified insulation levels. The insulation requirements for the
transformers and the corresponding dielectric tests are given in IS 2026 Part -3 and IEC
Publication 60076-3 with reference to specific windings and their terminals. For oil
immersed transformers, the requirements apply to the internal insulation only.
The dielectric tests shall generally be made at the test tab of manufacturer with the
transformers preferably at ambient temperature.
Transformers, including bushings and terminal compartments when necessary to verify air
clearances, shall be assembled prior to making dielectric tests, but assembly of items, such as
radiators and cabinets, which do not affect dielectric tests is not necessary. Bushing shall,
unless otherwise authorised by the purchaser, be those to be supplied with the t ransformer.
If a transformer fails to meet its test requirements and the fault is in a bushing, it is
permissible to replace this bushing temporarily with another bushing and continue the tests
on the transformer to completion without delay. A particular case arises for tests with partial
discharge measurements, where certain types of commonly used high-voltage bushings
create difficulty because of their relatively high level of partial discharge. When such
bushings are specified for the transformer, it is permitted to exchange them for bushings of a
partial discharge free type during the testing of transformer.
Test levels and other test parameters shall be as per IEC Publication 60076-3 and the
corresponding IS 2026 Part-3.
It is recommended to measure voltage at the high voltage terminal of its transformer. The
measuring system shall be in accordance with IEC Publication 60060-2. In case of non-
availability of suitable high voltage divider, it is recommended to establish the ratio of HV to
applied LV voltage upto 50% of the HV test level and then LV voltage shall be maintained to
indicate the proper test voltage.

181
4.7.1 Rules for Some Particular Transformers
In transformers where uniformly insulated windings having different U
m
values are
connected together within the transformer, the separate source AC withstand test voltages
shall be determined by the insulation of the common neutral and its assigned U
m
.
In transformers which have one or more non uniformly insulated windings, the test voltages
for the induced withstand voltage test, and for the switching impulse test, are determined by
the winding with highest U
m
value, and the windings with lower U
m
values may not receive
their appropriate test voltages.
During switching impulse tests, the voltages developed across different windings are
approximately proportional to the ratio of turns. Rated switching impulse withstand voltages
shall only be assigned to the winding with the highest U
m
. Test stresses in other windings are
also proportional to the ratio of numbers of turns and are adjusted by selecting appropriate
tappings to come as close as possible to the assigned value.
4.7.2 Insulation Requirements and Dielectric Tests
The basic rules for insulation requirements and dielectric tests for different categories of
windings are described in Table 1(Refer IEC Publication 60076-3).
Table 1
Tests Category of
winding
Highest voltage
for equipment
UmkV
Lightning
impulse
(LI)
Switching
impulse
(SI)
Long
duration
AC(ACLD)
Short
duration
AC(ACSD)
Separate
source AC
Uniform Um 72.5 Type Not applicable Not
applicable
Routine Routine
72. 5 < Um
170
Routine Not applicable Special Routine Routine
170 < Um< 300 Routine Routine* Routine Special* Routine
Uniform and
non-uniform
insulation
Um 300 Routine Routine Routine Special Routine
* If ACSD test is specified, the SI test is not required.

The standard dielectric requirements are verified by dielectric tests. They shall, where
applicable and not otherwise agreed upon, be performed in the sequence as given below :
Switching impulse test (SI) for the line terminal
Lightning impulse test (LI) for the line terminals
Lightning impulse test (LI) for neutral terminal
182
Separate source AC withstand voltage test (applied potential test)
Short-duration induced AC withstand voltage test (ACSD)
Long-duration induced AC voltage test (ACLD)
4.7.3 Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage Test, Transformer Winding U
m
> 170 kV
This test is intended to verify the switching impulse withstand strength of the line terminals
and its connected windings to earth and other windings, the withstand strength between
phases and along the winding under test.
The impulses are applied either directly from the impulse voltage source to a line terminal of
the winding under test, or to a lower voltage winding so that the test voltage is inductively
transferred to the winding under test.
The detailed test procedures and specific test requirements are addressed in IEC Publication
60076-3.
4.7.3.1 SWITCHING IMPULSE WAVES
(a) Polarity
The polarity of test voltage shall be negative because this reduces the risk of erratic external
flashovers in the test circuit.
(b) Wave Shape
The voltage impulse shall have a virtual front time of at least 100 s, a time above 90% of
the specified amplitude of at least 200 s, and a total duration from the virtual origin to the
first zero passage of at least 500 s but preferably 1000 s.
(c) Test Sequence and Records
The test sequence shall consist of one impulse of a voltage between 50% and 75 % of the full
test voltage and three subsequent impulses of full voltage. If the oscillographic or digital
recording should fail, that application shall be disregarded and a further application made.
Oscillographic or digital records shall be obtained of at least the impulse wave-shape on the
line terminal under test and preferably the neutral current.
(d) Test Connections
During the test the transformer shall be in a no-load condition. Windings not used for the test
shall be solidly earthed at one-point but not short -circuited. For a single phase transformer,
the neutral terminal of the tested winding shall be solidly earthed.
A three-phase winding shall be tested phase by phase with the neutral terminal earthed and
with the transformer so connected that a voltage of opposite polarity and about half
amplitude appears on the two remaining line terminals which may be connected together.

183
To limit the voltage of opposite polarity to approximately 50% of the applied level, it is
recommended to connect high ohmic damping resistors (10 k to 20 k ) to earth at the non
tested phase terminals.
(e) Failure Detection
The test is successful if there is no sudden collapse of voltage or discontinuity of the neutral
current if recorded on the oscillographic or digital records.
Additional observation during the test (abnormal sound effect etc.) may be used to confirm
the oscillographic records, but they do not constitute evidence in themselves.
4.7.4 Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage Test
This test is intended to verify the impulse withstand strength of the transformer under test.
This test shall only be made on windings that have terminals brought out through the
transformer tank or cover.
When non-linear elements or surge diverters are installed for the limitation of transferred
over-voltage transients, the evaluation of test records may be different compared to the
normal impulse test. These non-linear protective devices connected across the windings may
cause difference between the reduced full wave and the full-wave impulse oscillograms. To
prove that these differences are indeed caused by operation of these devices, this should be
demonstrated by making two or more reduced full-wave tests at different voltage levels to
show the trend in their operation.
The detailed test procedure and specific test requirements are addressed in IEC
60076-3.
4.7.4.1 IMPULSE WAVE
The test impulse shall be a full standard lightning impulse: 1.2 s 30% / 50 s 20%.
But in some cases this standard impulse shape cannot reasonably be obtained, because of low
winding inductance or high capacitance to earth. In such cases wider tolerance may be
accepted by the agreement between purchaser and customer. It is recommended to use IEC
Publication 60722 as a guide for non-standard wave shapes.
4.7.4.2 TEST SEQUENCE
The test sequence shall consists one impulse of a voltage between 50% to 75% of full test
voltage, and three subsequent impulses at full voltage. If, during any of these applications, an
external flashover in the circuit or across a bushing spark gap should occur, or if the
oscillographic recording should fail on any of the specified measuring channels, that
application shall be disregarded and a further application made.
184
4.7.4.3 TEST CONNECTIONS
(a) During Test on Line Terminals
The impulse test sequence is applied to each of the line terminals of the tested winding in
succession. In the case of a three-phase transformer, the other line terminals of the winding
shall be earthed directly or through a low impedance, not exceeding the surge impedance of
the connected line. If the winding has neutral terminal, it shall be earthed directly or through
a low impedance such as a current measuring shunt.
In the case of separate-winding transformer, terminals of windings not under test are earthed
directly or through impedances, so that in all circumstances, the voltage appearing at the
terminals is limited to not more than 75% of their rated lightning impulse withstand voltage
for star connected windings, and 50% for delta- connected windings.
In case of auto transformer, when testing the line terminal of the high voltage winding the
non-tested line terminal shall be earthed through resistors not exceeding 400 to get the
impulse waveform as needed.
(b) Impulse Test on a Neutral Terminal
Impulse withstand capability of neutral may be verified by :
(i) Indirect application
Test impulses are applied to any one of line terminals or to all three line terminals
connected together. The neutral is connected to earth through an impedance or is left
open. Then standard lightning impulse is applied to the line terminal which shall not
exceed 75% of the rated LI withstand voltage of the line terminal.
(ii) Direct application
Test impulse corresponding to the rated withstand voltage of the neutral is applied
directly to the neutral with all line terminals earthed. In this case, however a longer
duration of front time is allowed, upto 13 s.
4.7.4.4 RECORDS OF TEST
The oscillographic or digital records obtained during calibrations and tests shall clearly show
the applied voltage impulse shape (front time, time to half value and amplitude). The
oscillograms of the current flowing to earth from the tested winding shall also be recorded.
4.7.4.5 TEST SEQUENCE
The test sequence shall consist of one impulse of a voltage between 50% to 75% of full test
voltage, and three subsequent impulses at full voltage. If, during any of these applications, an
external flashover in the circuit or across a bushing spark gap should occur, or if the
oscillographic recording should fail on any of the specified measuring channels, that
application shall be disregarded and a further application made.

185
4.7.4.6 FAILURE DETECTION
(i) Grounded Current Oscillograms
In this method of failure detection, the impulse current in the grounded end of the winding
tested is measured by means of an oscilloscope or by a suitable digital transient recorder
connected across a suitable shunt inserted between the normally grounded end of the winding
and ground. Any significant differences in the wave shape between the reduced full-wave
and final full-wave detected by comparison of the two current oscillograms, may be
indication of failure or deviations due to non-injurious causes. They should be fully
investigated and explained by a new reduced wave and full-wave test. Examples of probable
causes of different wave shapes are operation of protective devices, core saturation,
conditions in the test circuit external to the transformer.
The ground current method of detection is not suitable for use with chopped-wave tests.
(ii) Other Methods of Failure Detection
Voltage Oscillograms: Any unexplained difference between the reduced full-wave and final
full-wave detected by comparison of the two voltage oscillograms, or any such differences
observed by comparing the chopped-waves to each other and to the full-wave up to the time
of flashover, are indications of failure.
Noise : Unusual noise within the transformer at the instant of applying impulse is an
indication of trouble. Such noise should be investigated.
Measurement : Measurement of voltage and current induced in another winding may also be
used for failure detection.
4.7.5 Separate Source Voltage Withstand Test
4.7.5.1 DURATION, FREQUENCY AND CONNECTIONS
A normal power frequency, such as 50 Hz, shall be used and the duration of the test shall be
one minute.
The winding being tested shall have all its parts joined together and connected to the terminal
of the testing transformer.
All other terminals and parts (including core and tank) shall be connected to ground and to
the other terminal of the testing transformer.
186
4.7.5.2 APPLICATION OF VOLTAGE FOR SEPARATE SOURCE WITHSTAND TEST
The test shall be commenced at a voltage not greater than one-third of the full value and be
brought up gradually to full value in not more than 15 s. After being held for the specified
time of 60 seconds, it should be reduced (in not more than 5s) to one third or less of the
maximum value and the circuit opened.
4.7.5.3 FAILURE DETECTION
The test is successful if no collapse of the voltage occurs. Careful attention should be given
for evidence of possible failure that could include items, such as an indication of smoke and
bubbles rising in the oil, an audible sound such as a thump, or a sudden increase in test
circuit current. Any such indication should be carefully investigated by observation, by
repeating the test, or by other test to determine if a failure has occurred.
4.7.6 Induced AC Voltage Withstand Tests
ACSD test is intended to verify the AC withstand strength of each line terminal and its
connected winding(s) to earth and other windings, the withstand strength between phases and
along the winding(s) under test.
As per IS 2026 Part 3-1981 and IEC Pub. 60076-3 of 1981, the test is normally performed
with partial discharge measurement (Method 2) for transformers with highest voltage
winding of 300 kV. For transformer with highest voltage winding of < 300 kV, the test is
performed without partial discharge measurement (Method 1). However, with the latest
revision of IEC 60076-3 in the year 2000, the methods for induced over-voltage withstand
test are referred as AC short duration test (ACSD) and AC long duration t est (ACLD).
For U
m
< 72.5 kV, ACSD test is carried out without partial discharge measurement for 60
seconds.
For U
m
>72.5 kV, the test is normally performed with partial discharge measurements to
verify partial discharge free operation of the transformer under operating condition.
However, the requirements for partial discharge measurement during the ACSD test may be
omitted. This shall be clearly stated at the enquiry and order stages.
ACLD test is always performed with the measurement of partial discharge during the whole
application of test. This test is not a design proving test, but a quality control test and is
intended to cover temporary over voltages and continuous service stress. It verifies PD free
operation of the transformers under operating conditions.
An alternating voltage shall be applied to the terminals of one winding of the transformer.
The voltage shall be as nearly as possible sinusoidal and its frequency is sufficiently above
the rated frequency to avoid excessive magnetizing current during the test.
The test voltage is the peak value of voltage divided by 2 .The test time at full test voltage
shall be 60 sec for test frequency up to and including twice the rated frequency. For
frequency above twice the rated frequency the time duration of test shall be:

187
frequency Test
frequency Rated
120
, but not less than 15 sec
Table 1 shows the different conditions of induced AC voltage test as defined in IEC
publication 60076-3. The time duration for the application of test voltage with respect to
earth is shown in Fig. 2.
Table 1 Induced AC voltage test
Type of
test
Type of winding Highest
voltage of
equipment
Um
Test voltage level Test
Duration
(Refer Fig
12)
Remarks
72.5 kV

As per Table2 of IEC
60076-3
60 sec

No PD
measurement
Uniformly
insulated

> 72.5 kV U1=from Table D.1 of IEC
60076-3
U2= 1.3 Um/ 3
C= 120 x
Rated Freq.
Test freq.

D=5 min
PD level should be
300 pC at level
U2
Phase to
earth test
U1=from
Table
D.2 of IEC
60076-3
U2=
1.5Um/ 3
PD level
should be
500 pC at level
U2

AC
short
duration
(ACSD)
Non-uniformly
insulated
>72.5 kV
Phase to
phase test
U1=from
Table
D.2 of IEC
60076-3
U2= 1.3
Um/ 3

C= 120 x
Rated Freq.
Test freq.

D=5 min
PD level should be
300 pC at level
U2

Delta
conne
cted
HV

72.5 < Um
< 245 kV
U1= 1.7 Um/ 3
U2= 1.5 Um/ 3
D=30 min
C= 120 x
Rated Freq.
Test freq.
PD level should be
500 pC at level
U2

AC long
duration
(ACLD)

Uniformly
and non-
uniformly
insulated
Star
conne
cted
HV
72.5< Um
< 300 kV

300 kV
U1= 1.7 Um/ 3
U2= 1.5 Um/ 3

U1= 1.7 Um/ 3
U2= 1.5 Um/ 3
D=30 min
C= 120 x
Rated Freq.
Test freq.

D=60 min
C= 120 x
Rated Freq.
Test freq.
PD level should
be 500 pC at
level U2

188

Fig. 2 Time sequence for the application of test voltage with respect to earth

Here
U
m
=Highest voltage for equipment
U
1
= Test voltage
U
2
= Partial discharge evaluation level
The detailed procedure and specific test requirements are addressed in IEC-60076-3
5.0 TYPE TESTS
5.1 Lightning Impulse Voltage Withstand Test, Transformer Winding U
m
72.5 kV
Refer to the clause no 4.7.4 of this section.
5.2 Temperature Rise Test
Temperature rise test is performed to prove that temperature rise comply to limits specified
in standards and to derive thermal characteristics for the transformer.
The test is carried out by supplying losses (sum of maximum of copper loss and iron loss at
related voltage) for sufficient time to ensure that the temperature rise of the winding and oil
reach steady state values.
The transformer shall be assembled completely with its cooling equipment. It is desirable to
put the specified conservator with the transformer, if available. Alternatively, temporary
conservator of suitable capacity can be used for the purpose of the test.
The top oil temperature is measured by a temperature sensor in a pocket (filled with oil) at
the top of the transformer tank, and this is used to verify that steady conditions have been
reached. Final winding temperatures cannot be measured directly.
A = 5 min
B = 5 min
C = test time in seconds
D = 5 min for ACSD and 30/60 min for ACLD

E = 5 min
A
B
C
D
E
U
start
U
2
U
1
U
2
U
m
U
start
<
/ 3
1.1 1.1 U

3
m/

189
The transformers shall be tested in the combination of connections and taps that give the
highest winding temperature rises as determined by the manufacturer and reviewed by the
purchasers representative when available. This will generally involve those connections and
taps resulting in the highest losses.
All temperature rise test shall be made under normal (or equivalent to normal) conditions of
the means of cooling.
If it is not possible to feed the total losses due to test plant limitations, the test can be carried
out at reduced loss as per IEC 60076-2.
The temperaturerise test shall be made in a room that is free from drafts as practicable and
equipped with its protective device.
5.2.1 Cooling Air Temperature
Precautions should be taken to minimise variations of cooling air temperature specially when
the steady state is approached. Rapid variation of reading should be prevented by providing
at least three sensors, and average of their readings shall be used for evaluation. The sensors
shall be distributed around the tank 1 m to 2 m away from the tank or cooling surface and
protected from direct radiation. The sensors shall be placed at a level about half way up the
cooling surfaces.
5.2.2 Cooling Water Temperature
The temperature is measured at the intake of the cooler. Readings of temperature and rate of
water flow should be taken at regular interval.
5.2.3 Test Method
5.2.3.1 SHORT CIRCUIT METHOD
During this test the transformer is subjected to the calculated total losses, previously obtained
by two separate determination of losses, namely load loss at reference temperature and no
load loss.
The purpose of this test is :
To establish the top oil temperature rise in steady-state condition with dissipation of
total losses
To establish the average winding temperature rise at rated current and with the t op oil
temperature rise as determined above.
This is achieved in two steps:
(a) Total Loss Injection
First the top oil and average oil temperature rises are established when the transformer is
subjected to a test voltage such that the measured power is equal to at least 80% of the total
190
losses of the transformer. The test current will be above rated current to the extent necessary
for producing an additional amount of loss equal to the no-load losses, and winding
temperature rise will be correspondingly elevated.
The oil temperature and cooling medium temperature are monitored, and the test is continued
until a steady- state oil temperature rise is established.
The test may be terminated when the rate of change of top oil temperature rise has fallen
below 1C per hour and has remained there for a period of 3 hour. For earlier truncation of
the test, refer Annex C of IEC 60076-2.
(b) Rated Current Injection
When the top oil temperature rise has been established, the test shall immediately be
continued with the test current reduced to 50% the rated current for the winding combination
connected. This condition is maintained for 1 h, with continuous observation of oil and
cooling medium temperatures.
At the end of one hour, the resistance of windings are measured with suitable method.
During the hour with rated current the oil temperature falls. The measured values of winding
temperature shall therefore be raised by the same amount as the average oil temperature rise
has fallen from the correct value. The corrected winding temperature value minus the cooling
medium temperature at the end of the total losses injection period is the average temperature
rise.
By the agreement, the two steps of the test may be combined in one single application of the
power at a level between load loss and the total loss. The temperaturerise figures for the top
oil and for the windings shall then be determined using the correction rules. The power
injected during the test shall however be at least 80% of the total loss figure.
5.2.4 Determination of Average Winding Temperature
The average winding temperature is determined via measurement of winding resistance. A
reference measurement (R
1
,
1
) of all winding resistances is made with the transformer at
ambient temperature, in a steady condition. When the resistance R
2
at different temperature
(2) is measured this yields the temperature value
Copper: : 2 = R2 (235+ 1) - 235
R1

Aluminium : 2 = R2 ( 225+ 1) - 225
R1

The external cooling medium temperature at the time of shutdown is a
The winding temp. rise is then, finally :
w =
2
-
a

191
5.2.5 Determination of Winding Temperature Before Shutdown
Immediately after disconnection of test power supply and removal of short circuit connection
the resistance of winding is measured with a suitable measuring circuit. The winding has
large electrical time constant therefore accurate reading obtained only after a certain time
delay. The resistance of the winding varies with time as the winding cools down. It shall be
measured for a sufficient time to permit the extrapolation back to instant of shutdown.
The detailed procedure to determine the resistance at the instance of shutdown is accordance
with IEC-60076-2.
5.2.6 Corrections
If the specified values of power or current have not been obtained during the test, the result
shall be corrected according to the following relation. They are valid within a range of 20%
from target value of power and 10% from target value of current.
The oil temperature rise above ambient during the test is multiplied by :

X
losses Test
losses Total

X = 0.8 for distribution transformers
X = 0.9 for larger transformers with ON cooling
X = 1.0 for transformers with OF or OD cooling
The average winding temperature rise above average oil temperature during the test is
multiplied by:

Y
Current Test
Current Rated

Y=1.6 for ON and OF cooled transformers
Y= 2.0 for OD cooled transformers
6.0 SPECIAL TESTS
6.1 Lightning Impulse Test on Neutral Terminal Refer Clause 4.7, of this section.
6.2 Long-duration induced AC voltage test (ACLD), transformer winding 72.5<U
m
<
170 kV
The test procedure is same as clause 4.7.6 of this section.
192
6.3 Short Circuit Withstand Test
6.3.1 General
This test identifies the requirement for power transformer to sustain without damage the
effects of over current originated by external short -circuit. The test demonstrates the thermal
ability and dynamic effects of power transformer to withstand the rated short -circuit forces.
The detailed procedures describing the magnitude of current, test duration, no. of tests and
evaluation criteria shall be as per IEC 60076-5.
All routine tests are to be repeated after short circuit test.
6.4 Measurement of Zero-phase-sequence Impedances on 3-phase Transformers
6.4.1 Zero-Phase-sequence Impedance Tests of Threephase Transformers
The zero-phase-sequence impedance characteristics of threephase transformers depend
upon the winding connections, and in some cases, upon the core construction. Zero-phase-
sequence impedance tests apply only to transformers having one or more windings with a
physical neutral brought out for external connection. In all tests, one such winding shall be
excited at rated frequency between the neutral and the three line terminals connected
together. External connection of other windings shall be as described in succeeding
paragraphs for various transformer connections. Transformers with connections other than as
described in succeeding paragraphs shall be tested as determined by those responsible for
design and application.
The excitation voltage and current shall be established as follows:
If no delta connection is present on the transformer, the applied voltage should not exceed
30% of the rated linetoneutral voltage of the winding being energized, nor should the
current through the neutral excced the rated phase current. If a delta connection is present,
the applied voltage should be such that the rated phase current of any delta winding is not
exceeded. The percent excitation voltage at which the tests are made shall be shown on the
test report. The time duration of the test shall be such that the thermal limits of any of the
transformer parts are not exceeded.
Singlephase measurements of excitation voltage, total current, and power shall be similar to
those described in for load loss measurements. The zerosequence impedance in percent on
kVA base of excited winding for the test connection is:

( )
=
I
I
E
E
Z
r
r
. 300 %
where
E = measured excitation voltage
E
r
= rated phasetoneutral voltage of excited winding

193
I = measured total input current flowing in the three parallelconnected phases
I
r
= rated current per phase of the excited winding
Zero sequence impedance in percentages shall be determined for the same winding pair
combinations considered for positive sequence impedance measurement during load loss test.
The current through neutral shall not exceed rated current.
The acceptance norms for % Z
O
shall be either as per customer specification or mutually
agreed upon.
A single-phase voltage shall be applied between the three shorted line terminal and neutral.
The external terminals of all other windings may be opencircuited or shorted and grounded.
The zero-sequence impedance is dependent upon the physical disposition of the windings
and the magnetic parts and measurement of different windings may not therefore agree.
6.5 Measurement of Acoustic Sound Level
This test shall be done in accordance with the clauses given in NEMA TR1 and IEC-60076-
10. The detailed test procedure is given in the ANSI/IEEE standard, which has been
approved by NEMA.
Audible sound from transformer originates principally in the transformer core and is
transmitted, either through the dielectric fluid or the structural support, to other solid surfaces
from which it is radiated as airborne sound. The audible sound also contains the noise
emitted by any dielectric fluid mechanical cooling system.
Measurement should be made in an environment having an ambient sound pressure level at
least five decibels below the combined sound pressure level of the transformer and the
ambient sound pressure level.
The transformer shall be located so that no acoustically reflecting surface is within
3 m of the measuring microphone, other than the floor or ground.
The transformer shall be connected and energised at rated voltage and rated frequency, and
shall be at no load with the tap changer on principal tap. Pumps and fans shall be operated as
appropriate for the rating being tested. Sound measurements shall begin after the transformer
being tested is energised and steady- state sound level conditions are established.
Measurements may be made immediately on the transformers that have been in continuous
operation.
The rated voltage shall be measured line-line for connected windings and line-neutral for Y
connected windings. The voltage shall be measured with a voltmeter responsive to the
average value of the voltage but scaled to read the rms value of a sinusoidal wave having the
same average value. The voltmeter should be connected between the terminals of the
energized windings.
194
Reference sound
Fan cooled surface
TANK
Drain Plug
Box
producing source
surface
Measurement
Location
Microphone
2/3 Height
1/3 Height
Height
2 m
0.3 m
1 m
The reference sound-producing surface is a vertical surface that follows the contour of a taut
string stretched around periphery of the transformer or integral enclosure (Fig. 3). The
contour shall include radiators, coolers, tubes, switch compartments, and terminal chambers,
but exclude bushing and minor extensions.
The measurement shall be done with the microphone, which shall be calibrated as
recommended by the sound level meter manufacturer before and after measurement. The first
microphone locations shall coincide with the main drain valve. The number of microphone
position is not less than 4. The microphone shall be located on the measurement surface
spaced 0.3 mfrom the reference sound- producing surface. When fans are in operation, the
microphone shall be located 2 m from any portion of radiators and coolers. For transformers
having an overall tank or enclosure height of les than 2.4 m, measurements shall be made at
half height. For transformers having an overall tank height of 2.4 m or more, measurements
shall be made at one-third and at two-thirds height.
The sound level of the transformer is determined using the following steps:
(a) Measure ambient sound pressure level
(b) Measure combined ambient and transformer sound pressure levels
(c) Compute ambient corrected sound pressure levels
(d) Compute average sound pressure levels
The detailed calculation is done in accordance with the ANSI/IEEEC57.12.90-1993.
The average sound pressure level of transformers should not exceed the values given in table
0-2 through 0-4 of NEMA TR1 when measured at the factory in accordance with the
conditions outlined in ANSI/IEEEC57.12.90-1993.

Fig. 3 Microphone location for measuring audible sound from transformers

195
6.6 Measurement of the Harmonics of the No-Load Current
The test voltage for the measurement of the harmonics shall be the rated rms voltage of the
winding.
The harmonics of the noload current in all the phases are measured by means of harmonic
analyzer and the magnitude of the harmonics is expressed as a percentage of the fundamental
component.
6.7 Measurement of Power Taken by the Fans and Oil Pump Motors
The measurement shall be done by suitable instruments at rated voltage.
6.8 Test With Lightning Impulse Chopped on Tail
This test is a special test and should be used for special applications on the line terminals of a
winding. When this test is performed it shall be combined with the full lightning impulse
test. The peak value of the chopped impulse shall be 1.1 times the amplitude of the full
impulse as per IEC 60076-3, 2000.
Usually the same settings of the impulse generator and measuring equipment are used, and
only the chopping gap instrument is added. The standard chopped lightning impulse shall
have a time to chopping between 2 s and 6 s.
The triggered type chopping gap should be used with adjustable timing, although a plain rod-
rod gap is allowed. The chopping circuit should be so arranged that the amount of over swing
to opposite polarity of the recorded impulse will be limited to not more than 30% of the
amplitude of the chopped impulse. For this purpose, it is permitted to put a resistance in
service with the chopping gap.
The test is combined with the full impulse test in a single sequence. The order of application
is :
one reduced level impulse
one full level impulse
one or more reduced level chopped impulse(s)
two full level chopped impulses
two full level impulses
The same type of measuring channels and oscillographic or digital records are specified as
for the full-wave impulse test.
The detection of faults during chopped impulse test depends essentially on a comparison of
the oscillographic or digital records of full level and reduced level chopped impulses. The
neutral current record presents a superposition of transient phenomena due to the front of the
196
original impulse and from the chopping. Account should therefore be taken of the possible
variations, of the chopping time delay.
The recordings of successive full impulse tests at full level constitute a supplementary
criterion of a fault, but they do not constitute in themselves a quality criterion for the
chopped impulse test.
6.9 Determination of Capacitance and Dissipation Factor between Winding to Earth
and between Windings
Capacitance and tan delta are usually determined for winding to earth and between windings
by bridge measuring technique, such as Schering Bridge.
The test specimen shall have the following requirements:
All windings immersed in insulating liquid.
All winding short-circuited.
All bushings are in place.
The applied voltage for measuring capacitance and tan delta shall not exceed half of the low
frequency test voltage, for any part of the winding or 10 kV whichever is lower.
This test may be performed with or without guard for the circuit combination as shown
below :
Method I
Test without guard
Method II
Test with guard
Two winding
HV to LV and ground
LV to HV and ground
HV and LV to ground
Two winding
HV to LV and ground
LV to HV and ground
HV and LV to ground
LV to ground, Guard on HV
Three winding
HV to IV, LV and ground
IV to HV, LV and ground
LV to IV, HV and ground
HV and IV to LV and ground
HV and LV to IV and ground
IV and LV to HV and ground
HV, IV and LV to ground

Three winding
HV to LV and ground, guard on IV
HV to ground, guard on LV & IV
LV to IV & ground, guard on HV
LV to ground, guard on HV & IV
IV to HV & ground, guard on LV
IV to ground, guard on HV & LV
HV & LV to IV & ground
HV & IV to LV & ground

6.10 Determination of Transient Voltage Transfer Characteristics
When the low-voltage winding cannot be subjected to lightning over voltage from the low
voltage system, this winding may, by agreement between supplier and purchaser, be impulse
tested with surges transferred from high voltage winding.

197
This method is also used when the design is such that an impulse directly applied to the low
voltage winding could result in unrealistic stressing of higher voltage windings, particularly
when there is a large tapping winding physically adjacent to the low voltage winding.
With the transferred surge method, the tests on the low voltage winding are carried out by
applying the impulse to the adjacent high voltage winding. The line terminals of the low
voltage winding is connected to earth through resistance of such value that the amplitude of
the transferred impulse voltage between line terminals and earth, or between different line
terminal or across a phase winding, will be as high as possible but not exceeding the rated
impulse withstand voltage. The magnitude of the applied impulses shall not exceed the
impulse level of the winding to which the impulses are applied.
The details of the procedure shall be same as the lightning impulse test on line terminal of
HV winding.
6.11 Temperature Correction Factors
Reference of ANSI/IEEE C.57.90 is considered.
Insulation temperature may be considered to be that of the average liquid temperature. When
insulation power factor is measured at a relatively high temperature and the corrected values
are unusually high, the transformer should be allowed to cool and the measurements should
be repeated at or near room temperature. (for more details refer 8.11 of this section and
clause 5 of section K-1)
7.0 ADDITIONAL TESTS
7.1 Magnetic Circuit (Isolation) Test
This test is done to detect the presence of inadvertent ground if exists.
This test is done with help of megger or by AC supply. During this test other terminals
should be in open circuit position. This test is done by applying the AC voltage between the
core lamination to end frame, core lamination to tank and between end frame to tank (if end
frame is isolated from tank). The value of test voltage shall be 2 kV unless otherwise
specified . The duration of test voltage application is 60 seconds.
Alternatively the test is performed with the help of megger. In which the value of insulation
resistance is measured between two terminals. This test shall be conducted in accordance
with IS-2026 Part 1.
The tests will be successful if the terminals withstand the required AC voltage for test
duration. The values of the insulation shall be at least 1 M or as recommended by the
manufacturer.
Service aged equipment : > 1 M
Insulation deterioration : < 1 M
Destructive circulating current : < 100 K

198
7.2 Capacitance and Tan Delta Measurement on Bushings
It should be as per the IEC 60137-1995 along with capacitance and tan delta measurement of
windings.
Increasing trend in tan delta during periodical checking in field should be investigated.
7.3 Magnetic Balance Test on 3-phase Transformers
This test is conducted only in three-phase transformers to check the imbalance in the
magnetic circuit. In this test, no winding terminal should be grounded; otherwise results
would be erratic and confusing. The test shall be performed before winding resistance
measurement. The test voltage shall be limited to maximum power supply voltage available
at site.
7.3.1 Evaluation Criteria
The voltage induced in the center phase is generally 50% to 90% of the applied voltage on
the outer phases. However, when the center phase is excited then the voltage induced in the
outer phases is generally 30 to 70% of the applied voltage.
Zero voltage or very negligible voltage with higher excitation current induced in the other
two windings should be investigated.
7.4 Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) of Oil Filled in the Transformer
7.4.1 Introduction
For many years the method of analyzing gases dissolved in the oil has been used as a tool in
transformer diagnostics in order to detect incipient faults, to supervise suspect transformers,
to test a hypothesis or explanation for the probable reasons of failures or disturbances which
have already occurred and to ensure that new transformers are healthy.
The evaluation criteria with dissolve gas analysis is based on the fact that during its lifetime
the transformer generates decomposition gases-essential from the organic insulation under
the influence of various stresses both normal and abnormal.
The gasses that are of interest for the DGA analysis are the following;
H
2
Hydrogen
CH
4
Methane
C
2
H
4
Ethylene
C
2
H
6
Ethane
C
2
H
2
Acetylene
(C
3
H
6
Propene) not always measure

199
(C
3
H
8
Propane) not always measure
CO Carbon Monoxide
CO
2
Carbon Dioxide
O
2
Oxygen
N
2
Nitrogen
TCG total combustible gas content (= H
2
+ CH
4
+ C
2
H
4
+ C
2
H
6
+ C
2
H
2
+ CO)
All these gases except oxygen and nitrogen may be formed during the degradation of the
insulation. The amount and the relative distribution of these depend on the type and severity
of the degradation and stress.
Around the world and during the years several different schemes have been proposed as
evaluation scheme for the DGA. DGA is recommended for transformers of rating above 100
MVA and shall be carried out before and after temperature rise test.
7.4.2 Procedure
The DGA procedure consists of essential four steps:
Sampling of oil from the transformer
Extraction of these gases from oil
Analysis of the extracted gas mixture in a gas chromatography, GC.
Interpretation of the analysis according to an evaluation scheme.
Sampling, extraction and analysis procedures are given in IEC publication 60599
7.4.3 Interpretation
There are several different approaches how to explain and interpret the analyzed gas
composition and to diagnose the condition of the transformer. The well known DGA analysis
techniques are :
Identification of the key gas, The key gas identifies a particular problem, e.g., H
2

indicates a PD
Determination of ratios between gases, normally between gas levels.
Determination of rates of increase (production rates), in ppm / day or ml gas/day

200
The most common known schemes are the one proposed by Rogers forming the basis for the
ANSI method and the scheme laid down in IEC Publication 60599. Both these methods are
using ratios gas concentrations.
This scheme can also be used to understand the evaluation scheme based on ratios.
For instance, the IEC method uses 3 ratios, C
2
H
2
/ C
2
H
4
, CH
4
/ H
2
, C
2
H
4
/ C
2
H
6

CH
4
/H
2
is used to discriminate between a thermal fault and an electric fault. C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4

indicates the presence of a strong discharge of very severe electric problem and C
2
H
4
/ C
2
H
6

is an indication of the oil temperature. (For further detail refer para 2.0 of section K1 on
condition monitoring)
7.5 Frequency Response Analysis (FRA)
Frequency response analysis (FRA) test is conducted on transformers and reactors to
determine the frequency response of windings. The reference frequency responses obtained
during laboratory testing serve as fingerprints to monitor the condition of the transformer or
reactor during service.
The frequency response of an electrical winding is obtained by application of sweep
frequency (sinusoidal). The winding will have a characteristic frequency response for the
applied signal at different frequencies. The response is uniquely determined by the winding
arrangement involved and any winding movement or other fault will modify the frequency
response due to changes in inductances and capacitances. The sweep frequency voltage is
applied through network analyzers. The frequency response of the winding is determined
between the frequency ranges of 10 Hz to 2 MHz.
The FRA test is performed on one winding of the electrical equipment at a time. The
transformer / reactor shall be electrically isolated from any other electrical connections or
systems, including earth connections during FRA test. The two end terminals of each
winding shall be made available for measuring the frequency response across the winding.
For star connected winding, the response shall be measured across the terminal and
neutral.
For delta connected winding, the response shall be measured across two line terminals
and in case of open-delta, across individual winding.
For auto connected winding, the response of series and common windings shall be
measured separately.
For a transformer, it is normal practice to earth one end of every winding that is not being
tested, leave the other open end. Alternatively, all other windings may be left unconnected
from each other and from earth. In every case, the termination of each winding for each test
should be recorded.
The frequency response of the winding is determined by plotting the ratio of the output from
the winding to the input in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 2 MHz.

201
Alternatively frequency ranges specified by the customer can be selected. The test is
normally conducted at maximum, mean and minimum taps, in case of windings having
tapping. While making measurements at mean tap, care should taken to move the tap from
higher voltage taps, for proper comparison of FRA results of different phases of same
transformer or different transformers.
The FRA results are analyzed for :
Changes in response of the winding
Significant difference between the FRA records of different phases of the same
transformer.
Significant difference between same phase of identical transformers.
FRA test is primarily a condition assessment test and can be used in conjunction with other
diagnostic tests for detailed analysis and interpretation of the transformer. (For other details
refer para 6 of section K-1)
7.6 Measurement of Magnetization Current at Low Voltage
For 3-phase transformers, the test shall be conducted either with 415 V, 3-phase (neutral
grounded) or 230 V, 1 phase (preferred). For single phase transformers, the test shall be
conducted with 230 V.
This test is performed to locate defect in magnetic core structure, shifting of windings,
failures in turn insulation or problem in tap changers.
The acceptance criteria for the results of exciting current measurement should be based on
the comparison with the previous site test results or factory test results. The general pattern is
two similar high readings on the outer phases and one lower reading on the center phase, in
case of three phase transformers. An agreement to within 25% of the measured exciting
current with the previous test is usually considered satisfactory. If the measured exciting
current value is 50% higher than the value measured during pre-commissioning checks, then
the winding needs further analysis.
7.7 Functional Tests on Auxiliary Equipments
7.7.1 Acceptance Test for Oil (OTI) and Winding (WTI) Temperature Indicator
(A) Routine Test
1. OTI (Range 20-140 C)
(i) Each completely assembled instrument shall be tested for accuracy over the complete
range, i.e., at 40, 60, 80, 100 & 120 C by keeping the bulb in the hot oil bath
continuously stirred. The accuracy of indication shall be 1.5 % full scale deflection
(FSD).
202
2. WTI (Range 30 - 150 C)
(i) Each completely assemb led instrument shall be tested by injecting the current
to its heater coil. Oil bath shall be maintained at 60
0
C, Total temperature and
temperature rise shall be recorded for 0, 2, 3 and 4 amperes current. The
accuracy of the indication, i.e., oil bath temperature measured by standard.
Thermometer plus rise in temperature due to injection of current in heating coil,
i.e., total temperature indicated by WTI shall be within 1.5 % FSD. Error
allowed shall be (1.5 / 100) x 150 = 2.25
0
C Max.
(ii) In case of repeater, both WTI and repeater shall be tested together by injecting
the current as mentioned in 2(I). Accuracy of the repeater readings shall be
within 1.5 % FSD, i.e., 2.25
0
C considering WTI readings as the reference
temperature.
7.7.2 High Voltage Test on Insulation test of Auxiliary Wiring
Unless otherwise specified the wiring for auxiliary power and control circuitry shall be
subjected to a one minute power frequency withstand test of 2 kV rms to earth. Motors and
other apparatus for auxiliary equipment shall fulfill insulation requirements according to the
relevant IEC standard (which are generally lower than the value specified for the wiring
alone, and which may sometimes make it necessary to disconnect them in order to test the
circuits). Micro switches and other electronic items shall be disconnected during the test.
(B) Type Tests (one instrument of each lot / batch)
Switch setting and operations: Switches shall be able to set between 50140
0
C and their
operation shall be within 2.5% of pointer indication unless otherwise specified in purchase
order. Switch setting will be done as below:
OTI: Alarm (S
1
) 90
0
C
Trip (S
2
) 95
0
C
WTI: Alarm (S
1
) 110
0
C
Trip (S
2
) 120
0
C
Fan start (S
3
) 80
0
C
Pump start (S
4
) 90
0
C
Switch differential
Each switch shall have adjustable differential (difference between make and break
temperature) of 6
0
C to 90
0
C and will be set for 6 1
0
C differential.
Switch Rating
5 Ampere, continuous 250 V, AC or DC for make or break.

203
7.8 Tests on Oil Filled in Transformer
Following test on the oil filled in the transformer shall be necessary performed before
conducting electrical test to ensure proper oil impregnation of the insulation system.
7.8.1 Dielectric Strength
The voltage at which the oil breaks down when subjected to an AC electric field with
continuously increasing voltage contained in the specified apparatus is called dielectric
strength. The voltage is expressed in kV.
The dielectric strength of oil is determined by the two methods. First method utilizes
spherical capped electrode in the test cell, which is recommended primarily for filtered,
degassed and dehydrated oil prior to and during filling of electrical power equipment rated
above 230 kV and above. The second method utilizes flat electrodes and recommended for
all other apparatus.
The detailed test procedure is in accordance with IS 6792.
The acceptance value of oil for the different test voltage of transformer in general is
recommended as per the table given below.
7.8.2 Water Content
The recommended value of water content are given in table below :
System voltage of transformer
kV
Above Upto and including
BDV kV Water content
ppm, max.

Tan delta at 90
0
C

- 72.5 60 20 < 0.05
72.5 245 65 15 < 0.02
245 420 70 10 < 0.01
420 800 75 10 < 0.01

High water content accelerates the chemical deterioration of the insulating paper and is
indicative of the undesirable operating conditions or maintenance requiring correction.
7.8.3 Dielectric Dissipation Factor (Tan delta at 90
0
C)
This test covers the determination of the power factor of new and service aged oil. This test
is used to indicate the dielectric losses in the oil when used in an alternating electric field and
of the energy dissipated as heat. A low power factor indicates low dielectric losses. It is
useful as a means to ensure that sample integrity is maintained, and as an indication of
changes in quality resulting from contamination and deterioration in service or as a result of
handling.
This test is satisfactorily performed in the field, as well as in a laboratory environment.
The detailed test procedure and test equipment shall be in accordance with IS 6262.
204
Acceptable limit for the dielectric dissipation factor largely depend upon the type of
apparatus and application. The power factor limits given for oil are based upon the
understanding that this is an indicator test for contamination by excessive water or polar or
ionic materials in the oil. High level of dissipation factor (0.5 % at 25 C) is because of
contaminants may collect in the areas of high electrical stress and concentrate in the winding.
Very high dissipation factor (>1.0%) in oil may be caused by the presence of free water
which could be hazardous to the operation of a transformer.
7.8.4 Resistivity
The resistivity (specific resistance) in ohm-centimetres of a liquid is the ratio of the dc
potential gradient in volts per centimetre paralleling the current flow within the specimen, to
the current density in amperes per square centimetre at a given instant of time and under
prescribed conditions. This is numerically equal to the resistance between opposite faces of a
centimetre cube of liquid.
Resistivity measurements are made at many different temperatures. But for acceptance test, it
is generally done at a temperature of 90 C, while for routine testing, it is usually made at
room temperature or 90 C. The average electrical stress to which specimen is subjected to
shall not be less than 200 V/mm nor more than 1200 V/mm the upper limit is set with the
purpose of avoiding possible ionization if higher stresses are permitted.
The detailed test procedure is in accordance with IS 6103.
Useful information can be obtained by measuring resistivity at both ambient and at higher
temperature such as 90 C. A satisfactory result at 90 C coupled with an unsatisfactory value
at lower temperature is an indication of the presence of water or degradation products
precipitated.
(For other details on oil, specifications, testing etc. refer para 2.5 of section K)
7.9 Oil pressure Test on Completely Assembled Transformer
This test is done after completion of all electrical and temperature rise test. Transformer with
cooling bank, bushing and other accessories shall be tested for any oil leakage at high
pressure (normal pressure plus 35 kN per sq m measured at the base of tank) and at room
temperature as specified by customer.
The procedure for conducting this test is as follows:
Conservator along with the Buchholtz relay shall be disconnected.
Calibrated pressure gauge shall be mounted at the bottom of the tank.
Bushings will remain mounted.
In welded cover type construction cooler bank, bushings shall be removed but all
turrets and cover pipe work shall remain.

205
Fill the oil completely and release all trapped air.
The specified pressure shall be maintained for the specified test duration as specified
in the test schedule or quality plan.
The test duration should be at least one hour unless otherwise specified.
7.9.1 Criteria for Oil Pressure Test
During the pressure test, there shall not be any leakage. If there is pressure drop during the
test either because of some trapped air inside the transformer or due to ambient temperature
variation, the pressure shall be raised to the specified level. The unit will be considered to
pass the test only if there is no visual oil leakage. Pressure drop shall be considered as failure
of the unit in the test.
8.0 FIELD TESTS
8.1 General
Transformer is important and vital equipment between generation station and the utility and
therefore necessary to ensure its proper performance through out its service life. During
transportation, installation and service operation, the transformer may be exposed to
conditions, which adversely affect its reliability and useful life.
Field-testing and condition monitoring are the techniques to ensure good operating health of
power transformers. Interpretations are also included to provide additional information on the
particular test and to provide guidance on acceptable criteria. There is not necessary any
direct relationship between field tests and factory tests.
Interpretation of measured results is usually based on a comparison with data obtained
previously on the same unit under similar condition. It should be noted that some times the
results of several types of tests should be interpreted together to diagnose a problem.
Manufactures acceptance criteria shall also be referred to.
8.2 Dew Point Measurement for Large Transformers Filled with Dry Air or
Nitrogen Filled
Large rating transformers are transported to site from manufacturing works, without oil and
filled with dry air or nitrogen due to weight limitations. Positive gas pressure is generally
maintained at 0.175 kg/m
2
during transportation and storage. As the insulation of transformer
is hygroscopic, it absorbs moisture from atmosphere if positive pressure of gas is not
maintained.
After arrival of transformer at site it is necessary to check the gas pressure and if it is not
positive there is every possibility that moisture must have gone inside the transformer during
transportation. To ascertain this factor and to check the dryness of the insulation, dew point
measurement is carried out at site.
Dew point is the temperature at which the water vapours present in the gas filled in the
transformer begin to condense.
The procedure and acceptance limits are given in section K of this manual.
206
8.3 Winding Resistance Measurement
Transformer winding resistances are measured at site in order to check for abnormalities due
to loose connections, broken strands of conductor, high contact resistance in tap changers,
high voltage leads and bushings.
The resistance is measured by two methods :
(a) Voltmeter Ammeter method
(b) Bridge method
(c) Digital meters
The detailed test procedure of above methods is same as factory testing and is covered in
clause 4.1 of this section. Precautions shall be taken during field testing as given below.
The test shall be conducted at all taps of the transformer winding and the measured value
shall be converted to 75
0
C.
The acceptance criterion is usually agreement to within 5% of resistance measurements made
separately on different phases, under field condition. But, for large transformers it is
recommended to compare the resistance values with original data measured in the factory
and in case of large variation, connection tightness to be checked.
The current used for these measurements should not exceed 15% of the rated current in order
to avoid heating the winding thereby changing its resistance. However, the current should not
be too small, which may not be sufficient to avoid inductive effect, due to core magnetization
The winding resistance shall preferably be measured when the difference in the top and
bottom temperature of the oil (temperature of oil in steady-state condition) is equal to or less
than 5C.
Winding resistance measurement shall be done only after measurement of magnetic balance
and magnetization current (excitation current). The polarity of the core magnetization shall
be kept constant during all resistance measurement. A reversal in magnetization of the core
can change the time constant and result in erroneous readings.

207
2V 2W
1W
Dy-I
1V
2U
1U
1W
1V
N
1U+2U
2V
2W
8.4 Vector Group and Polarity
To determine the phase relationship and polarity of transformers
The procedure to find out vector group shall in general be same as defined in section
A3.2.2.2. Typical test connections and check measurements are shown below :
(a) Connect neutral point of star connected wiring with earth.
(b) Join 1U of HV and 2U of LV.
(c) Apply 415V, 3 phase supply to HV terminals
Example 1 For HV-Delta/LV-Star Transformer
Connect 1U to 2U
MEASURE 1W-2V, 1W-2W, 1U-1W, 1V-2V,
1V-2W, 1U-2W
VOLTAGE RELATION
1U-1W=1U-2W+2W-1W
1V-2V<1V-2W
1W-2V=1W-2W

Fig. 4 Connection diagram for HV-Delta / LV-Star Transformer
Example 2 For HV-Star/LV-Delta Transformer Connect 1U to 2U
MEASURE 1W-2V, 1W-2W,
1U-2W, 1V-2V,
2W-N, 1U-N, 2W-1V
VOLTAGE RELATION
1U-N=1U-2W+2W-N
1W-2W = 1V-2W
1W-2V > 1V-2V

Yd11

Fig. 5 Connection diagram for HV-Star / LV-Delta Transformer

208
The test shall be conducted with three-phase supply and voltmeters.
By the measured voltage data it should ensure that the desired conditions of vector group and
polarity are fulfilled.
Ensure the isolation of transformer from high voltage and low voltage side with physical
inspection of open condition of the concerned isolators. In case tertiary is also connected,
ensure the isolation of the same prior to commencement of testing.
8.5 Voltage Ratio Test
To determine the turns ratio of transformers during commissioning and periodic interval
decided by the customer for preventive maintenance
The procedure shall be following :
(a) Keep the terminals of IV and LV open.
(b) Apply 3-phase or single phase supply according to the transformer type on HV
terminals.
(c) Measure the voltage ratio of HV and IV as well as HV and LV.
(d) Repeat the steps for each tap position separately.
The test shall be conducted with three-phase supply and voltmeters. The voltage ratio shall
be measured between all pairs of windings of a transformer with externally available
terminals.
Results of the transformation turns/voltage ratio are absolute, and may be compared with the
specified values measured during factory testing. The acceptance criteria should be that the
measured values are within 0.5% of the specified values for all windings. One should also
consider the trend of voltage ratio values with reference to the ratio values measured during
the commissioning tests.
The voltage should be applied only in the high voltage winding in order to avoid unsafe
voltage.
8.6 Measurement of Magnetizing Current
This test is performed to locate defect in the magnetic core structure, shifting of windings,
failure in turn to turn insulation or problems in tap changers. These conditions change the
effective reluctance of the magnetic circuit thus affecting the current required to establish
flux in the core.
The procedure is as follows:
(a) First of all keep the tap position in the lowest position and IV and LV terminals open.

209
(b) Apply 3, phase 415 V supply on the line terminal for 3-phase transformers and 1-
phase, 230 V supply on single phase transformer.
(c) Measure the voltage applied on each phase (Phase-Phase) on line terminals and
current in each phase of the line terminal.
(d) After completion of the above steps keep the tap at normal position and repeat the
steps a to c.
(e) After completion of the above steps keep the tap positioning at Highest position and
repeat the steps a to c.
(f) Repeat the test with tap position in normal position.
The test shall be conducted with single-phase or three-phase supply according to test
requirement, voltmeter and multimeter.
The acceptance criteria for the results of exciting current measurement should be based on
the comparison with the previous site test results or factory test results. The general pattern is
two similar high readings on the outer phases and one lower reading on the center phase, in
case of three phase transformers. An agreement to within 30% of the measured exciting
current with the previous test is usually considered satisfactory. If the measured exciting
current value is 50 times higher than the value measured during factory tests then there is
likelihood of a fault in the winding which needs further analysis.
Care should be taken during exciting current measurement to avoid the effect of residual
magnetism in the transformer core. The residual magnetism results in the measurement of
higher than normal exciting current.
8.7 Magnetic Balance Test on 3-phase Transformer
This test is conducted only on three-phase transformer to check the imbalance in the
magnetic circuit.
The procedure for conducting test is as follows :
(a) Keep the tap in nominal tap position
(b) Disconnect the transformer neutral from ground
(c) Apply single phase 230 V across one of the HV winding terminal and neutral then
measure voltage in other two HV terminals across neutral. Repeat the test for each of
the three-phases.
(d) Repeat the above test for IV winding also
The test shall be conducted with 230 V single phase supply and voltmeter.
210
The voltage induced in the center phase may be 50% to 90% of the applied voltage.
However, when the center phase is excited then the voltage induced in the outer phases may
be 30% to 70% of the applied voltage.
Zero voltage or very negligible voltage induced in the other two windings should be
investigated.
Disconnect transformer neutral from ground and no winding terminal should be grounded,
otherwise results would be erratic and confusing.
8.8 Magnetic Circuit (Isolation) Test
This test should be performed prior to a unit being placed in-service or modifications to the
transformer which could affect the integrity of its core insulation.
Refer clause 3.21 part A of this manual for test procedures and acceptance criterion.
8.9 Measurement of Short Circuit Impedance at Low Voltage
To find out the short circuit impedance of transformer.
The measurement is performed in single phase mode. This test is performed for the
combination of two winding. The one of the winding is short circuited and voltage is applied
to other winding. The voltage and current reading are noted.
The test shall be conducted with variac of 0-280 V, 10 A, precision RMS voltmeter and
ammeter.
The acceptable criteria should be the measured impedance voltage having agreement to
within 3 percent of impedance specified in rating and diagram nameplate of the transformer.
Variation in impedance voltage of more than 3% should be considered significant and further
investigated.
The conductors used for short -circuiting one of the transformer windings should have low
impedance (less than 1m-ohm) and short length. The contacts should be clean and tight.
8.10 Insulation Resistance Measurement
Insulation resistance tests are made to determine the insulation resistance from individual
winding to ground or between individual windings. The insulation resistance in such tests is
commonly measured in mega-ohms, or may be calculated from measurements of applied
voltage and leakage current.
The test is conducted with the help of mega-ohmmeter. IR is proportional to the leakage
current through/over the insulation after capacitive charging and absorption currents become
negligible on application of DC voltage. Insulation resistance shall be measured after the
intervals of 15 sec, 60 sec and 600 sec. The polarization index (PI) is defined as the ratio of
IR values measured at the intervals of 600 and 60 seconds respectively. Whereas, the
dielectric absorption is the ratio of IR values measured after 60 sec and 15 sec. IR is
normally measured at 5 kV DC or lower test voltage, but the test voltage should not exc eed
half the rated power-frequency test voltage of transformer windings.

211
Polarization index (PI) is useful parameters for logistic interpretation of IR test results. This
ratio is independent of temperature and gives more reliable data for large power
transformers. A PI of more than 1.3 and dielectric absorption factor of more than 1.25 are
considered satisfactory for a transformer when the results of other low voltage tests are found
in order. PI of less than 1 calls for immediate corrective action. For bushings, an IR value of
above 10000 M-ohms is considered satisfactory.
The IR value of transformer is dependent on various factors such as configuration of winding
insulation structures, transformer oil, atmosphere condition etc. therefore, present trend is to
monitor oil characteristics for judging the condition of dryness of the transformer and not to
rely solely on absolute values of IR. It may be note that no national/international standards
specify minimum insulation resistance values of transformers. The value of IR may be very
low under heavy fog or humid conditions.
During IR measurement, we must ensure following conditions :
Transformer is disconnected from other associated equipment
Bushings are cleaned and free of moisture
Transformer tank and core are properly grounded
Both ends of winding under test are short -circuited.
8.11 Measurement of Capacitance and Dissipation Factor
The insulation dissipation factor (tan delta) is the ratio of the resistance current to the
capacitor current flowing through the insulation on application of sinusoidal voltage under
prescribed condition. The capacitance values are relatively independent of temperature and
prevailing atmospheric conditions.
The voltage to be applied shall not exceed half of the power frequency test voltage or 10 kV
whichever is lower. Detailed test procedure is given under clause no. 6.9 of this section and
clause no. 5 of section K-1.
The test is conducted with high voltage supply and Schering bridge
Low dissipation factor is indicative of problem in insulation structure and predictive ageing
of insulation. But, the comparative values of tests taken at periodic intervals are useful in
identifying potential problems rather than an absolute value of tan delta. The initial reference
can be drawn from the tan delta values measured during factory testing. However, the tan
delta values measured in the field are not very accurate and deviation up to 30% from the
values measured at the works should be accepted.
The acceptance criterion to assess the probable condition of the insulation of the transformer
is no substantial variation in the measured values of tan delta (dissipation factor) at periodic
interval when compared with previous references. For bushings, the tan delta value shall not
exceed 0.7%.
The main capacitance of the bushing, i.e., the capacitance between high voltage terminal and
test tap is not affected by the surrounding conditions and the accepted deviation from the
212
values measured at factory tests should be less than 10%. The capacitance between bushing
test tap and ground is largely influence by the stray capacitances to ground parts in the
transformer and hence large deviation in the measured value shall be accepted when
compared with the factory test value.
Environmental factors like variation in temperature, relative humidity, surrounding charged
objects etc. have great influence on measurement of dissipation factor. Care shall be taken to
control the above factors during measurements.
8.12 Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA)
Dissolved gas analysis is a well-established condition-monitoring tool for power
transformers. The method is based on analyzing the types of gases dissolved in the
transformer oil and their production rates. The relative concentration of these gases depends
upon the type and severity (energy density) of fault.
The test procedure to conduct DGA test is accordance with the IS 9434.
The main gases formed as result of thermal and electrical faults in a transformer are
Hydrogen (H
2
), Methane (CH
4
), Ethane (C
2
H
6
), Ethylene (C
2
H
4
), Acetylene (C
2
H
2
), Carbon
Monoxide (CO) and Carbon dioxide (CO
2
). Whereas Acetylene is mainly associated with
arcing at very high temperature ranges, Ethylene is related with hot spots and medium
temperature ranges. Hydrogen is mainly result of cold gas plasma of corona discharges.
Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide are the result of thermal decomposition of cellulose
material.
For proper interpretation of DGA results, it is essential to collect data at periodic intervals
during the service life of the transformer and the additional information regarding age of the
transformer, past history of failures, loading pattern, history of filtration etc.
8.13 Tests on Oil Filled in Transformer as per IS 1866
Refer clause 2.5 of Section K of this Manual
9.0 CONDITION MONITORING
In addition to the well established low voltage routine tests, additional checks have been
developed in order to increase reliability of the transformer by condition monitoring. These
tools or checks conducted first time, determine the initial condition of the transformer at the
beginning of its service life.
These initial references are considered as 'benchmark' or 'fingerprints' to demonstrate
subsequent changes in the dielectric, mechanical and thermal properties of the transformer,
which are indicative for reliability. These tools provide useful data for predictive life and
maintenance management of transformer, better known today as condition-based
management (CBM).
The detailed procedure and interpretation of the test results is dealt under sections K & K-1
of this Manual.

213
Appendix 1
METHOD OF DECLARING EFFICIENCY
1.0 The efficiency to be declared is the ratio of the output in kW to the sum of the output
in kW and the following losses :
(a) No load loss, which is considered to be constant at all loads; and
(b) Load loss, which varies with load.
The total loss, on load is the sum of (a) & (b).
CALCULATION OF INHERENT VOLTAGE REGULATION
2.0 TWO WINDING TRANSFORMERS
2.1 The inherent voltage regulation from no-load to a load of any assumed value and
power factor may be computed from the impedance voltage and corresponding load loss
measured with rated current in the winding as follows:
Let
I = rated current in winding excited;
E = rated voltage of winding excited;
I
SC
= current measured in winding excited;
E
Zsc
= voltage measured across winding excited (impedance voltage);
P
SC
= watts measured across winding excited;
E
XSC
= reactance voltage= [ E
2
ZSC
-(P
SC
/I
SC
)
2
]

P=P
SC
corrected to 75 deg. C, and from current I
SC
to I;
E
X
=E
XSC
X (I/I
SC
)
E
r=
I
P
;
E
X%
=100

E
X
/E;
E
r
%=100

E
r
/E;
= I
a
/I; and
I
a
= current in winding in excited during the short circuit test corresponding to that
obtained when loading at the assumed load on the output side and with rated voltage
on the input side.
214
2.2 For rated load at unity power factor, the percentage regulation is approximately equal to:
E
r%
+ (E
x%
)
2

200
2.3 For rated load at any power factor cos , the percentage regulation is approximately
equal to:
E
r%
cos + E
x
% sin + (E
x
% cos - E
r
% sin )
2

200
2.4 For any assumed load other than rated load and unity power factor, the percentage
regulation is approximately equal to:
n. E
r%
+ (n. E
x%
)
2

200
2.5 For any assumed load other than rated load and at any power factor cos , the percentage
regulation is approximately equal to:
(n . E
r%
cos + n. E
x%
sin )
+ (n . E
x%
cos - n . E
r%
sin )
2

200
2.6 The above formula are sufficiently accurate for transformers covered by this
specification.
3.0 THREE WINDING TRANSFORMERS
3.1 The formula given in 2.1 for two-winding transformers can be applied to three-
winding transformers and their regulation calculated with an accuracy comparable to that of
the data available by assuming that the currents in the windings remain constant both in
magnitude and phase angle even though the output terminal voltage change, due to the
regulation, from their no-load values.
On a three-winding transformer the no-load voltage of a winding will change with current in
the other windings (even though it remains itself unloaded).
Therefore, the voltages regulation of a winding on a three-winding transformer is expressed
with reference to its no-load open-circuit terminal voltage when only one of the other
windings is supplied and the third winding is on no-load, that is the basic voltage for each
winding and any combination of loading is the line no-load voltage obtained from its turns
ratio.
For the frequent case of two output winding (W
2
and W
3
) and one input winding (W
1
) the
voltage regulation is usually required for three loading conditions, namely:
Only W
2
loaded,

215
Only W
3
loaded, and
Both W
2
and W
3
loaded.
For each condition two separate figures should be quoted, that is the regulation of each
output winding W
2
and W
3
(whether carrying current or not) for constant voltage supplied to
the winding W
1
.
Note : The regulation between W2 and W3 relative to each other for this simple and frequent case is implicit in the
values (W1 to W2) and (W1 to W3) and nothing is gained by expressing it separately.
3.2 The data required are the impedance voltage and load losses derived by testing
the three windings in pairs and expressing the results on a basic kVA, which can
conveniently be the rated kVA of the smallest winding. It should be determined from the
transformer as built.
From the data, an equivalent circuit 3 winding transformer is derived as shown below:
3.3 The equivalent circuit is derived as follows:
Let
a
12
and b
12
be respectively the percentage resistance and reactance voltages referred to the
base kVA and obtained on a test, short -circuiting either winding W
1
or W
2
and supplying the
other, with the third winding W
3
on open-circuit:
a
23
and b
23
similarly apply to a test on the windings pair W
2
and W
3
(with W
1
on open-
circuit);
216
a
31
and b
31
similarly apply to a test on the windings pair W
3
and W
1
(with W
2
on open-
circuit);
d = the sum (a
12
+ a
23
+ a
31
); and
f = the sum (b
12
+ b
23
+ b
31
)
Then the mathematical values to be inserted in the equivalent circuit are:
Arm W
1
a
1
= d/2 - a
23
, and b
1
= f/2 - b
23

Arm W
2
a
2
= d/2 - a
31
, and b
2
= f/2 - b
31
Arm W
3
a
3
= d/2 - a
12
, and b
3
= f/2 - b
12

It is to be noted that some of these mathematical values may be negative or may even be zero
(depending on the actual physical relative arrangement of the windings on the core).
For the desired loading conditions the kVA operative in each arm of the equivalent circuit is
determined and the regulation of each arm is calculated separately. The regulation with
respect to the terminals of any pair of windings is the algebraic sum of the regulations of the
corresponding two arms of the equivalent circuit.
3.4 The detailed procedure to be followed in the case of two output windings and one
supply winding is as follows;
(a) Determine the kVA in each winding corresponding to the loading being considered.
(b) For the output windings W
2
and W
3
, this is the specified loading under consideration;
deduce n
2
and n
3
, where n is the ratio of the actual loading to the base kVA used in the
equivalent circuit.
(c) For the input winding W
1
kVA should be taken as the vectorial sum of the outputs
from W
2
and W
3
windings, and the corresponding power factor and quadrature factor
(sin ) deduced from the in-phase and quadrature components.
3.5 When greater accuracy is required, an addition should made to the above vectorial
sum of the outputs as follows:
Add to the quadrature component, to obtain the effective input kVA to windings W
1
;
(output kVA from winding W
2
) x b
2
x n
2

100
+ (output kVA from winding W
3
) x W x b
3
x n
100
n for each arm being the ratio of the magnitude of the actual kVA loading of the winding to
the base kVA employed in determining the network.

217
A more accurate solution is obtained by adding the corresponding quantities (a x n x output
kVA) to the in-phase component of the vectorial sums of the outputs, but the difference is
rarely appreciable.
3.6 Apply the final formula of 2.1.5 separately to each arm of the network, taking separate
values of n for each arm as defined in 2.2.5.
3.7 To obtain the regulation between the input winding and either of the loaded windings,
add the separate regulations determined under 2.2.6 for the corresponding two arms, noting
that one of these may be negative. (Note that the summation is algebraic, but not vectorial).
Note : A positive value for the sum determined indicates a voltage drop from no-load to the loading considered
while a negative value for the sum indicates a voltage rise.
3.8 Repeat the operation described in 2.2.7 for the other loaded winding.
3.8.1 The above procedure is applicable to auto-transformers if the equivalent circuit is
based on the effective impedances measured at the terminal of the auto-transformer.
3.8.2 In the case of input to two windings and load from one winding, the above procedure
can be applied if the division of loading between the two supplies is known.
3.8.3 Example of Application to a Three-Winding Transformer.
Assume that:
W
1
is a 66 kV primary winding,
W
2
is a 33 kV output winding loaded at 2000 kVA having a power factor cos of 0.8
lagging, and
W
3
is a 11 kV output winding loaded at 1000 kVA having a power factor cos of 0.6
lagging.
The following information is available, having been calculated from test data and is related
to a base kVA of 1000:
a
12
= 0.26 b
12
= 3.12
a
23
= 0.33 b
23
= 1.59
a
31
= 0.32 b
31
= 5.08
It can be deduced that
d = 0.91 and f = 9.79
If follows, therefore, that for
W
1
, a
1
= 0.125 and b
1
= +3.305
218
W
2
, a
2
= 0.135 and b
2
= -0.185
W
3
, a
3
= 0.195 and b
3
= +1.775
The effective full load input kVA to winding W
1
is:
(a) With only output = 2000 kVA
winding W
2
loaded at power factor 0.8 lagging.

(b) With only output = 1000 kVA
winding W
3

(c) With only output = 2980 kVA
winding W
2
and W
3
Applying the formula of 2.1.5 separately to each arm of the network we have for the
regulation of that arms alone:
W
1
under condition (a) where n
1
= 2.0 is + 4.30 per cent
W
1
under condition (b) where n
1
= 1.0 is + 2.74 per cent
W
1
under condition (c) where n
1
= 2.98 is + 7.15 per cent
W
2
under condition where n
2
= 2.0 is - 0.005 per cent
W
3
under condition where n
3
= 1.0 is +1.54 per cent
Therefore, the total transformer regulation is:
For condition (a) - with output winding W
2
fully loaded and W
3
unloaded:
At terminals W
2
= 4.30 - 0.005 = 4.295 per cent
At terminals W
3
= 4.30 + 0 = 4.30 per cent
For condition (b) - with output winding W
2
unloaded and W
3
fully loaded:
At terminals W
2
= 2.74 + 0 = 2.74 per cent
At terminals W
3
= 2.74 + 1.54 = 4.28 per cent
For condition (c) - with both output windings W
2
and W
3
loaded:
At terminals W
2
= 7.15 - 0.005 = 7.145 per cent
At terminals W
3
= 7.15 + 1.54 = 8.69 per cent

219
Section-A, Appendix 2
LIST OF TRANSFORMER ACCESSORIES AND
TEST-CERTIFICATES REQUIRED FOR THEM
Sl. No Accessory Ref. Std. Test -certificates required.
1. Condenser
Bushing
IS 2099
2. Test for leakage of internal filling at a pressure of 1.0
kg/cm
2
for 12h.
4. Dry power frequency voltage withstand test.
5. Dry power frequency voltage withstand test for test tap
insulation.
6. Partial discharge measurement upto 1.5um /3 kV.
7. Measurement of tangent delta and capacitance.
2. IS Bushings
IS 2099
3. Dry power frequency voltage withstand test.
3. OLTC
IS 8468
1. Oil tightness test for the diverter switch oil chamber at an
oil pressure of 0.5 kg/cm
2
at 100
0
C for 1h.
2. Mechanical operation test.
3. Operation sequence measurement.
5. Power frequency voltage withstand test on diverter switch
to earth and between even and odd contacts.
6. Power frequency voltage withstand test on tap selector-
between stationary contacts, between max. and min. taps,
between phases and supporting frames, between phases.
7. Operation test of complete tap changer.
8. Operation and dielectric test of driving mechanism.
4. Winding
Temperature
Indicator

1. Calibration test.
6. Measurement of temperature rise with respect to the heater
coil current.
5. Oil Temperature
Indicator

1. Calibration test.
6. Pressure Relief
Valve

1. Functional test with compressed air to check bursting
pressure, indication flag operation and switch operation.
3. Switch contact testing at 5 A 240V AC.
7. Cooling Fan
IS 2312
1. Insulation resistance measurement.
2. Dielectric test at 2 kV between winding and body for one
minute.
3. Operation check.
8. Transformer Oil
Pump
IS 325 &
IS 9137
1. Insulation resistance measurement.
2. Cold resistance measurement at ambient temperature.
3. Motor efficiency at full load.
4. No load voltage, current, power input, frequency and speed.
5. Locked-rotor readings of voltage, current and power input.
6. Water pressure test for pump casing at 5 kg/cm
2
for 10
minutes at ambient temperature.
220
7. Transformer oil pressure test for the pump set assembly at
2 kg/cm
2
for 30 minutes at 80
0
C.
8. Measurement of head, discharge, current, power input to
motor and overall efficiency of the pump set at rated
voltage.
9. Oil Flow Indicator/
Water Flow
Indicator

1. Observation of flow with respect to requirement.
2. Switch contact test at 5 A 240V AC.
10. Buchholz Relay
IS 3637
1. Leak test with transformer oil at a pressure of 3 kg/cm
2
for
30 minutes at ambient temperature for relay casing.
4. Elements test at 1.75 kg/ cm
2
for 15 minutes using
transformer oil at ambient temperature.
5. Loss of oil and surge test.
6. Gas volume test.
7. Mechanical strength test.
8. Velocity calibration test.
11. Oil Level Indicator

1. Test for oil levels.
2. Switch operation for low level alarm.
3. Switch contact test at 5A 240V AC.
12. Pressed Steel
Radiators

1. Air pressure test at 2 kg/cm
2
under water for 15 minutes.
2. Appearance, construction and dimension check.

SECTION K
Erection, Commissioning
and Maintenance
222
Erection, Commissioning and Maintenance

223
SECTION K


As the continuity of supply is of paramount importance in modern power systems, it is
necessary to take all possible precautions during erection and commissioning of the
transformers followed by regular preventive maintenance. This section covers erection,
commissioning and maintenance of Power and Distribution Transformers.

1.0 PACKING AND DISPATCH

1.1 After testing each transformer it shall be dispatched from the works ready for re-
assembly of external components which are dismantled for facilitating transportation.
According to the transport facilities available and weight/ height restriction for the route,
transformers are transported either by rail, road or sea depending on the size of transformer.
Power transformers should be dispatched with external fittings dismantled and packed
separately. However distribution transformers can be transported in fully assembled
condition.

1.2 Transformer tank is filled with oil or pure dry nitrogen/ air depending upon the
transport weight limitations. If nitrogen is used, the information shall be stenciled on the tank
prominently. In case the tank is filled with oil, sufficient space is left above the oil to take
care of the expansion of oil. This space is filled with pure dry air/nitrogen gas under
atmospheric pressure. In case the tank is filled with inert gas/nitrogen a positive pressure
according to the manufacturers standard practice shall be maintained. The temperature,
pressure and dew point (-25
0
C maximum after filling) at the time of gas filling (reading taken
after stabilization) shall be painted on the transformer tank. External gas cylinders should be
provided to make up any gas leakage during transit for transformers having rating 50 MVA
and above and voltage rating 132 kV and above. Transformer shall be accompanied by escort
decided by the manufacturers or the customers as per the agreement. For large rating
transformers of above 100 MVA the impact recorders/ indicators may be provided during
shipment from transformer manufacturers works to site. Manufacturer shall specify the
limiting values to the purchaser in advance. The impact recorder is required to be sent back
to the manufacturer for their analysis. Manufacturer shall send the analysis report of impact
recorder back to user / utility for their record. In case the impact recorder indicates some
serious shock during shipment, the core and coil will have to be subjected to thorough
inspection before erection.

Note : Impact recorders are attached to the main body of the transformer during transportation to monitor the
shock and impact, which the transformer may be subjected to during transportation. The impact recorder is
a electronic or mechanical recording accelerometer whose main feature is its ability to record shock and
impact from three directions axial, lateral and longitudinal.

For transformers with a gas pressure of 0.3 PSI, the acceptable limits of dew point shall be as
under: (Source: Courtesy BHEL, Bhopal)

224
Temperature of insulation
in F
Maximum
permissible dew point
in F
Temperature of insulation in C Maximum
permissible
dew point in C
0 -78 -17.77 -61.11
5 -74 -15.0 -58.88
10 -70 -12.22 -56.66
15 -66 -9.44 -54.44
20 -62 -6.66 -52.22
25 -58 -3.33 -49.99
30 -53 -1.11 -47.22
35 -48 +1.66 -44.44
40 -44 +4.44 -42.22
45 -40 +7.44 -39.39
50 -35 +9.99 -37.22
55 -31 12.77 -34.99
60 -27 15.55 -32.77
65 -22 18.33 -29.99
70 -18 23.11 -27.77
75 -14 23.88 -25.55
80 -10 26.66 -23.33
85 -6 29.44 -21.11
90 -1 32.22 -18.33
95 +3 34.99 -16.11
100 +7 37.75 -13.88
110 +16 43.33 -8.88
120 +25 48.88 -3.88
130 +33 54.44 +0.55
140 +44 59.99 +5.55

1.3 All external fitting such as Conservator, Buchholtz relay, Dehydrating Breather,
Turrets, Bushings, Explosion Vent/ Pressure Relief Devices (PRDs), OLTC Driving
Mechanism and Motor Operated Mechanism (MOM) Boxes, Marshalling Kiosks, Radiators,
Rollers, Cooling Fans, Pumps, Gasket etc., which are liable to damage in transit, shall be
removed and packed separately. All openings created on the tank by the removal of
components are blanked with identifiable blanking plates & suitable gaskets. All openings
on the fittings removed are also closed with blanking plates & suitable gaskets.
1.4 When any internal parts like tap changers, etc., are removed for transportation, they
are dispatched in tanks filled with oil/inert gas or suitable measures taken so that they do not
absorb moisture.
1.5 All fragile parts such as temperature indicators, oil level gauges, etc., shall be
carefully packed to avoid breakage in transit.


225
All blanking plates, tank valve guards, etc., used exclusively for transport is to be
preserved in safe custody by the purchaser for future use.

1.6 Rail Transport

1.6.1 Transformers may be transported by rail / road trailers depending on size of
transformer, destination, delivery time and the route limitations. In case of transformers
where the weight and dimensions of the main body exceed limits, special well wagons are
employed. Detached parts are packed/crated and normally dispatched along with the main
body of the unit, so that all the parts are received at the destination station with the unit.

1.6.2 Loading
1.6.2.1 Most of the transformer manufacturers have their own railway siding and
transformers are loaded at their works using their cranes. In cases where separate siding
facilities are not available, road tractor-trailers are used for the transport from works to
loading railway stations. Mobile cranes and railway cranes are also used for loading the units
into the wagons. In the absence of any crane facility, the transformers are unloaded from the
trailers near the railway track into a platform of adequate height built up of wooden sleepers.
Jacks and pull lifts chain pulley block of adequate capacity are used to slide the transformer
over a pair of rails placed on the sleeper platform bridging the trailer width in full. To
prevent the trailer from toppling when the transformer is moved to the platform the stage end
of the trailer is supported by a sleeper pack. From the platform the transformer is slid onto
the wagon taking care to have the rails for the full width of wagon. The rails are greased for;
easy movement. The rollers of the transformer are removed before leaving the works. While
providing a sleeper stage it should slightly be at a higher level to allow for the increase in
height of the trailer while the load is released due to the springs getting relaxed.

1.6.3 Lifting and Jacking
16.3.1 Transformers should be lifted by jacking at the jacking pads provided for the purpose
and simultaneous use should be made of all such lugs or lifting bollards in order to avoid any
unbalance in lifting. Before lifting the complete transformer it should be ensured that all
cover bolts are tightened. Apart from the main lifting points designed to take the total weight
of the unit, the transformer has subsidiary lifting points suitable for particular components
only. Care must be taken to distinguish between them. It is advisable to use a spreader
between slings so that the lift on the hooks is in the vertical direction. The slinging angle is
not to exceed 60. Safe loads of wire ropes and the multiplying factors to be used
corresponding to the lifting angles are furnished in Fig. 1. Gunnies are used on the slings to
avoid metal contact and consequent damage to the slings.

226
Safe load of wire ropes

Multiplying factor for
different lifting angles
Dia. of wire
rope (mm)
Safe load
(Kg)
Lifting
angles
Multiplying factor
8 600 0 1
12 1,300 20 1.015
16 2,300 40 1.065
20 3,500 60 1.155
24 5,000
28 7,000
32 9,000
36 11,000
40 14,000
44 17,000
56 24,500
64 33,500
70 40,000

Fig. 1 Correct method of slinging

1.6.3.2 Where it is necessary to use jacks for lifting, only the Jacking pads provided for the
purpose of jacking should be used. Jacks should never be placed under valves or cooling
tubes or stiffeners. Not more than two jacks should be operated at the same time. When two
jacks are being operated the opposite side of the transformer should be firmly supported by
sleepers. Jacks are also not to be left in position with load for a long time. The transformer
should always be handled in the normal upright position. During the handling operation care
must be taken to prevent overturning or even tilting.

227
1.6.3.3 Loading on the railway wagons is done as centrally as possible to distribute the
weight equally on all axles and wheels. Manufacturers drawing in this regard is to be
referred to. It is desired that the transformer be loaded longitudinally on the wagon. To
prevent damage to the transformer base, the unit is loaded on a row of sleepers or wooden
planks placed on the wagon floor.

1.6.4 Lashing

The transformer is lashed on all four sides by wire ropes or chain of adequate size and
tightened using turn buckles with locking facility. Wooden props are also used. After the
movement of the wagon for a short distance the tightness of the lashing is to be checked.
When enroute transhipment is involved, lashing is to be checked again.

1.7 Road Transport

1.7.1 Transformers may be shipped by road, where well developed roads exist & the
route conditions permit. Multi-axle tractor driven low-platform trailers are used for road
transport. The tractors are to have adequate hauling capacity and the trailers loading capacity.

1.7.2 Route Survey

1.7.2.1 The road system is examined in detail on the following points:

(i) Width of the road Normally not less than 5 m

(ii) Bridges and culverts To have sufficient strength to take the
moving load; consultation with the
Highways Department is necessary
(Refer Fig. 2 for assessing the axle
load.)

(iii) Encumbrances enroute Like telephone, telegraph, traction
and electric utility wires, avenue
trees, cross beams of bridges,
subways, aqueducts, etc., across the
roadway.

(iv) Sharp bends Steep gradients up or down with
respect to the maneuverability of the
tractor-trailer.

(v) Road worthiness Of the route like sandy stretches,
waterlogged areas, crowded localities
like market places, schools and other
public places.

228
(vi) Operational Constraints of the tractor-trailer to be
used. To clear up any doubts as to the
feasibility of the route a rehearsal drive
of the tractor-trailer unit is performed.

All turnings clearance from local authorities, PWD, Motor Highways Department should be
obtained before movement. All transport diversions should be thoroughly checked.

Fig. 2
WT
a
= Self weight of tractor
WT
i
= Self weight of trailer
WP = Pay load 50 tonnes
R
a
= Load in the front axle of tractor
R
b
= Load in all the 3 axles of trailer
(Divide by 3 for axle load)
R
c
= Load in all the 2 axles of this trailer
(Divide by 2 for axle load)
Take the momentum at the points at R
a
, R
b
and R
c
and solve the equations, to get R
a
, R
b
and
R
c
.
In this case if we assume tractor and trailer of equal weight (i.e.) WT
a
= WT
i
= 10 tonnes and
WP = 50 tonnes.
R
a
= 5 tonnes axle load in front axle
R
b
= 35 tonnes axle load in 2
nd
axle
R
c
= 30 tonnes axle load in 3
rd
axle
Load per rear axle of the tractor = 35/3 = 11.66 tonnes
Load per rear axle of semi-trailer = 30/2 = 15 tonnes

To limit the load per axle to 10 tonnes at the rear axle of trailer, the payload should not
exceed 30 tonnes Otherwise the number of axles for the trailer should be increased.

229
1.7.2.2 Movement of the transformer shall be through the route surveyed for the purpose and
no deviation of the route shall be followed unless it is surveyed again.

1.7.3 Strengthening the Route

1.7.3.1 Such of those bridges and culverts which require strengthening are strengthened by
adopting suitable measures like propping up using timber and steel in consultation with the
Highways Department. For uniform loading, chequer plates, M.S. plates, etc., are used. For
details refer Figs 3, 4 and 5. In some cases an alternative route by-passing such bridges and
culverts may be cheaper than propping up.

1.7.4 Loading, Lifting, Jacking and Lashing

Refer clauses 1.2.2, 1.2.3 and 1.2.4 (Rounded of thicknesses)

Fig. 3 Spreading gravel cushion and placing steel plates above
Fig. 4 Dry stone packed with lose earth in-between
Fig. 5 Wooden sleeper stage platform built on river bed with the plates underneath
230
1.7.5 Movement
1.7.5.1 A pilot vehicle with all tools and tackles, jacks, sleepers, chequer plates, crowbars,
etc., and sufficient trained staff should run in front of the vehicle. Red flags and danger
lamps should be exhibited at prominent places to warn traffic on the route.
1.7.5.2 The branches of avenue trees that are likely to foul the equipment should be cleared
while the load is moved. Electric utility power lines likely to foul should be switched off and
lifted temporarily / dismantled while the load is moved.
1.7.5.3 After moving the load for a short distance tightness of the lashing should be checked.
1.7.5.4 In the case of night halt or stoppage of the loaded trailer for a fairly long duration the
trailer should be supported either by sleepers or providing supporting jacks on all sides thus
releasing the load from the tyres. Danger lights should be displayed in the front and rear of
the vehicle.
1.7.5.5 For the normal running, it is desirable not to run the vehicle over 15-20 km per hour
with no load and 10-15 km with loads on good surfaced roads. For bad roads it is desirable
to run the vehicle at much lower speeds.
1.7.5.6 The brake system on the tractor-trailer has to be carefully operated whenever the
vehicle is running with load. While running over any bridge or culvert the vehicle should be
run only at a very slow speed. Long before the approach to the bridge the speed should be
brought down and the vehicle allowed to proceed over the bridge without creating any
impact, which is sometimes caused by applying brakes when running at high speeds. Till all
the wheels of the tractor-trailer are clear of the bridge, the speed should not be increased.
Transportation should be avoided during heavy rains.
1.7.5.7 In case of the vehicle getting locked up in a slipping soil, the safest procedure would
be to detach the tractor after the trailer had been anchored suitably by sleepers. The tractor
may be moved forward and anchored suitably with sufficient sleepers. The trailer can be
pulled up by winches in the rear of the tractor.

1.8 Water Transport

Water transport is the cheapest mode of transport. While ocean going ships are used for the
high seas, barges are used for inland navigation routes. Special care is to be taken for
prevention of rusting of parts and ingress of moisture like use of anti-corrosive paints, silica
gel packing, sealing using polythene covers etc. Packages should not be left on wharves for
more than 2 weeks. Storing of heavy packing is to be done only in consultation with port
authorities so that the safety of the wharf is not endangered.

1.8.1 Loading

Usually the wharf cranes may not have sufficient capacity for handling very heavy packages.
Special floating cranes or cranes of ships are used for loading the packages from the wharf to
ships or barges. In the case of barges, special care is required to prevent overturning of the
barge at the time of loading. Packages are to be placed inside the hold. Decks of ships are
not to be used for keeping the packing during transport.


231
1.9 Unloading at Site

In cases where the substations are having adequate crane facility, the transformer is unloaded
by crane. Alternatively, mobile cranes are used. Where no crane facility is available a trench
is dug to a depth equal to height of the trailer platform and the transformer is slid to position.
If this also is not possible the transformer is unloaded into a sleeper platform and gradually
lowered to plinth level (Fig. 6 for guidance). The sleeper platform level is to be at a slightly
higher level to allow for the increase in height of the trailer while the load is released due to
the springs getting relaxed. Winches are to be used for putting the transformer into position.

Fig. 6

1.10 Inspection and Storage

A thorough external examination shall be made immediately on arrival of the transformer at
site. If any damage is suspected, open delivery is to be taken and a claim made against the
carriers in accordance with the terms of contract. The manufacturers and under-writers are
also to be informed about the details of inspection done jointly in carriers.

1.10.1 Unpacking and Inspection

1.10.1.1 Packages are to be opened carefully so that the tools used for opening do not cause
damage to the contents.

1.10.1.2 When the transformers are dispatched gas filled, pressure shall be checked and it
should be ascertained whether there was any leakage of atmospheric air into the tanks.
Dryness of insulation should be checked by dewpoint measurement (clause 1.1.2) after filling
232
with dry air/nitrogen and after a stabilization period of 12-24 hours. If insulation is wet, the
transformer has to be dried. If the pressure is positive and varies with temperature of the
surrounding air the seal can be taken to be effective.

1.10.1.3 When the transformer is dispatched filled with oil, oil level in main tank at the time
of receipt is to be verified by comparing the oil level before dispatch. Any shortage is to be
duly recorded in the documentation and intimated promptly to the supplier. A sample of oil
shall be taken from the bottom of the tank and tested to IS 1866. If the sample of oil does not
meet the requirements, the matter should be reported to the supplier along with insulation
resistance values of the various windings to earth.

1.10.1.4 Drums containing transformer oil which have been dispatched separately shall be
examined carefully for leaks. All drums are dispatched filled up to their capacity and any
shortage should be reported.

1.10.1.5 In case of bushings, oil level shall be checked. The porcelain portion is to be
checked for any crack or chipping. The terminals should be checked for any bends.

1.10.1.6 Fragile instruments like oil level gauge, temperature indicator, etc. are to be
inspected for breakages or other damages.

1.10.1.7 Any damaged or missing components should be reported to the supplier within the
insurance liability period, so that the same can be investigated and shortage made up as per
the terms of contract.

1.10.1.8 Any paint damages are to be touched up after proper cleaning with wire brush,
emery and applying a coat of primer. Generally, manufacturers supply adequate quantity of
finish paint for such purposes.

1.10.9 Storage

1.10.9.1 After arrival at site, it is desirable to erect and commission the transformer with
minimum delay. In case this is not possible the transformer should be erected at its
permanent location with conservator and breather fitted, the transformer should be vacuum
dried and processed oil should be filled in the tank and oil condition to be monitored during
long storage. If this is also not possible, then, it is preferable that the tank containing core and
coil be placed under shed. The tank shall preferably be filled with processed oil up to core &
winding level with dry air/nitrogen filling above the oil. Gas pressure is to be monitored
periodically.

1.10.9.2 The transformer shall never be stored in polluted areas likely to cause corrosion.

1.10.9.3 Equipment meant for indoor use, such as control panels should be stored indoor.
Fragile components are to be stored carefully.


233
1.10.9.4 Bushings, if not mounted on the transformer, should be stored in the cases under the
shed.

1.10.9.5 All packing shall be kept above ground by the use of supports so as to allow free
airflow underneath. It is preferable to store all loose parts under cover.

1.10.9.6 Transformer oil when received in drums shall be stored under cover. Drums should
not stand on end but are to be placed on their sides with the bung at 45 downward. (3-9 O
clock position)

1.10.9.7 If the accessories are to be stored for a long period they can be repacked. It is
advisable to store the accessories; especially the electrically operated ones in a rain
protected area and packing list should be retained so that the contents of cases or crates can
be checked at the end of the storage period. Heaters for marshalling kiosks, etc., shall be kept
energized.

1.10.9.8 While in storage, the gas pressure, oil samples, breather condit ion are to be checked
frequently.

2.0 INSTALLATION

2.1 Erection Schedule

When the erection work is to be carried out by the supplier under the contract agreement, the
supplier and the user shall prepare a schedule of the works to be carried out with specific
period for each item of work involved. All the assembly and erection drawings should be
available at site.

2.2 Precautions

2.2.1 As far as possible no work shall be done during rainy season to avoid moisture
absorption.

2.2.2 Extreme care must be taken to prevent any foreign material from being dropped into
the transformer. Workmen having access to the interior of a transformer should empty their
pockets of all loose materials. Any spanners or other tools used shall be securely tied so that
they can be recovered easily if accidentally dropped.

2.2.3 Fibrous cleaning materials shall not be used. The presence of loose fibres in
suspension in transformer oil can reduce its insulating properties.

2.2.4 All components dispatched separately shall be cleaned inside and outside before being
fitted.

2.2.5 If any internal temporary transportation braces are provided they are to be removed
without disturbing any permanent internal arrangements. Such parts should be clearly
marked on the transportation drawings.

234
2.2.6 The transformer shall be erected on a level foundation.

2.3 Site Preparation

2.3.1 Since all electrical installation shall comply with the requirements of the Indian
Electricity Act and Rules made thereunder, it is essential that they are complied with. The
provisions of the Factories Act and Rules are also to be complied with to the extent
applicable.

2.3.1.1 All tools, tackles and other equipments required for the erection work may be
arranged at the site before the work is started. Generally the following items will be
required.

(i) Lifting Equipment : Depending upon the transformer, crane of sufficient capacity will
be required. In the absence of crane facility, a derrick is erected and work carried out
using a chain and pulley block. Wire rope slings, D-shackles, etc, are also required.

(ii) Oil Purifier : A vacuum oil purifier of sufficient capacity provided with
thermostatically controlled heating and filtering facility is required. The following
table may be used as a guide for selecting the oil purifier capacity.

Oil purifier capacity Quantity of oil to be purified
litres/ hr litres

2000 Up to 20,000
4000 More than 20,000 but
Less than 50,000
5000 and above More than 50,000

A higher vacuum filter with a vacuum of 0.1 torr or lower is to be used for a voltage class of
245 kV and above.

(iii) Vacuum Pump: A vacuum pump with a vacuum hose and other fittings capable of
producing a vacuum up to 759 mm mercury.

(iv) Oil Storage Tank: One or more oil tanks of sufficient capacity to store the entire
quantity of the transformer oil will be useful for filling from drums and also when oil
is received at site in tankers for transformers dispatched gas-filled. This will reduce
the time of filling.

(v) Pressure Vacuum Gauge: To read 0.5 to + 0.5 kg /cm
2
for checking inert gas
pressure.

(vi) Oil Testing Apparatus: Conforming to IS: 335

(vii) 5000/ 2500/ 1000 V motorized megger


235
(viii) Voltmeters, 0 to 500 V, 0 to 100 V range and 0 to 5 V range, milli-ammeter, low
power factor watt meter.

(ix) Set of spanners suitable for metric sizes and B.S. sizes.

(x) Set of drum opener, crowbar, pipes, hammer etc.

(xi) Set of screwdrivers, cutting pliers, screw spanners and pipe wrench.

(xii) Clean cotton cloth and cotton waste.

(xiii) Electric hand lamp.

(xiv) 12 mm vinyl hose of approximate 10 m length for being used as an oil level indicator
during erection.

(xv) Brushes & spray gun with compressor for painting.

(xvi) PVC wires for connecting meters during testing.

(xvii) Set of tarpaulins of suitable size.

(xviii) Earth discharge rods.

The above is only a general list of tools, and measuring instruments etc., used for erection of
transformers. The capacity, sizes, etc., of each tool would depend on the type and size of
transformer.

2.3.2 The installation site shall have easy accessibility for inspection and routine
maintenance etc. Foundation for the transformer should have level floor strong enough to
support the weight, vibrations and prevent accumulation of water. The transformer
foundation should be provided with adequate oil soak pits and drains. Typical designs of
such pits are shown in Fig. 7.
236

Fig. 7

2.3.3 In case of large and costly transformers, fire protection walls may be necessary on
either side of the transformer for isolating each transformer from the rest.
2.3.4 The transformer installation position shall be such that the breather, thermometers, oil
level indicators, diagram plates, etc., can be safely examined with the transformer energized.
It should also be possible to have access to the operating mechanism of on load / off circuit
tap changing equipment, marshalling box, etc, Sampling valve, drain valve, etc., shall be at
accessible and convenient locations, if need be through construction of raised platforms.
2.3.5 For outdoor transformers where rollers are not fitted, level concrete plinth with
bearing plates of sufficient size and strength can be adopted. The plinth shall be above the
maximum flood or storm water level of the site and of the correct size to accommodate the
transformer in such a way that no unauthorized person may step on the plinth.
2.3.6 Where rollers are fitted, suitable rail tracks shall be provided and when the
transformer is in the final position, the wheels shall be locked to prevent accidental
movement of the transformer.

2.4 Unit Erection

2.4.1 Positioning of the Unit

2.4.1.1 The transformer tank containing the core and coil-assembly should be first placed in
the position selected for assembly.

2.4.1.2 In case the rollers are to be fitted, it should be ensured that the wheel shafts are well
greased and the wheels rotate freely. While fixing the rollers, the flanges should come on the
inner side of the rails. The transformer shall then be jacked up and the roller fitted to the
bottom frame. In some of the transformers, skid is provided in place of rollers.

10~15 cm

volume

237
2.4.1.3 All parts, gaskets, bushings, radiators and coolers etc., should be readily available in
good condition. The transformer oil required for filling must also be readily available.

2.4.1.4 In case special foundation bolts are supplied, these are to be used for arresting the
movement of the transformer, including anti-earthquake devices.

2.5 Oil

When oil is dispatched to site separately, it may be done in sealed steel / HDPE drums or
epicoated road tankers. At the time of filling the drums, it is ensured that the oil is filtered,
clean and dry.

2.5.1 Oil Specification

2.5.1.1 The oil as received at site for filling and topping up in the transformer must comply
with IS: 335 (latest revision) for acceptance criteria.

Specification for uninhibited mineral insulating
oil-new/unused before filling in transformer

Sl. No. Characteristics / property IS 335
1. Appearance Clear and transparent free from suspended
matter or sediments
2. Density at 29.5 C, Max. 0.89 g / cm
3

3. Kinematic viscosity at 27 C, Max
at 40 C, Max
27 cst
under consideration
4. Interfacial Tension (IFT) at 27 C, min. 0.04 N/m
5. Flash point, pensky martin (closed), min. 140 C
6. Pour point, max. - 6 C
7. Neutralization value
a. Total acidity, max. 0.03 mg kOH / g
b. Inorganic acidity/alkalinity NIL
8. Corrosive sulphur Non - Corrosive
9. Electric strength (breakdown voltage) min
a. New unfiltered oil 30 kV, rms
b. After filtration 60 kV, rms
10. Dielectric dissipation factor ( Tan )
DDF at 90 C, Max.
0.002
11. Specific resistance (resistivity)
(a) At 90 C , min. 35*10
12
-cm
(b) At 27 C , min. 1500*10
12
-cm
12. Oxidation stability
(a) Neutralization value after oxidation, max. 0.40 mg kOH / gm
(b) Total sludge after oxidation, max. 0.10 % by weight
13. Ageing characteristics after accelerated ageing
(Open breaker method with copper catalyst)

(a) Specific resistance (resistivity)
(i) At 27 C , min. 2.5*10
12
-cm
(ii) At 90 C , min. 0.2*10
12
-cm
(b) DDF at 90 C , max 0.2
(c) Total acidity, max. 0.05 mg kOH/g
(d) Total sludge value, max. 0.05 % by weight
14. Presence of oxidation inhibitor The oil shall not contain any anti-oxidants
additives
15. Water content-new unfiltered oil 50 ppm
238
2.5.1.2 At manufacturers works oil sample shall be drawn before and after heat run test and
shall be tested for the following:
Dissolved Gas Analysis: Samples for DGA, wherever specified, shall be taken from
sampling device, which is fitted to transformer tank during testing, prior to
commencement of temperature rise test and immediately after this test. The
acceptance crit eria / norms for various gas generation rates during the temperature rise
shall be as per IS: 10593 (based on IEC 60599).
Frequency Response Analysis may be carried out after routine test before
dispatch to obtain initial signature, which shall be passed on to customers for future
reference.
2.5.1.3 The oil sample from the transformer tank, after filling (new/unused) in tank before
commissioning should meet the following specifications as per IS: 1866.

Highest voltage of equipment Sl.
No.
Property
<72.5 kV 72.5 170 kV >170 kV
1. Appearance Clear, free from sediment and suspended matter
2. Density at 29.5C gm/cm
3

max
0.89 0.89 0.89
3. Viscosity at 27C-max
cSt
27 27 27
4. Flash point C min 140 140 140
5. Pour point C max -6 -6 -6
6. Neutralization value mg
kOH/gm of oil max
0.03 0.03 0.03
7. Water content (moisture
in ppm) max
20 15 10
8. Interfacial Tension (Mn/M)
min
35 35 35
9. Dielectric dissipation factor
(Tan ) at 90 C and 40-
60Hz -max
0.015 0.015 0.01
10. Resisitivity at 90 C-min
(x 10
12
ohm-cm)
6 6 6
11. Breakdown voltage (BDV)
(kV rms)-min
40 50 60
12. Oxidation stability of
uninhibited oil
(i) Neutralization value mg
kOH/gm of oil
max
(ii) Sludge percent by mass
max

0.4
0.1

0.4
0.1

0.4
0.1
13. Oxidation stability for
inhibited oil
Similar values as before filling
Notes :
1. These properties are very sensitive to storage and processing, i.e., the temperature and vacuum of filtration,
the cleanliness of the processing system including filter machine, pipes, valves, cleanliness of transformer
and its cooling system, etc., Extreme care should hence be taken in these areas to achieve the values
indicated above.
2. When unused oil has been filled in the tank then tests given against Sl. nos. 7, 9, 10 & 11 in the above table
are important. Other parameters only form base data for future comparison.
3. Used oil shall meet the BDV and moisture content requirement given in the Table whereas other parameters
may lie in between the above values and the limiting values given under cl. 2.5.1.4.

239
2.5.1.4 The recommended limits for mineral insulating oil filled in power transformers in
service (as per IS: 1866) are as follows:

Sl. No. Characteristics / property IS 1866-2000
1. Appearance Clear and transparent and without visible sediments
2. Interfacial tension (IFT) min. 0.015 N / m, min
3. Flash point Max. decrease of 15 C from initial value. However
the absolute value should not be less than
125 C
4. Neutralization value (total acidity) max. 0.3 mg kOH / g
Increase frequency of testing if more than 0.2 mg
kOH / g
5. Di-electric strength (breakdown voltage)
BDV min Above 170 kV 50 kV
72.5 KV- 170 kV -40 kV
Below 72.5 kV 30 kV
6. Dielectric dissipation factor (Tan )
DDF at 90 C and 40-60Hz, max.
Above 170 kV - 0.2 Max.

Below 170 kV - 1.0 max.
7. Specific resistance (resistivity)
(i) At 90 C, min. 0.1*10
12
-cm
(ii) At 20 C, min. 1.0 * 10
12
-cm
8. Water content, max Above 170 kV- 20 ppm max
72.5 kV - 170 kV - 40 ppm max.
Below 72.5 kV No free moisture at room
temperature
9. Sediment and sludge No sediment or precipitable sludge (below 0.02 %
by mass)

Note : Recondition/replace the oil if one or more of the above parameters are beyond the specified limits.

2.5.2 Precautions

2.5.2.1 Oil is easily contaminated. When sampling the oil and filling the tank, it is very
important to keep the oil free from contamination.

2.5.2.2 All equipment used in handling the oil must be clean and should be washed with
clean transformer oil before use. (The oil used for washing must be discarded). Particular
attention shall be paid to the cleanliness of bungs, valves and other points where the dirt or
moisture tends to collect.

2.5.2.3 Sampling and type of container for DGA, wherever specified, shall be as per IS:
9434 or IEC: 600567.

240
2.5.2.4 Flexible steel hose is recommended for handling insulation oil. Some kinds of
synthetic rubber hose are also suitable but only those known to be satisfactory should be
used. Ordinary rubber hose should not be used for this purpose as oil dissolves the sulphur
from the rubber and thereby gets contaminated. Hose used for handling oil should be clean
and free from loose rust or scale.

2.5.2.5 Transformers must always be disconnected from the electricity supply system
before the oil level in the tank is lowered.

2.5.2.6 Oil must not be emptied near naked lights heater/fire, as vapour released is
inflammable.

2.5.2.7 Minute quantities of moisture (particularly in the presence of fibres or dust) lower
the dielectric strength of the oil. Therefore, to reduce the risk of condensation of the moisture
entering the oil, containers taken into a warm room shall not be opened until the entire body
has attained the same temperature as the room temperature. It is preferable not to mix oils
from different suppliers. However, if the oil-required to be mixed meet the requirements of
IS: 335 and if these are made from the same feed stock, these can be mixed.

2.5.3 Oil Sampling

Oil takes up moisture readily and its condit ion should always be checked before use. Oil of a
muddy colour is certain to be wet. Water and water-saturated oil are both heavier than dry
oil and sink to the bottom of any container. Samples shall, therefore, be taken from the
bottom. Samples should not be taken unless the oil has been allowed to settle for 24 hours, if
from a drum or two / three days if from a large transformer.

2.5.4 Samples from Tank

Dirt from the draw-off valve or plug should be removed. To ensure that the valve is clean,
some quantity of oil should be allowed to flow into a separate container before collecting
samples for testing. Samples shall be collected either in glass bottle (refer IEC 60567) or in
stainless steel bottle. Detailed sampling procedure for steel bottle is given in Annexure-III. It
is recommended that: Oil sample for any of the major tests (BDV, PPM, Resistivity, Tan
Delta, DGA) must be taken from both top and bottom sampling valves and while drawing the
sample the corresponding top oil temperature must be furnished. The lesser of the values
obtained from the 2 samples shall be considered for decisions regarding BDV and resistivity,
while the higher values shall be reckoned for PPM, Tan Delta.

2.5.5 Sample from Oil Drum

The drum should first be allowed to stand with the bung vertically upwards for at least 24
hours. The area around the bung should be cleaned. A clean glass or brass tube long enough
to reach to within 10 mm of the lowermost part of the drum should be inserted, keeping the
uppermost end of the tube sealed with the thumb whilst doing so. Remove the thumb,
thereby allowing oil to enter the bottom of the tube. Reseal the tube and withdraw an oil

241
sample. The first two samples should be discarded. Thereafter, the samples should be
released into a suitable receptacle.

2.6 Oil Filling

2.6.1 Before filling oil in the tank, it should be tested to meet the requirements as per IS:
335 (with its latest amendments). In case the oil does not meet the requirement, it should be
processed and shall only be used when it meets the requirements.

2.6.2 For transformers dispatched gas filled, the filling of oil inside the tank is done under
vacuum. Transformers of high voltage rating (132 kV and above) have their tanks designed
to withstand full vacuum. Below 132 kV manufacturers instructions should be followed
regarding the creation of full or partial vacuum during filling the oil in the tank.

2.6.3 When filling a transformer with oil it is preferable that the oil be pumped into the
bottom of the tank and that a filter press or other reliable oil drying and cleaning device
should be interposed between the pump and the tank.

2.6.4 Some radiators may be suitable only for partial vacuum. No higher vacuum than as
could be withstood by radiators should be applied to such radiators type tanks even if the
radiator valves are closed. It should also be ensured that the bushings, tap changer board,
relief vent diaphragm, Buchholtz relay, conservator, etc. are not subjected to full vacuum as
these may not designed for the same. (Specific guidelines from manufacturer may be
followed)

Note : Now a days pressed steel radiators, bushings condenser as well as porcelain, buchholz relay, conservator
etc. are designed for full vacuum and are readily available.

2.6.5 In case the transformer is provided with an on load tap changer of in-tank type, while
evacuating the main transformer tank, the diverter switch compartment must also be
evacuated simultaneously so that no undue pressure is allowed on the tap changer chamber.
While releasing vacuum, the tap chamber vacuum should also be released simultaneously.
For this one pressure equalizer pipe should be connected between main tank and tap changer.

2.7 Drying of Transformers

Before the drying out is started all fittings except coolers and associated accessories shall be
fitted. The coolers, etc., can be conveniently fitted after the successful dry-out of windings
and insulation.

The process of drying out a transformer is one requiring care and good judgement. If the
drying out process is carelessly or improperly performed, great damage may result to the
transformer insulation through overheating etc.

In no case shall a transformer be left unattended during any part of the dry-out period.
Transformer should be carefully watched throughout the dry out process and also
observations shall be carefully recorded.
242
When the transformer is dried out it is necessary to ensure that the fire fighting equipment is
available near the transformer.

The dry out of transformer is necessary in the following cases:

(a) On first commissioning
(b) After prolonged storage at site without nitrogen
(c) After detection of free moisture/ high moisture content in oil
(d) Due to exposure of core and coil assembly for 48 hours or more in case of inspection
at site
Various methods can be adopted for drying out a transformer depending upon the facilities
available at site. Some of them are described below:

2.7.1 Drying out a Transformer using Filter Machine

2.7.1.1 The most practical method of drying out is by circulation of hot oil through a high
vacuum filter machine incorporating oil heater and vacuum chamber (or other oil cleaning
and moisture removing device). The vacuum pump of the filter machine should have the
capacity of creating vacuum as high as possible but not less than 710 mm of mercury. Where
possible, a vacuum pump can be connected to the tank top cover to keep the oil in tank under
vacuum consistent with tank suitability. This may speed up the drying out process. It is
preferable to lag or blanket the transformer tank to prevent loss of heat. Oil is drawn from
the bottom and let into the transformer at the top. This will remove any settled moisture/
impurities. After about 8-12 hours circulation in this manner, the cycle is reversed and oil is
drawn from the top and fed at the bottom.

2.7.1.2 The oil temperature as measured by the oil temperature indicator should be of the
order of 55C. It should be seen that the oil temperature at the filter machine in no case
exceeds 65C. The circulation is continued till the insulation resistance and oil samples tests
are satisfactory.

2.7.1.3 Plot IR values taken at regular intervals against temperature readings. It will be
observed that in the beginning IR values drop down as the temperature goes up. The IR
values will be low till moisture is coming out of the insulation and start rising before
steadying. A typical dry out curve is shown in Fig. 8.


243

Fig. 8 Typical dry-out curve

2.7.1.4 The heat can also be provided by short circuit heating method as mentioned as clause
2.7.3.

2.7.2 Hot Air Circulation

2.7.2.1 Hot air from external heaters is blown into the transformer after draining the oil,
through an opening in the bottom of the tank and is allowed to escape through an opening in
the tank top cover (Fig. 9). The speed of the air must not exceed 600 m per minute. The
temperature of the air is raised gradually to 55C in the first 8 hours, 65C in the second
8 hours, and 75C-80C in the third 8 hours. In this method also, hourly readings of
temperature and insulation resistances are taken till steady values are obtained.

Fig. 9
244
2.7.3 Short Circuit Heating

2.7.3.1 The transformer can also be heated up by short -circuiting the low voltage winding
and supplying at the high voltage terminals a reduced voltage. The supply voltage should be
maintained in such a way that the current in the windings does not exceed 70 per cent of
normal full load current and the oil temperature about 75C. In this case, temperature of oil
should be measured at the bottom of the tank also. Constant watch is to be kept to ensure
that the temperature limits are not exceeded. The temperature of the windings which can be
measured by the following formula should in no case exceed 90C :

T
2
= R
2
/ R
1
(235+T
1
)-235
where, T
2
= Final average temperature of copper
T
1
= Initial average temperature of the copper
R
2
= Final resistance of the windings.
R
1
= Initial resistance of the windings.

This method should be used in conjunction with streamline filter as described in clause 2.7.1.

2.7.4 Drying by Vacuum Pulling, N
2
Filling and Heating

2.7.4.1 This is the most effective method and the quickest too but cannot be applied in case
of transformers not designed for withstanding the vacuum pressure. The vacuum should be
drawn from the top of the tank connecting suitable pump to any valve fitted at the top of the
tank. Vacuum is applied after draining the oil. The transformer core and coil are heated
externally by the use of heater. Temperature at the tank wall to be of the order of 60-70 C.
Another method of heating active part is to do hot oil circulation for 2-3 volumes and then
drain oil immediately.

2.7.4.2 The leakage rate has to be less than 40mbar-lit/sec- so as to get better vacuum during
the drying out process. After ascertaining that there is no leakage in the transformer from
gaskets/ valves etc., pull out vacuum and keep the transformer under near absolute vacuum
(1 torr or less) for about 96 hours running the vacuum pump continuously. The duration of
vacuum can vary between 48 to 96 hrs. depending upon the dew point being achieved. Keep
Vacuum machine ON and collect condensate for measurement.
2.7.4.3 Then the vacuum is broken with dry nitrogen. The dew point of the inlet of nitrogen
is to be measured and will be of the order of - 50 C or below. When the nitrogen comes to
the positive pressure of 0.15 kg/cm
2
, it is stopped and kept for 48 hours. Then the nitrogen
pressure is released and the outlet nitrogen dew point is measured. If the dew point is about -
30 C or below then the dryness of transformer is achieved. If not again the transformer is
taken for vacuum treatment and then nitrogen is admitted as mentioned above and tested.
The cycle to be continued till dew point of -30C or below is achieved.
2.7.4.4 Duration of vacuum cycle may vary between 48-96 hrs. Initially one or two nitrogen
cycles may be kept for 24 hrs. After that it may be kept for 48 hrs depending upon dew point
being achieved.
2.7.4.5 When condensate collection rate is less than 40 ml/ hr for 24 hrs and Dew point of
Nitrogen is about 30 C at outlet.

245
2.7.4.6 After completion of the drying of the transformer the following parameters are to be
checked.
(a) PI (Ratio of R
600
and R
60
) may be 1.5 or more
(b) BDV and moisture content of the oil is as per clause 2.5.6.1 (IS 1866).
(c) Power factor of winding Less than 0.75%.
2.8 Circulation of Oil in Coolers and Tap Changers
2.8.1 Coolers and tap changers are filled with clean dry oil. Oil samples are taken out from
them and tested. Further circulation of oil is carried out till the oil results are satisfactory and
meet the requirements as per IS 1866. It is advisable to carry out the circulation in the main
tank and selector switch/ diverter switch tank simultaneously to remove moisture from the
tap changer terminal board/diverter switch cylinder provided on the tank.
2.9 Important Fittings and Accessories
2.9.1 Gaskets
2.9.1.1 Whenever blanking plates are removed to fix detached parts such as bushing turrets,
etc., a new gasket shall be used while fixing the same. A set of new unused gaskets of correct
size and thickness is supplied with every transformer for this purpose.
2.9.1.2 Gaskets shall be stored in hermetically sealed containers in a cool place. They must
be protected from damp, oil and grease.
2.9.1.3 To make a gasketed joint, first clean the metal surfaces ensuring that they are free
from oil, rust scale, etc. Then a film of the special gasket adhesive if supplied by the
manufacturer may be applied to one of the surfaces. The gasket may be then stuck to the
surface after the lapse of a few minutes. The other metal surface may also be given a film of
adhesive and placed over the gasket. Both may then be tightened according to the special
instructions of the manufacturers. Some type of gasketed joints is shown in Fig. 10.
(a) Metal Fit Type: In this case the flanges are tightened uniformly till the two metals
touch each other.
(b) Ordinary Type: In this case the gasket should be uniformly compressed such that its
thickness comes down to above 60 per cent of its original thickness.
(c) Distance Piece Type: In this system the flanges are tightened uniformly till the upper
flange touches the metal piece welded to the lower flange.
Joints in gaskets should be scarfed or dove tailed as shown in Fig. 11.
2.9.2 Bushings
2.9.2.1 Normally three types of bushings are used:
(i) Plain porcelain type
(ii) Plain oil filled
(iii) Condenser type
Plain porcelain type bushings are used up to rated voltage 36 kV.
246
Plain oil-filled type bushings can either have its oil in communication with the main tank
or separately sealed. These bushings will be bulkier in appearance and used up to 110
kV.

2.9.2.2 Condenser type bushings are also of three categories, one is the SRBP type, resin
impregnated paper type (RIP) and the other is the oil impregnated paper condenser (OIP)
type. The last one is distinguishable by the presence of porcelain shell below the flange level.

2.9.2.3 The bushings shall be checked for any damage at the oil end as well as the porcelain
before fixing and shall be cleaned thoroughly. The bushings shall be lifted by using the
lifting eyes and soft manila ropes. Steel Wire ropes or slings shall not be used (Fig. 12). The
line lead of H.V. winding if coiled inside the transformer is drawn through the
Fig. 10
Fig. 11

247
bushing using a string when the bushing is lowered into position. The cable ferrule is fixed in
position at the top of the bushing brass tube. The lower end of the bushing shall be
inspected through the inspection cover for proper sealing. The line connection should
be tight and should not strain the terminals. Sufficient flexibility in the connection leads
should also be provided to avoid mechanical stress on the bushing. The shield barriers, if any
shall be inspected through the inspection cover for proper seating. The line connection
should be tight and should not strain the terminals. The arcing horns, if any, shall be in
proper position as shown by the supplier in general arrangement drawing.

Fig. 12
248
2.9.3 Tap Changers

2.9.3.1 Change over switch or link arrangement provided in a multi-ratio transformer has to
be checked for proper ratio.

2.9.3.2 Off-Circuit Tap Changer: The off-circuit tap changer forms an integral part of the
transformer. Since the operation is to be carried out from outside, the operating handle may
at times be dispatched separately. This has to be fitted as per manufacturers instructions.
Care has to be taken to have correct alignment of the handle. The actual position of tap
changer is confirmed when the ratio tests are done.

Before changing taps, isolate the transformer from supply on all windings. In no case should
the tap switch handle be left half way and unlocked to prevent damage due to inadvertent
operation.

2.9.3.3 On-Load Tap Changers: If the tap changer is dispatched separately from works, it is
to be fitted on the tank. Before mounting on the tank, the insulation resistance value of each
tap changer lead to earth should be measured and in case of low value, the cause should be
investigated. The leads from the tap changer are then connected to their respective position
on the terminal board provided on the tank. The tightness of all connections on the selector
switch and terminal board is to be ensured.

The tap changer is then to be filled with clean oil and drying out is to be carried out. Oil
filling and drying out is carried out simultaneously along with the transformer as explained
earlier.

2.9.4 Cooling Equipments

2.9.4.1 The cooling equipments and associated pipe work and fittings are to be thoroughly
cleaned and flushed with clean dry transformer oil before assembly. The pressure gauge,
differential pressure gauges, etc., if any are fitted in position. The cooler and associated pipe
work is then filled with clean dry oil keeping all the cooler circuit open, except the
transformer inlet and outlet valves. Air is released from all the pipe work during filling. The
oil is circulated through a filter press using the filter valves provided in the cooler inlet and
outlet branches.

The cooler control circuit is to be checked for correct operation in all positions of the selector
switch. Test push buttons are provided for checking of the working of motors individually.
The cooler system is then connected to the main tank by opening the tank inlet and outlet
valves.

2.9.4.2 Cooling Fans: Cooling fans are mounted as per manufacturers instructions. The fans
are tested for insulation value and normal running before they are mounted.


249
2.9.4.3 SEPARATE COOLERS

(i) Forced Oil Cooled Transformers

In the case of forced oil cooled transformer, oil pumps are provided for circulating the oil.
The pumps are dispatched separately after blanking both suction and delivery sides. The
pump is connected at the proper position as per the general arrangement drawing. New
gaskets should be used at the joints and the bolts tightened. The pipe work at the pump
connection is done as per the matching marks on the flanges to avoid undue stress on the
flanges of the pump when the bolts are tightened. In some pumps an air release plug is
provided on the body. This plug should be checked for tightness.

Oil flow meters are provided on the pipeline connecting the pump. The flow meter being a
delicate instrument is packed separately and sent. The flow meter should be taken out
carefully and mounted on the flange provided on the pipe connection. The mounting position
should be as per the outline general arrangement drawing.

In large transformers the radiators are sometimes separately mounted. In such cases there
will be a header each at top and bottom, which are supported on frames. Flanges are provided
on these headers for fixing the radiators. Radiator valves are fitted to the headers and
dispatched. The end frames are to be erected first. The frames should be positioned
correctly with respect to the transformer. The distances between center lines of transformer
and cooler should be strictly as per the general arrangement drawings as otherwise the
connecting pipe work will not match. After erecting the end frames the top and bottom
headers are mounted. The headers will have to be properly leveled so that the connecting
pipe work can be easily fixed. Then radiators are fixed.

If the conservator is to be provided on the cooler the same may be mounted on it and all
fittings for the same attached.

The interconnecting pipe work may be done taking care to connect correct pieces at the
correct location. Usually expansion joints are provided in the pipeline connecting the
transformer tank to the cooler. Special care should be taken to see that these are installed
correctly.

(ii) Forced Water Cooled Transformers

In the case of forced water-cooled transformers the oil to water shell tube heat exchangers
are dispatched separately and properly blanked. On receipt at site, it shall be checked
whether blanking is all right. If the blanking is found to be defective, the matter has to be
referred to the manufacturer. In such a case, moisture/rain water might have entered the heat
exchanger oil circuit and there might be rusting. It may be necessary to take out the different
parts of heat exchangers separately and clean them thoroughly and put them back.

250
The brackets for mounting the heat exchanger may be attached to the transformer first taking
care of the matching marks. The heat exchanger may then be mounted on the support in the
correct position after referring to the general arrangement drawing.

The oil pump, oil flow meter and the connecting pipes may be fixed after this, in the correct
position. In the water circuit the necessary water pipes may be connected. It is also to be
made sure that on the outlet side water is allowed to discharge freely without any
obstructions. Usually a water flow meter is placed on the outlet pipe to indicate that there is
a positive water flow. It is to be made sure that there is no restriction in the water outlet pipe
as any obstruction in this pipe will increase the pressure in the water circuit and may result in
the water pressure exceeding the oil pressure and creating leakage of water into oil circuit,
which is detrimental to the transformer.

The heat exchanger oil circuit is sealed from the water circuit with special seals and the
circuit is pressure tested at the suppliers works to make it absolutely sure that there is no
leakage. The sealing should not be tempered in any manner, as it is detrimental to the
transformer. If there is any doubt about this sealing, the matter should be intimated to the
manufacturer.

2.9.5 Conservator

2.9.5.1 Conservator, where fitted, should be assembled with its pipe work, etc., making sure
that all gasketed joints are oil-tight and the pipe work is clean and free from moisture. The
mechanism of the float type oil gauge inside the conservator might be locked to prevent
damage during transit. After placing the conservator in position, it should be released by
turning the locking belt in the direction indicated on the plate.

2.9.5.2 While topping up oil in the transformer, it should be ensured that oil is filled to a
level indicated by the oil gauge on the conservator in commensurate with the filling oil
temperature.


251
2.9.5.3 Procedure for mounting air cell and oil filling inside the conservator.

Oil conservator with air cell

Fig. 13 General arrangement for oil conservator

Set up the air cell inside the conservator. Care should be taken to see that the hooks on
air cell are properly engaged in the brackets provided in side the conservator.
Inflate the air cell at a pressure as shown in the instruction plate (DO NOT APPLY
EXCESS PRESSURE AS IT MAY DAMAGE THE AIR CELL) through the breather
connection pipe. Follow the instructions given in the Instruction Plate fixed on the
transformer.
Ensure that there is no leakage.
The conservator with Air Cell is pressure tested and dispatched from the factory at a
slightly positive pressure. Confirm that there is no oil leakage.
Fix three numbers air release valves on the conservator.
Keep air release valves open. Fix air filling adapter on breather pipe and inflate the air
cell at an air pressure indicated on the INSTRUCTION PLATE affixed on the
transformer and hold air pressure.
Open the air release valves and start oil filling from the bottom filter valve of the
transformer.
252
Observe the air release valves and as soon as oil starts overflowing, close the air
release valves one by one. Stop oil filling when all air release valves are closed.
Remove the air-filling adapter.
Continue oil filling and observe the Magnetic Oil Level Gauge (MOG)
Stop the filling when the needle of MOG shows the level corresponding to the
ambient temperature at the time of filling.
Fix silica gel breather.

Caution:
Do not open any of the air release valves after completion of oil filling. If air release
valve is opened, air will enter and oil level will drop.
The plain oil level gauge on the end cover of the conservator should indicate full oil
level always. If air enters the conservator, it can be seen by a fall in the oil level in
plain oil level gauge.
The plain oil level gauge should be monitored on regular basis.

2.9.6 Buchholtz Relay

2.9.6.1 The Buchholtz is checked for correct functioning of the mercury switches by
injecting air through the test petcock when full of oil. When mounting on the pipe work, the
correct direction is maintained with the help of arrow provided. The angle of inclination is
also to be checked and should be between 3 to 7. The gas release pipe, if provided is to be
connected to the top petcock. In service the top petcock should be open and gas release pipe
should be full of oil. When the gas is to be collected through the gas release pipe, initially
the oil will flow out and then the gas can be collected.

2.9.7 Dehydrating Breather

2.9.7.1 The breather pipe work shall be properly cleaned. The oil level in the oil seal at the
bottom should be filled to the correct level with transformer oil. Any oil that might have
over flown should be wiped off. It is to be ensured that the breathing hole at the bottom of
the seal is not blocked by dirt, etc. and silica gel to be filled into the breather is dry.

2.9.8 Pressure Relief Device (PRD)/ Explosion Vent

2.9.8.1 PRD: Mount PRD as per manufacturers leaflet and also the G.A. drawing of
transformer. Check operation of alarm/ trip contacts.

2.9.8.2 Explosion Vent: The temporary cover, which is provided over the explosion vent
flange on the tank cover, should be removed and the explosion vent fitted with suitable
gaskets. Care being taken to ensure that the top diaphragm with its gaskets makes an air-
tight joint. As the top diaphragm is sent blanked from works, the blanking plate shall not be

253
removed till the oil level inside the transformer comes above the tank cover. The fixing can
be done after vacuum application.

2.9.9 Temperature Indicators

2.9.9.1 Before installing, the accuracy of the instrument shall be checked by hot oil or water
bath. The switches are adjusted to make contact at the desired temperature depending upon
the site conditions, i.e., ambient temperature, loading conditions, etc. The check is done
through hot oil bath.

2.9.9.2 The capillary tube is protected adequately to withstand all normal handling. It should
not, however, be bent sharply or repeatedly and should be supported by clips to prevent
sagging. On no account it must be cut.

2.9.9.3 The thermometer pocket should be filled with transformer oil

2.9.9.4 The connection of the winding temperature indicator C.T. is made to the thermometer
pocket as per instructions given on the WTI Terminal Board.

2.9.10 Bushing Current Transformers

2.9.10.1 It is not advisable to remove the bushing CTs unless situation warrants for the same.
In such cases great care shall be taken in handling current transformers. Current transformer
should be kept flat at all time. If it is not handled properly, it will deform in shape resulting
in an increase in excitation current. All C.T. Secondary terminals should be short circuited
or loaded before energizing the transformer. This will prevent excessive voltage developing
across. C.T. secondary, which can damage the C.T and be a hazard if touched.

2.11 Completion of Erection Work

Final topping up is now done up to a level in conservator commensurate with filled oil
temperature. Any other work such as wiring of various alarm/trip contacts, fan motors, pump
motors and other apparatus, earthing of neutral and tank is als o to be completed. The
interposing valves between the radiators and the tank are opened. Tank surface is retouched
with paint wherever required and transformer is made ready for the commissioning tests.

3.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

If the foregoing instructions have been carefully followed, the transformer can now be safely
put into service after pre-commissioning tests.

3.1 Tests

The following pre-commissioning tests shall be carried out.

254
3.1.1 Checking of Ratio, Polarity and Phase Relationship

3.1.1.1 The ratio shall be checked on all taps and between all the windings and the results
should tally with the manufacturers factory test results. Preferably Transformer Turns Ratio
Meter (TTR) should be used. In case of OLTC, continuity during tap change is to be
ensured. This is best done by applying single phase voltage on each HV winding in turn and
observing variations of LV voltage at the instance of diverter operation by using analogue
voltmeter. Break will be indicated by any major deflection of the analogue meter towards
zero.

3.1.1.2 Polarity and interphase connections shall also be checked

3.1.2 Resistance Measurement of Windings

3.1.2.1 Kelvin Bridge meter or automatic winding resistance measurement kit (ohm meter,
preferably 25 A kit) should be used for the measurement of resistance. Tapped winding
resistance shall be measured at all tap positions. Pre-commissioning values are to be
compared with factory values after applying temperature correction factors.

3.1.3 Insulation Resistance

3.1.3.1 IR values between windings and between windings to earth are checked; while
checking these values no external lines, lightning arrestors, etc., should be in circuit.
Bushings are thoroughly cleaned before taking IR values. A 5000 / 2500 /1000 volts megger
preferably motor operated should be used for measuring IR values. One minute and 10
minute IR values can be taken to find out the polarization index also. (PI = R
600
/R
60
) Care
should be taken that the lead wires of the megger do not have joints.

Note : Now-a-days digital meters are also available in the market which can read Polarisation Index (PI) directly
and compensate for magnetic interference.

3.1.4 Magnetizing Current

3.1.4.1 Magnetising current may be measured using single-phase 230 volts supply for each
phase individually and compare the results with manufacturers factory test results. If the test
results at the factory are available with 3 phase supply then magnetizing current at site may
also be measured using 3 phase 415 volts supply.

Note : Measurement of magnetizing current is a standard feature available in most of the available Automatic C &
Tan Delta Test kits.

3.1.5 C and Tan Delta / Power Factor Measurement of Transformer Windings and
Bushings

(a) For Transformer windings, measurements shall be done after opening the jumpers and
isolating the transformer from other equipment and the ground.


255
(b) The test kit should be suitable to work in charged switchyard environment i.e.
induction suppression unit should be provided.

(c) Test modes shall be selected as below :
Bushings
UST mode between HV and test tap.
Windings
(i) Between two windings UST mode
(ii) Between winding to Earth-GSTg mode with other winding (s) guarded.

Notes
While carrying out the test, all 3 phases of the same winding are to be shorted to compensate/nullify the effect
of winding reactance.
The bushing porcelain and test tap are to be properly cleaned before the commencement of test.
Pre-commissioning values are to be compared with factory values after applying temperature correction
factors.
Tan Delta/ Power Factor values should be more frequently monitored if faster deterioration trend is observed.

Apart from above, the following measurements could also be considered during pre-
commissioning depending upon the availability of suitable instrument for EHV class
transformers:
Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) - measures mechanical movement of windings and core
during transit or in operation.
Recovery Voltage Measurement (RVM) - directly measures moisture content in solid
insulation.
Partial Discharge (PD) measurement detects and locates partial discharges with-in
transformers.

3.1.6 Tap Changer

3.1.6.1 The sequence of operation of the tap changers shall be checked. Check should be
made for :
(a) Manual Operation.
(b) Local Electrical Operation.
(c) Remote Electrical Operation.
(d) Group Operation, if applicable.

256
3.1.7 Buchholtz Relay Test

3.1.7.1 Check whether the Buchholtz relay is mounted at an angle by placing a spirit level on
the top of the relay. Confirm that the relay does not operate when pumps are switched on in
forced oil cooled transformers. Buchholtz relay operation for alarm and trip are checked by
injecting air through the test petcock (For transformers with ATMOSEAL conservators relay
may be tested either by putting in test position or by draining oil from relay after closing
valves from either sides).

3.1.8 Magnetic Oil Level Gauge

3.1.8.1 The float level of the oil level indicator is moved up and down between the end
positions to check that the mechanis m does not stick at any point. The low oil level alarm of
the oil gauge shall be checked. This can only be checked before installation.


3.1.9.1 The contacts of WTI and OTI for alarm and trip are checked and set at required
temperatures depending upon ambient temperatures and loading conditions.

3.1.10 Fans and Pumps

3.1.10.1 It shall be checked that the specified number of fans are mounted on radiators as per
general arrangement drawing. IR values and settings for operation of fan motors and oil
pumps are checked. Check also that the direction of rotation of fans and pumps is correct.

3.1.11 Marshalling Box

3.1.11.1 The wiring from various accessories to marshalling box shall be checked.

3.1.12 Oil

3.1.12.1 Oil samples from top and bottom of main tank are tested as per IS: 1866 (table given
in clause 2.5.1.3). DGA tests are to be done to obtain benchmark before charging, one month
after charging, three months after charging, and thereafter every year.

3.1.12.2 Oil of diverter switch should be checked for BDV at the time of commissioning and
subsequently yearly or 5000 operations, whichever is earlier.

3.1.13 General Checks
(a) All oil valves are in correct positions, closed or opened as required.
(b) All air pockets are cleared.
(c) Thermometer pockets are filled with oil.

257
(d) Oil is at correct level in the bushings, conservator, diverter switch and tank etc.
(e) Earthing connections are done.
(f) The colour of silica gel and oil in the breather cup.
(g) Arcing horn gaps on bushings (where provided) are properly adjusted.
(h) Heaters in cubicles, conservator, etc., where provided should be checked.
(i) To check alarm/trip contacts of all accessories, instruments flow meters, differential
pressure gauges etc.
(j) In the case of water cooled transformers, the pressure gauge readings on both water
and oil sides to confirm that the water pressure is less than the oil pressure. The oil
and water flow should not be less than that specified.

If all the above tests/ checks are found satisfactory, allow a settling time of at least
24 hours for oil and release air from all venting points. Now the transformer can be energized
after setting the protective relays to the minimum extent possible. Wherever possible, the
voltage should be built up in steps. Any abnormality during commissioning such as vibration
of radiator parts, hum etc., should be observed. After a few hours of energisation at no load,
the transformer shall be switched off. The Buchholtz relay should be checked for collection
of air/ gas. Abnormalities noticed should be corrected. All protective relays should be reset
to normal values. Transformer can now be re-energized and loaded gradually.

After commissioning, the following details should be furnished to the manufacturer:
(i) Details of transformer including its serial number.
(ii) Date of commissioning, with test results.
(iii) Substation/generating station where commissioned.
(iv) Protection given to the transformer such as lightning arrestor, differential protection,
circuit breaker on H.V/L.V etc.
(v) Loading details with complete temperature log.

4.0 MAINTENANCE

4.1 General

4.1.1 If a transformer is to give long and trouble-free service it should receive a reasonable
amount of attention and maintenance. Following are the causes of breakdown of
transformers:
(i) Faulty design and construction.
(ii) Incorrect erection, operation and maintenance.
258
(iii) Wear and tear, ageing and other deterioration.
(iv) Accidents.

4.1.2 A rigid system of inspection and preventive maintenance ensures long life, trouble
free service and low maintenance cost. Maintenance consists of regular inspection, testing
and reconditioning where necessary.

4.1.3 Records must be kept giving details of any unusual occurrence and also if any test
results taken.

4.1.4 The principal objective of maintenance is to maintain the insulation in good condition.
Moisture, dirt and excessive heat are the main causes of insulation deterioration and
avoidance of these will in general keep the insulation in good condition.

4.1.5 No work should be done on any transformer unless it is disconnected and isolated
from all external / energized circuits, and all windings have been solidly earthed.

4.2 Factors Affecting the Life of a Transformer

4.2.1 Transformer oil readily absorbs moisture from the air. This reduces the dielectric
strength of the oil. It is also reduced by solid impurities present in the oil. Care should be
taken that moisture does not penetrate inside the transformer.

4.2.2 Much of the mechanical strength of paper and pressboard comes from the long chain
cellulose polymer. Although temperature is a major factor, Oxygen and water clearly have a
significant effect on the degradation of cellulosic material (Kraft paper). It is seen that
moisture is formed in serviceaged transformers due to thermal ageing, which results in
lower degree of polymerization (DP) indicating weakening of mechanical strength of paper.

4.3 Maintenance Procedure

The maintenance procedure listed in subsequent clauses is to be attended to at the intervals of
time noted against each item in Annexure I.

4.3.1 Oil

4.3.1.1 For maintenance of oil reference may be made to IS 1866: Code of Practice for
Electrical Maintenance and Supervision of Mineral Insulating Oil in Equipment which gives
recommendations in detail for the maintenance of insulation oil. A few short notes on the
subject are given below:

The oil level should be checked at frequent intervals and any excessive leakage of oil
investigated. There may be slight loss of oil by evaporation; this need cause no concern if the
tank is topped up at regular intervals.


259
All leaks should be repaired as quickly as possible so as to avoid possible trouble caused by
low oil level.

Oil for topping up should comply with IS 335: New insulating oils and should preferably be
from the same source as the original oil because the oil refined from different crudes may not
be completely miscible and may separate into layers. Furthermore, there may be a greater
tendency to form acidity or sludge in a mixture than in oil from a single source of supply.
Used oil shall not be mixed. New oil may be added as make up only, not exceeding about 10
per cent.

Samples of the oil should be taken at regular intervals preferably yearly and tested for DGA
and oil parameters.

It may be mentioned that the dielectric strength does not give a true indication of the
deteriorated condition of the oil. Even oil, which is highly deteriorated, may give a high
dielectric strength, if dry. Normal methods of oil purification only maintain the dielectric
strength, but do not improve the deteriorated condition of the oil. It is, therefore, advisable
not to rely solely on the dielectric strength of the oil by periodic tests. In addition to
chemical tests other tests as given in Clause 2.5.1.4 should also be carried out. If the
dielectric strength is below, the recommended limit, the oil should be reconditioned by
passing it through either a centrifugal separator or a filter. After reconditioning, the
breakdown voltage should be more than 50 kV r.m.s. across a standard gap (2.5+0.05 mm
apart) and other parameters to be tested as per clause 2.5.1.4 (IS 1866).

Other Oil parameters play important role for healthy operation of the transformer. In case
any of the parameters like resistivity , IFT reaches the limiting value given in clause 2.5.1.4
(IS 1866), oil should be monitored more frequently and in case the values continue to
deteriorate, a decision regarding change of oil is required to be taken.

It may be noted that reconditioning by vacuum filtration only improves BDV, moisture
content and remo ves dust, dirt suspended material etc. from oil. This process does not
improve any other parameters of oil and will tend to retard the process of deterioration of oil.
Other methods may have to be followed to improve resistivity, acidity etc. In such a case it is
better to change the oil and the old oil may be sent to an oil refinery for reclaiming it.

4.3.2 Rollers

4.3.2.1 After a transformer has been in service for a long period, rollers should be examined
carefully. They should be greased and rotated to see that they turn freely. Rollers should also
be inspected for overheating when moved on tracks, during initial erection.

4.3.3 Transformer Body

4.3.3.1 The transformer tank and other parts should be inspected periodically for any rust or
and oil leak. Rusted portions, if any, should be cleaned thoroughly and repainted with proper
paints. Transformer should be completely painted at proper intervals. If any leak is found, it
260
should be investigated. If it is due to defective welding, the same should be rectified after
consulting the manufacturer. Leaking joints can be rectified by tightening the bolts to the
correct pressure or by replacing the gaskets.

4.3.4 Core and Winding

4.3.4.1 It is recommended that the core and winding be removed from the tank for visual
inspection as per time schedule given in inspection table. The windings should be examined
to ensure that no sludge has been deposited blocking the oil ducts. Any loose nuts and bolts
should be tightened.

4.3.4.2 Before lifting the core and winding from the tank, it is usually necessary to
disconnect the windings from the bushings or cable boxes inside the tank to disconnect the
off-circuit tap switch handle or leads of the on-load tap changer and to remove any earthing
strips between the core clamps and the tank.

4.3.4.3 The core and winding must be removed with great care. It should be placed under
cover and in a dry place.

4.3.5 Bushings

4.3.5.1 The bushings should be inspected for any cracks or chippings of the porcelain at
regular intervals and kept free from dust and dirt. In location where special and abnormal
conditions prevail, such as sand storm, salt deposits, cement dust, oil fumes etc., bushings
should be cleaned at more frequent intervals.

4.3.5.2 Oil level in oil filled bushings should be checked periodically.

4.3.6 Cable Boxes

4.3.6.1 The sealing arrangements for filling holes should be checked each year. When
screwed plugs are sealed with a bituminous compound, the compound should be examined
for cracks. If the compound has cracked it should be replaced as the cracks may lead to an
accumulation of water around the plug. Gasketed joints should be examined and tightened
whenever required.

4.3.7 External Connections

4.3.7.1 All external connections should be tight. If they appear to be blackened or corroded,
the same can be cleaned or should be replaced, if required.

4.3.8 Conservator and Magnetic Oil Gauge
4.3.8.1 Conservators are so arranged that the lower part acts as a sump in which any
impurities entering the conservator will collect. A valve/plug is fitted at the lowest point of
the conservator for draining and sampling. The inside of the conservator should be cleaned
every two to three years. A removable end is generally provided for this purpose.

261
4.3.8.2 The oil level indicator should be kept clean. Generally the oil level is visible through
a transparent material. In case of breakage immediate replacement is essential. When
conservator is stripped for cleaning, the mechanism of the oil gauge should be cleaned.
4.3.9 Dehydrating Breather
4.3.9.1 Breathers should be examined to ascertain if the silicagel requires changing.
The frequency of inspection depends upon local climatic and operating conditions.
More frequent inspections are needed when the climate is humid and when the transformer
is subjected to fluctuating loads. So long as the silicagel is in active stage its colour
is blue but as it becomes saturated with moisture its colour gradually changes to pale pink.
The gel should then be replaced or reactivated. The saturated gel can be regenerated by
heating up to 110-130
0
C for 8 to 10 hours or 150-200
0
C for two to three hours and can be
used again.

4.3.9.2 The level in the oil seal must be maintained at the level marked in the cup.
4.3.10 Buchholtz Relay
4.3.10.1 Routine operation and mechanical inspection tests should be carried out at one and
two yearly intervals respectively.
4.3.10.2 During operation if gas is found to be collecting and giving alarm, the gas should be
tested and analysed to find out the nature of fault. Sometimes, it may be noticed that the gas
collected is only air. The reasons for this may be that trapped air if any is getting released or
due to leakage of the suction side of the pumps. The trapped air is released in initial stages
only when vacuum is applied during filling of oil. The internal faults can be identified to a
great extent by chemical analysis of collected gas.
4.3.10.3 Buchholtz relay may also give alarm/trip signal due to the oil level falling below the
required level.

4.3.11 Explosion Vent

4.3.11.1 The diaphragm, which is fitted at the open end of the vent should be inspected at
frequent intervals and replaced, if damaged. Failure to replace the diaphragm quickly may
allow the ingress of moisture which will contaminate the oil. If the diaphragm has broken
because of a fault in the transformer an inspection must be carried out to determine the nature
and cause of the fault.

4.3.12 Gaskets

4.3.12.1 Gaskets sometimes shrink during service. It is, therefore, necessary to check the
tightness of all bolts fastening gasketed joints. The bolts should be tightened evenly round
the joints to avoid uneven pressure. Leaking gaskets should be replaced as soon as the
circumstances permit.

262
4.3.13 Small Pipe Work

4.3.13.1 The pipe work should be inspected at least once a year. Leaks may be due to slack
unions, which should be tightened, or to badly seated joints requiring the pipes to be aligned
and joints remade.


4.3.14.1 At each yearly maintenance inspection, the level of oil in the pockets holding
thermometer bulbs should be checked and the oil replenished, if required. The capillary
tubing should be fastened down again if it has become loose. Dial glasses should be kept
clear and if broken, replaced as soon as possible to prevent damage to the instrument.
Temperature indicators should be calibrated with standard thermometer immersed in hot oil
bath if found to be reading incorrectly.

4.3.15 Coolers and Cooling Fans

4.3.15.1 There are variety of coolers. For radiator type coolers, maintenance primarily
consists of replacing damaged elements, cleaning the outer surface to remove settled dust,
repainting etc.

4.3.15.2 Fan blades are cleaned to remove dust; bearings of the fan motors should be
lubricated occasionally. Greases should not be added while the motor is running. For other
coolers, manufacturers instructions should be followed.

4.3.16 On-load Tap Changer

4.3.16.1 Since all on-load tap changers are not of the same design and construction, special
instructions of manufacturers should be followed. However, a few points are enumerated.

(a) Diverter Switch: The maintenance primarily consists of servicing of diverter switch
contacts, checking the oil level in the diverter switch chamber, and replacement of
diverter switch oil when the same becomes unsuitable for further service.
(b) Motor Driving Mechanism
(i) Do not allow dirt to accumulate between contact rings of notching controller.
(ii) Do not use oil/grease on contacts rings on notching controller.
(iii) Check the operation of anti-condensation heater.
(iv) If the contacts of contactors are silver faced, no touching up be ever done, if
any is worn out, it should be replaced. Copper contacts may be lightly touched
up with a file when they become rough. The pole faces of electromagnet must
be kept clean.

263
(v) Do not oil/grease the contact surface of radial multi-contact switches, unless a
special contact lubricant is used. The space between the rings should be cleaned
occasionally. If necessary, a few drops of Benzene be used.
(c) Selector Switch: The contacts do not make/break current. As such, the wear is only
due to mechanical movement of moving contacts. These may be inspected once in 2/3
years.

4.3.17 Spares

4.3.17.1 It is a healthy practice to have essential spares like one number of each type of
bushings, one thermometer, one cooling fan, pump, buchholz etc., for each group of similar
transformer. Suppliers recommendations may also be considered in this connection.

4.3.18 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule

4.3.18.1 The frequency of inspections should be determined by the size of the transformer.
Local climatic and atmospheric conditions will also influence the inspection schedule. Use
Annexure I as a guide for determining the inspection schedule.

4.3.19 Transformer Preservation in De-energised Condition for Long Storage

4.3.19.1 Transformers fitted with conservator oil preservation system (COPS)/ diaphragms
are recommended for preservation of Transformers in de-energised condition. During de-
energised condition, valves between main tank and radiator should be closed. This is to
reduce area of contact of outside air directly with oil / winding insulation paper and outside
air. Suitable cautions to be put in placing advising to open the valves before energizing the
transformer. Heaters in MB should be kept ON. Oil level in the conservator should be
monitored. (Low oil level could be indicative of rupture in air cell of COPS (Conservator Oil
Preservation System).
4.3.19.2 Following checks to be followed while the transformer is kept for long storage in
de-energised condition :
(A) Quarterly
Open the valves between tank and radiator, and run the oil pumps for two hours.
Carry out oil tests for:
BDV, Moisture content and Resistivity.
Test for IR and Tan delta of windings if moisture content in oil is more than the value
given in Table 2.5.1.4
(B) Half yearly
IR and Tan delta of windings, bushings.
264
BDV of Diverter switch oil.
DGA for air ingress.
(C) Yearly
Checks as per item B above.
Measurement of Tan delta of Bushings.
Operate Tap changer 2-3 times over full range.
DGA for O
2
& N
2
(contents to be constant for no air ingress).
Hot oil circulation, if moisture is more than the value given in Table 2.5.1.4 and IR /
Tan delta indicates ingress of moisture in insulation.

(D) Once in three years
All checks as per item C above.
Balance routine tests on the transformer.
Hot oil circulation to be carried out and ensure oil parameters as per clause 2.5.1.3
If possible charge the Transformer for 48 hrs.
DGA after soak test as above.


265
Annexure I
TABLE 1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE FOR TRANSFORMERS
OF CAPACITIES UP TO 10 MVA & 33 kV
Sl. No Inspection
frequency
Items to be inspected Inspection notes Action required if
inspection shows
unsatisfactory
conditions
1. Hourly (i) Load (amperes)

(ii) Temperature

(iii) Voltage
Check against rated
figures oil temperature
(OTI) and winding
temperature(WTI) and
ambient temperature

2 Daily Position of tap switch
Daily air cell conservat or Oil level glass to
indicate full.
If level drops, check and
re-commission air cell.
3 Fortnightly Dehydrating breather Check that air passages
are clear. Check colour
of active agent
If silicagel is pink,
change by spare charge.
The old charge may be
reactivated for use
again.
4 Monthly (i) Oil level in transformer.

(ii) Connections
(iii) Explosion vent
(iv) Diaphragm
(Pressure relief device)
Check transformer oil
level.

Check tightness.
Check for cracks/
damages.
Check for any oil
spillage.
If low, top up with
dry oil. Examine
transformer for leaks.
If loose, tighten.
Replace if cracked.
5 Quarterly Bushings Examine for cracks and
dirt deposits
Check for external
connections
Clean or replace.

Tighten, if required

6 Half yearly (i) Non-conservator
transformer.

(ii) Cable boxes, gasket
joints, gauges and general
paint work
Check for moisture
under cover.

Inspect.
Improve ventilation,
maintenance of
breathers to be ensured.
Take remedial
measures.
7 Yearly (i) Oil in transformer

(ii) Earth resistance

(iii) Relays, alarms, their
circuits, etc.
Check for dielectric
Strength and water
content. Check for
acidity and sludge.
< 1 ohm

Examine relay and
alarm contacts, their
operation, fuses, etc.
Check relay accuracy,
etc.
Take suitable action to
restore quality of oil.

Take suitable action if
earth resistance is high.
Clean the components
and replace contacts and
fuses if necessary,
Change the setting, if
necessary.
8 5 Yearly Non-conservator transformers Internal inspection
above core.
Filter oil regardless of
condition.
9 10 Yearly - Overall inspection
including lifting of core
and coils.
Wash by hosing down
with clean dry oil.

Note : Inspection of core & coil to be done in consultation with manufacturer.
266
TABLE 2 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULE FOR CAPACITIES OF 10 MVA AND ABOVE

Sl.
No
Inspection
frequency
Items to be inspected Inspection notes Action required if
inspection shows
unsatisfactory conditions
1. Hourly (i) Ambient temperature
(ii) Winding temperature
(iii) Oil temperature
(iv) Load (amperes)
(v) Voltage
(vi) Tap position of tap changed.

Check that
temperature rise is
reasonable.
Check against rated
figures.
Shut down the
transformer and
investigate if either is
persistently higher than
normal.

2 Daily (i) Oil level in Main and OLTC
conservator
(ii) Oil colour and level in
condenser bushings
(iii) Leakage of water into cooler.
(v) Dehydrating breather
(vi) Cooler oil Pumps

(vii) N2 pressure, if
applicable
-

Check that air
passages are free.
Check colour of
active agent.

Positive pressure to
be ensured
If low, top up with dry
oil, examine transformer
for leaks.
Contact manufacturer in
case of major changes
If half of silica gel is
pink, change by spare
charge. The old charge
may be reactivated for
use again.

3 Quarterly (i) Bushings

(ii) Indoor transformers
Checking of oil leaks
Examine for cracks
and dirt deposits.
Check for clearance
of arcing horns, if
applicable
Check ventilation.

Clean or replace.
Tighten top terminals
and terminal connectors

4 Yearly Physical checking of oil level

Oil in transformer

Check with dip stick
method

strength (BDV) and
water content
(moisture)
Top up, if required

Take suitable action to
restore quality of oil.

Dissolved gas Analysis of oil sample
DGA (IS 10593/ IEC 60599/
ANSI/ IEEE C57.104)
Test for all fault
Gases

Action to be taken as
per DGA test results
like increase in
frequency of sampling
to have trend and any
specialized test if
required.
Oil parameters as per cl no. 2.5.14
(IS 1866/ IEC 60422)

(iii) Cooler fan bearings, motors
and operating mechanism.

(iv) OLTC

Check for oil
parameters

Lubricate bearings
Check gear box.
Examine contacts.
Check manual
control and
interlocks.

Check oil in OLTC
driving mechanisms.
Filter or replace based
on test results

Replace burnt or worn
contacts or other parts

267
Table 2 (contd.)

C& tan delta of bushings IR
(windings and bushings)
measurements Polarization Index
(PI)
value should be less
than 0.007, rate of
rise of c& tan delta to
be monitored
Replace based on test
result

Checking of WTI, OTI pockets
Calibration of WTI, OTI
Checking of operation of buchholz
Relay
Check presence of oil Top up if required
Yearly
(or earlier if), the
transformer can
conveniently be
taken out for
checking).
(i) OLTC Oil

(ii) Disconnecting Chamber

(iii) Gasket Joints

(iv) Cable boxes.

(v) Surge diverter and gaps.

(vi) Relays, alarms, their circuits
etc.

(vii) Earth resistance
strength (BDV) and
water content
(moisture)

Check BDV of oil

Tighten the bolts
evenly to avoid
uneven pressure

Check for sealing
arrangements for
filling holes.
Examine compound
for cracks.

Examine for cracks
and dirt deposits.

Examine relay and
alarm contacts, their
operation, fuses, etc.
Check relay accuracy
etc.

Filter or replace based
on test results.

Replace oil in
disconnecting chamber
if BDV < 50 kV
Replace gasket, if
leaking.

Cracked compound
around screwed holes to
be replaced.

Clean or replace.

Clean the components
and replace contacts and
fuses, if necessary.
Change the setting, if
necessary.
Take suitable action; if
earth resistance is high.
5. SOS (In case of
any protection
tripping due to
internal fault or
after any major
maintenance
work)
LV tests like ratio, winding
resistance at all taps position, c &
tan delta, magnetizing current and
magnetic balance,
Test results to be
compared with pre-
commissioning test
results
If major deviations
found then specialized
tests like FRA, RVM,
PD tests to be carried
out in consultation with
manufacturer.
6. 10 Yearly Overall inspection
including lifting of
core and coils.
Wash by hosing down
with clean dry oil.

7. 20 Years Life assessment test Degree of
Polymerization and
Furan measurement
Will help decision
making for taking up
any major refurbishment
action on transformer.

Notes
Sl. No. 1 & 2 are in purview of Operation staff whereas the rest to be taken care of by maintenance staff.
With respect to on-load tap changers, the manufacturers recommendation should be followed.
The silica gel may be reactivated by heating it to 150 to 200 degree C.
Every time the drying medium of breather is changed, oil seal should also be changed.
268
No work should be done on any transformer unless it is disconnected from all external circuits and the tank
and all windings have been solidly earthed.
In case of anything abnormal occurring during service, makers advice should be obtained, giving him
complete particulars as to the nature and the extent of occurrence, together with the name plate particulars
in order to assist identification.

TABLE 3 TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART FOR ALL TRANSFORMERS

Trouble Cause Remedy
Rise in temperature
High temperature
Over voltage Change the circuit voltage or transformer connections.
to avoid over-excitation
Over current If possible, reduce load. Heating can often be reduced
by improving power factor of load. Check parallel
circuits for circulating currents which may be caused
by improper ratios or impedances. See Electrical
Troubles, below.
High ambient
temperature
Either improve ventilation or relocate transformer in
lower ambient temperature.
Insufficient cooling If unit is artificially cooled, make sure cooling is
adequate.
Lower liquid level Fill to proper level.
Sludged oil Use filter press to wash off core and coils. Filter oil to
remove sludge.

Short circuited core Test for exciting current and no load loss. If high
inspect core and repair. See Electrical Troubles, below.
Electrical troubles
Winding failure

Lightning, short circuit,
Overload, Oil of low
dielectric strength,
Foreign material

Usually, when a transformer winding fails, the
transformer is automatically disconnected from the
power source by the opening of the supply breaker or
fuse.
Core insulation
breakdown (core bolt,
clamps, or between
laminations)
Smoke or cooling liquid may be expelled from the
case, accompanied by noise. When there is any such
evidence or a winding failure, the transformer should
not be reenergized at full rated voltage, because this
might result in additional internal damage. Also it
would introduce a fire hazard in transformers.

After disconnection from both source and load, the
following observations and tests are recommended :

(a) External mechanical or electrical damage to
bushings, leads, potheads,

(b) Level of insulating liquid in all compartments.

(c) Temperature of insulating liquid wherever it can be
measured.

(d) Evidence of leakage of insulating liquid or sealing
compound.
Core failure high excitation
current
Short -circuited core

Open core joints
Test core loss. If high, it is probably due to a short -
circuited core. Test core insulation. Repair if
damaged.
If laminations are welded together, refer to
manufacturer.
Core loss test will show no appreciable increase.
Pound joints together and retighten clamping structure.

269
Incorrect voltage Improper ratio

Supply voltage
abnormal
Change terminal board connection or ratio adjuster
position to give correct voltage.
Change tap connections or readjust supply voltage.
Audible internal arcing and
radio interference
Isolated metallic part The source should be immediately determined. Make
certain that all normally grounded parts are grounded,
such as the clamps and core.

Loose connections Same as above. Tighten all connections.
Low liquid level,
exposing live parts
Maintain proper liquid level.
Bushing flashover Lightning Provide adequate lightning protection.
Dirty bushings Clean bushing porcelains, frequency depending on dirt
accumulation.
Mechanical troubles
Leakage through screw
joints

Foreign material in
threads.
Oval nipples
Poor threads
Improper filler
Improper assembly

Make tight screw joints and or gasket joints.
Leakage at gasket Poor scarfed joints
Insufficient or uneven
compression
Improper preparation of
gaskets and gasket
surfaces.
Make tight screw joints or gasket joints.
Leakage in welds Shipping strains,
imperfect weld.
Repair leaks in welds.
Pressure relief diaphragm
cracked.
Improper assembly.
Mechanical damage.
Replace diaphragm. Inspect inside of pipe for evidence
of rust or moisture. Be sure to dry out transformer if
there is a chance that drops of water may have settled
directly on windings or other vulnerable locations, as
oil test may not always reveal presence of free water.
Pressure-relief diaphragm
ruptured
Internal fault
In conservator type
transformers-obstructed
oil flow or breathing. In
gas-seal transformer-
obstructed pressure
relief valve.
In sealed transformers
liquid level too high.
Check to see that valve between conservator and tank
is open and that ventilator on conservator is not
blocked.
Make certain that relief valve functions and that valve
discharge lines are open.
Liquid level should be adjusted to that corresponding
to liquid temperature to allow ample space for
expansion of liquid.
Moisture condensation in
open type transformers and
air filled compartments
Moisture condensation in
sealed transformers.
Improper or insufficient
Ventilators

Cracked diaphragm

Moisture in oil
Make sure that all ventilator openings are free.

See remedies above for cracked and ruptured
diaphragms.
Filter oil
Audio noise Leaky gaskets and
joints. Accessories and
external transformer
parts are set into
resonant vibration
giving off loud noise.
Make certain all joints are tight. Tighten loose parts. In
some cases parts may be stressed into resonant state.
Releasing pressure and shimming will remedy this
condition.
270
Rusting and deterioration of
paint finish
Abraded surfaces and
weathering
Bare metal of mechanical parts should be covered with
grease.
Fractured metal or porcelain
parts of bushings
Unusual strains placed
on terminal connections
Cables and bus bars attached to transformer terminals
should be adequately supported. In the case of heavy
leads, flexible connections should be provided to
remove strain on the terminal and bushing porcelain.

Oil Troubles ( see also IS: 1866 - 2000)
Low dielectric strength Condensation in open
type transformers
from improper
ventilation

Broken pressure
relief diaphragm
Leaks around cover
accessories
Leaky cooling coil
Make certain that ventilating openings are
unobstructed.

Replace diaphragm.

Replace gasket, if necessary.

Test cooling coil and repair.

High moisture content Ingress of moisture in
oil/ winding
Filter and monitor ppm for three months. In case
moisture content increases again, check points of
moisture entry and take appropriate action.
Badly dis-coloured oil Contaminated by
varnishes.
Carbonized oil due to
switching
Winding or core
failure
Retain oil if dielectric strength, resistivity and tan delta
values of oil are satisfactory as per IS 1866.
Cl 2.5.1.4 of this section
Oxidation (sludge or acidity) Exposure to air

High operating
temperatures
Wash down core and coils and tank. Filter and
reclaim or replace oil.

Same as above. Either reduce load or improve cooling.

*Code of practice for maintenance and supervision of insulating oil in service (first revision). In any event, filter oil
or dry transformer by heating, or both, to restore dielectric strength.

Notes

In addition to the above instructions given in this section reference may also be made to IS: 10028 Part 1,2 &3
Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and Maintenance of Transformers Part 1-Selection, Part 2-Installation
& Part 3-Maintenance

In case of anything abnormal occurring during service, manufacturers advice should be obtained, giving them
complete particulars as to the nature and the extent of occurrence, together with the nameplate particulars in order
to assist identification.

Special list of testing equipment required at site are included in Annexure II.


271
Annexure II

EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING
AND MAINTENANCE TESTS

Sl. No. Test Equipment Required Ref.
1. IR value of transformer
winding.
Battery and mains operated 5kV
motorized Insulation Tester
IS : 2026
2. DC resistance of
transformer winding.
Transformer Ohmmeter (25 Amp.) IS : 2026
3. Ratio of transformer
windings.
Automatic ratio meter IS : 2026
4. Electric strength of
transformer oil.
BDV test kit IS : 6792
5. Moisture content of
transformer oil.
Karl Fisher Apparatus IS : 2362
6. Capacitance and Tan delta
of transformer bushings and
windings.
Capacitance and Tan delta
measurement kit
(Automatic / manual).
IEC 60137
IEEE C 57
7. Dissolved Gas Analysis of
transformer oil.
Portable DGA test set. IS: 10569
8. Vibration measurement. Vibration cum noise level meter. IEEE C 57
9. Moisture content of solid
insulation.
Recovery Voltage Measuring kit
On line Moisture measurement kit
No IS Std available, New
diagnostic test
10. Frequency Response
Analysis.
Sweep Frequency Response
Analyzer
No IS Std available, New
diagnostic test

Note: HV lead of test kits like Insulation tester and tan delta kits should be with double screen and other leads
should be at least single shielded.
272
Annexure III
OIL SAMPLING PROCEDURES

Title : Sampling of oil from oil filled electrical equipment.

Scope : This procedure describes the techniques for sampling oil from oil
filled equipment such as power transformer and reactors using
stainless steel sampling bottles fitted with valves on both sides.

Purpose : Gases may be formed in oil filled electrical equipment due to
normal ageing and also as a result of faults. Operation of the
equipment with fault may seriously damage the equipment. It is
valuable to detect the fault at an early stage of development.
During the early stages of fault the gases formed will normally
dissolve in the oil. By extracting dissolved gas from a sample of
oil and determining the quantity of composition of gases the type
and severity of fault can be inferred.

Responsibility : Maintenance engineer.
Reference: I.E.C. 567
IS 9434
Apparatus: (i) Stainless steel sampling bottle of volume one litre as per
IS 9434.

(ii) Oil proof transparent plastic or transparent PVC tubing.

(iii) A drilled flange in case sampling valve is not suitable for
fixing a tube.

Sampling
Procedure: (Refer Fig. 14)

(i) Remove the blank flange or cover (2) of the sampling valve
and clean the outlet with a lint free cloth to remove all visible
dirt.

(ii) If the sampling valve is not suitable for fitting a tube, it may
be necessary to use a separate flange with a nozzle in the
centre suitable to connect the transparent plastic / PVC tube.

(iii) Connect a short oil proof plastic tube (around one meter
long) at both end of the stainless steel sampling bottle (5)
as shown in (Fig. 14)

273

Fig. 14

274

(iv) Open the valves (4) & (6) on the stainless steel bottle (5),
allow 250 ml (approx.) of oil to flow into the bottle by
opening valve (1). Close (4), (6) and (1). Disconnect tube
from the flange and rinse by gently tilting the bottle upside
down such that no air bubble is formed inside during rinsing.
Expel this oil into the waste bucket (7) by opening valves (4)
and (6).

(v) Connect the tube (3) to the flange (2). Hold the bottle in
vertical position as shown in Fig. (14). Slowly open the
equipment sampling valve so that oil flows through the
sampling bottle.

(vi) After stainless steel sampling bottle (5) has been completely
filled with oil, allow about one litre to two litres of oil to flow
to waste bucket (7), till no air bubbles are seen from top
outlet.

(vii) Stop the oil flow by closing of first the valve (6) and then
valve (4) and finally the sampling valve (1).

(viii) Disconnect the sample bottle (5) and then disconnect the
tubing from the main equipment and the sampling bottle.

(ix) Label the sample. (Refer Annexure III-A)

(x) Send the information as per Annexure-III-B along with the
samples

(xi) In case of critical samples furnish information as per
Annexure-III-C also

Precautions: (i) When sampling oil, precaution should be taken to deal with
any sudden release of oil.

(ii) Sample should normally be drawn from the bottom sampling
valve.

(iii) Proper closing of both the valves (4) & (6) of the bottle
should be ensured immediately after the collection of sample.

(iv) Due care should be taken to avoid exposure of oil to air while
sampling.


275
(v) Sampling should be done preferably in a dry weather
condition.

(vi) Sample should be taken when the equipment is in its normal
operating condition.

(vii) Care should be taken to hold the bottle in place inside the
container when transporting.

(viii) Testing should be carried out as early as possible.

276
Annexure III A

LABELLING OF THE OIL SAMPLE BOTTLE

(a) Bottle Number :

(b) Manufacturers Name :

(c) Name of the site :

(d) Equipment Name or Serial No. :

(e) Sampling Date :


277
Annexure III B

DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED ALONG WITH THE SAMPLES

1.0 Sample Sent By

Name / Designation
Organisation Name and
Address

Tel No & Fax
E-mail

2.0 Oil Sample Details

Date & Time of Sampling Bottle Numbers
Sampling Point Weather Condition
Oil Temp degC Winding Temp, degC
Load at the time of sample
(MW/MVA/AMPS)
Voltage at the Time of Sampling (kV)
Sample Remarks

3.0 Equipment Details

Substation / Plant
Name
Trans Name / Feeder
Name / Location ID

Make Manufacturer Sl. No.
Capacity of
Equipment
(MVA)(1Ph/3Ph)
Voltage Rating (In kV)
Type of Cooling
ONAN/OFAN
/ONAF//OFAF
OFWF
Breather Arrangement Diaphragm / Air
Cell/Conventional /
Drycol
Type of Oil
Paraffinic /
Nephthenic
Inhibited /
Uninhibited
Quantity of oil in the
Equipment, kL

Date of Installation Date of Last Filtration
Any Other
Information

278
4.0 Tests to be done: (please tick desired standard and required tests)

Reference Standard: Oil Parameters: IS-1866 (Before Charging) / IS-1866 (In-Service) / IS-
335 / IS-12463 /

Dissolved Gas Analysis (IS-9434) Water Content (IS-13567) Dielectric Strength (IS-
6792)
Specific Resistance at 90degC (IS-
6103)
Dielectric Dissipation
Factor at 90degC (IS-
6262)
Total Acidity (IEC-62021
Vol-1 / IS-1448 P-1)
Inter Facial Tension at 27C (IS-
6104)
Flash Point (IS-1448-P-21) Sludge Content (IS-1866)
Kinematic Viscosity at 27C (IS-
1448-P-25)
Pour Point (IS-1448 P-10) Density at 29.5C (IS-
1448 P-16)
Carbon Type Composition (IS-
13155)
Oxidation Stability
(Annex-C of IS-335)
SK Value (Annex-D of
IS-335)
Oxidative Aging (IS-12177
(Method-A))
Corrosive Sulphur (Annex-
B of IS-335)
Inhibitor Content (IS-
13631)
Furan Analysis (IEC-61198)

In case of new transformer following additional information to be furnished :

Date of commissioning :

MVA rating :

kV rating :

Oil type (Parafinic / Naphthanic) :

Cooling (ONAN/ONAF/OFAF/OFWF) :

Type of oil preservation: (Air cell/diaphragm type/Direct breathing)

Make :


279
Annexure III C

ADDITIONAL DATA INPUT FORMAT FOR CRITICAL EQUIPMENTS

1. Voltage profile for last six months indicating maximum and minimum values and %
of time voltage more than rated voltage.

2. Loading Pattern (Monthwise) of the transformer for last six months

Max. load Current (A) .... mw ...... mvar .......

Min. load Current (A) .... mw ...... mvar .......

Normal load Current (A) .... mw ...... mvar .......

3. Date of last filtration carried out

4. Type of oil preservation system:
air cell in conservator/diaphragm in conservator/direct breathing

5. Any Buchholz alarm/ trip operation in past: YES/NO

6. Any oil topping up done in the past: YES/NO

7. Whether complete oil was changed any time: YES/NO

8. Present BDV / Moisture content value:

9. Color of silicagel

10. Date of commissioning:

11. Manufacturers serial number:

280
Annexure IV

SPECIFICATIONS FOR TEST EQUIPMENTS

I 5 kV BATTERY OPERATED INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER

The equipment offered shall be for the measurement of insulation resistance of electrical
equipment.

Technical Requirements

Rated Voltage selection 0.5/1.0/2.5/5kV (DC volts)

Rated insulation resistance 0-10,000 Mega ohms

Type

Portable, compact and direct reading type of multi voltage and multi rated insulation
resistance ranges. It shall be suitable for DC battery operation. Batteries shall be
rechargeable with 230V, 50 HZ AC supply. The necessary accessories for this purpose shall
be supplied by the supplier.

The operating temperature shall be up to 50 deg C and humidity 85%.

There should be provision for infinity adjustment. The instrument shall be supplied in a
carrying case with 2 m long mains lead and 20 m long test leads with carrying case.

It shall generally comply with the requirements of IS: 2992 and IS: 11994 or relevant
internationally acceptable standards.

As per requirement of ISO 9001, calibration certificate for each testing instrument covering
entire range shall be supplied with the test kit at the time of supply.

The testing equipment is generally meant for carrying out testing at site and transportation-
movement from one place to another is unavoidable. Therefore equipments shall be robust
in design so that it gives desired performance even in adverse site conditions. Though the
instrument is capable of operating on battery and are provided with battery condition
indicators, it would be advisable to conduct the tests on mains supply input power to the
extent possible. Usage of battery must be resorted to sparingly.

The supplier should have adequate After sales service in India.

II TRANSFORMER DC WINDING RESISTANCE MEASUREMENT TEST KIT

The instrument is used for measuring DC winding resistance of the transformer/reactor
where large inductance is present.

281
The test kit shall be able to withstand inductive kicks from transformer winding.

Variation in test current shall not result in loss of accuracy.

The display of resistance should be through LED/LCD without requiring any balancing of
decades to obtain stable readings.

It should employ four wire method and no lead compensation shall be required for
measurement.

Built-in discharge circuit should be provided to discharge the specimen when test is
completed when current lead accidentally disconnects or when instrument power supply is
lost.

Technical Parameters

Test current 25 Amp
Resolution 1 milliohm
Range 0 to 100 ohms
Accuracy +- 0.5% of full scale reading or better
Open circuit voltage min. 30 Volts, DC

General Requirements

The instrument shall contain all standard accessories including test leads of 20 meters with
suitable clamps/connectors and carrying case.

The kit should have been proven for repeatability of test results in charged switchyard
conditions and documentary evidence should be furnished along with the bid. The kit should
have been tested for EMI /EMC as per standards.

Input supply of the kit shall be 230 Volts AC, 50 Hz, Variations + 15% and 5% in voltage
and frequency respectively.

As per requirement of ISO-9001, calibration certificate for each testing instrument covering

The testing equipment is generally meant for carrying out testing at site and movement from
one place to another is unavoidable. Therefore equipment shall be robust in design so that it
gives desired performance even in adverse site conditions.

Battery / mains operated micro ohmmeters employing currents less than 5 amps are not
recommended for transformers.

The supplier should have adequate after sales service in India.

282
III AUTOMATIC TURNS RATIO TESTER

The equipment offered shall be used for measurement of turns ratio of various transformers
and bushing current transformers automatically displaying the ratio without requiring any
manual balancing of decades.

Technical Requirement

Operation Voltage: 240 volts: 50Hz, single phase A.C

Test Voltage: 240 volts AC

Measuring range: 1 to 2000

Accuracy: 0.5 % of FSD

Measuring Principle

It should display actual turns ratio of different vector groups in three phase transformers
without conversion

The kit should be supplied with 15 m of test lead. The kit should be tested for successful
operation in charged 420 kV switch yard and be tested for EMI and EMC. The kit shall be
capable of operating at a temperature of 50
0
C and at a humidity upto 85%.

As per requirement of ISO 9001calibration certificate for each testing instrument covering



IV 100 kV AUTOMATIC TRANSFORMER OIL BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE
TEST SET
The equipment offered shall be suitable for determination of electrical strength (break down
voltage) of insulating oil conforming to IS-335 and IS-1866 upto 100 kV when measured in
accordance with IS:6792.
The test cell shall be as per IS: 6792 and IEC-156 suitable for BDV upto 100 kV without
external flash over.
The unit shall be automatic type having control unit and high voltage transformer in a
common cabinet with necessary partition.
HV chamber interlocking and zero start interlocking shall be provided.

283
The unit shall have motorized drive to increase voltage linearly as per the rate specified in IS:
6792. Provision shall also be available for manual increase of voltage.

The unit shall be complete with test cell stirrer, calibrator and necessary gauges for adjusting
the gap.

The equipment shall be suitable for operation at 240 volts, 50Hz, single phase AC supply.

As per requirement of ISO-9001, calibration certificate for each testing instrument covering



V MOISTURE CONTENT MEASUREMENT SET

The test kit shall make use of automatic Karl Fischer titrator capable of measuring water in
oil upto 1 ppm. The measured moisture shall be displayed in microgram or PPM or
percentage.

The set should have following features :

Should be compact and portable.
Should operate with Karl Fischer reagent which is available.
Should have error indicator for indicating any defect in vessel charge or generator
solution and electrodes.
Should have facility for auto-display of ions in parts per million.
Should be free from effect of humidity, parasitic reactions and inherent drift of circuitry.
Should have 3 sets of syringes required for measurement and 6 sets of vessel charge
bottles.
Should be suitable for 240 V 50Hz AC supply.
Should have back up indication for mains on, instrument error, stirrer moving and
titration over.

Resolution range = 1 in ppm

The speed of stirrer should preferably be controllable.

The set should be accompanied with six sets of bottles of reagent.

282



VI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAPACITANCE AND TAN DELTA
KIT

The kit shall be suitable to measure capacitance and tan delta of EHV class transformers
(1/2/3 windings), Bushings, Windings of shunt reactors, Current transformers, Bus and line
CVTs and grading capacitors of circuit breakers at site in a charged switchyard upto 420kV
AC and 500 kV DC. The kit shall be capable of measuring capacitance and tan delta of each
winding of the transformer in suitable mode so that capacitance of the windings does not
affect the reading.

The kit shall comply with the requirements laid down in internationally accepted standards.
The kit shall be complete with measuring bridge, HV power supply unit of 10 kV, standard
capacitor etc. The effects of induced voltage on instrument during testing for getting null
point should be fully compensated.


Output voltage of the kit shall be from 0 to 10 kV in continuously adjustable range.

The kit shall measure Tan delta ranging from 1 x 10
-4
to 1 x 10
-2
with an Accuracy of 1% of
the measured value. Resolution 1 x 10
-4
.

The kit shall measure Capacitance ranging from 1.0 pF to 0.1 Micro farads with an accuracy
of + 1% of the measured value. Resolution 1pF.


The instrument shall contain all standard accessories including testing lead of 20 meters with
suitable clamps/connectors and carrying case.

The instrument should have been proven for repeatability of test results in charged
switchyard conditions.

The kit shall be compatible for EMI/EMC environment. The kit shall be compatible in static
and magnetic interferences as well as harmonics.


285
Input supply of the kit shall be A.C 230 Volts, 50 Hz, Variations 15.% and 5% on Voltage
and frequency.

entire range shall be supplied with the test kit at the time of supply. Correction chart for
temperature if applicable shall also be supplied for arriving at the reference values of results.

The test kits are generally meant for carrying out testing at site and movement from one
place to another is unavoidable. Therefore equipment shall be robust so that it gives desired
performance even in adverse site conditions.


VII SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUTOMATIC CAPACITANCE AND TAN DELTA
KIT

The kit shall be suitable to automatically measure capacitance and tan delta of transformers
(1/2/3 windings), windings of shunt reactors, Current transformers, Bus and Line CVTs and
grading capacitors of Circuit Breakers at site automatically in a charged switchyard upto 420
kV AC and 500 kV DC. The kit shall be capable of measuring capacitance and tan delta of
each winding of the transformer in suitable mode so that capacitance of other windings does
not affect the reading.

The kit shall comply with the requirements laid down in internationally accepted standards.
The kit shall be complete with measuring bridge, HV power supply unit of 10 kV, standard
capacitor etc. The effect of induced voltage on instrument during testing for getting null
point should be fully compensated. The kit shall be capable of measuring excitation current
of transformer winding at 10 kV.


Output voltage of the kit shall be from 0 to 10 kV in continuously adjustable range.

The kit shall measure Tan delta ranging from 1 x 10
-4
to 1 x 10
-2
with an Accuracy of 1% of the
measured value. Resolution 1 x 10
-4
.

The kit shall measure capacitance ranging from 1.0pF to 0.1 Micro Farads wilth an Accuracy
of 1% of the measured value. Resolution 1pF.


The instrument shall contain all standard accessories including testing lead of 20 metres with
suitable Clamps/connectors and carrying case.

Kit should be able to measure capacitance and tan delta/power factor automatically without
balancing any decade and also interference suppression shall be automatic.

286
The instrument should have been proven for repeatability of test results in charged
switchyard conditions.

The kit should be capable of operating and storing data at temperature from 10 degree C to
50 degree C and humidity upto 90%.

The kit shall be compatible for EMI/EMC environment. The kit shall be compatible in static
and magnetic interferences as well as harmonics.

Input supply of the kit shall be A.C 230 Volts 50 Hz, Variations 15.% and 5% on voltage
and frequency.

entire range shall be supplied with the test kit at the time of supply. Supplier shall also
provide correction chart for temperature if applicable for arriving at of results.

The test kits are generally meant for carrying out testing at site and movement from one
place to another is unavoidable. Therefore equipment shall be robust so that it gives desired
performance even in adverse site conditions.

The supplier should have adequate after sale service in India.


287
VIII TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF RECOVERY VOLTAGE MEASURING
(RVM) KIT

The recovery voltage measuring kit shall be supplied as per following specifications and
complete with analysis software for direct display of the equivalent moisture content in the
solid insulation of the transformer.

Test voltage
Measuring range 50 V ... 2000 V DC
adjustable in 1 V steps
Basic setting 2000 V DC
Max. deviation from the set value 0.2 %
Max. output current 5 mA (permanent)
200 mA (100 m)
delayed short circuit protector
Electrometer
Measuring range -200 V ... +1000 V
Error limits 1 %
Current input 1 pA
Charging and discharging time range t
C
, t
d
: 10 m ... 99 999 s
Charging to discharging time ratio (t
C
/t
d
) 0.1 ... 10; basic setting: 2
Resistance measuring range 1 M ... 1000 G
error limits (up to 100 G): 1.5 %
Temperature range Instrument operating temperature:
0C ... 50C
Recommended test object temperature:
8C
Power supply 240 V
AC
at 50 Hz
max. 40 VA
Display 16 x 40 character
back-lit black and white graphic LCD
Interface RS 232 / parallel port

288
IX SPECIFICATION OF F.R.A. TEST SET

The FRA test set consisting of various components like network analyzer, auxiliary
equipment, test leads, connectors and suitable software (to operate the hardware, to store all
tests data, to view and compare the data and for long term storage and archival of data)
should be capable of doing frequency response analysis of inductor capacitor network of
Transformers (up 315 MVA capacity autotransformer and converter transformer) and
Reactors by adopting swept frequency method, to assess mechanical condition (winding
movements and mechanical distortion, i.e., loss of mechanical integrity) of the transformers
and reactors.

Detailed specifications of various components of FRA test set are as below:

(1) Network Analyzer (signal Generator and measuring device) Analyzer must be
capable of measuring the amplitude change and phase shift over a frequency range of 10 Hz.
to 10 MHz. in five frequency bands, mentioned as below:

(i) 10 Hz. to 2 KHz.
(ii) 50 Hz. to 20 KHz.
(iii) 500 Hz. to 200 KHz
(iv) 5 KHz. to 2 MHz.
(v) 25 KHz. to 10 MHz.
Analyser should have capability for following:
In above mentioned frequency range of 10 Hz. to 10 MHz, total measurements spaced
logarithmically at interval of 1.2%.
Measurement band width adjustable to provide adequate signal to noise ratio.
A constant excitation level must be maintained for each frequency measurement.
Auto-scale - each frequency measurement to provide an overall range of 0 to 80 dB
with an accuracy of 1 dB (the capability to provide constant excitation and auto-
scaling with Highest possible Resolution)
Measurements should have repeatability.
The analyzer should have 03 output channels with details as below :
(a) one output channel providing a swept frequency signal of output power range
of at least 15 dB over entire frequency range.
(b) Two measurement channels, capable of measuring amplitude down to at least
85 dB, with an accuracy of 1 dB and constant input impedance (50 ohms),
over the entire frequency range.


289
Controller :

(a) Processor - Pentium III 866 MHz/256 MB SDRAM
(b) Operating System - Microsoft windows 2000
(c) Data storage - 15 GB Hard Drive, USB 3.5 Floppy drive
(d) Communication - 1 Parallel, 2 USB, 10 Base T Ethernet
(e) Key board - 87 Key
(f) Pointing drive - Two button touch pad
(g) Display - SVGA, color TFT ( > 10)

Input supply : 230 volts. 15%, 1 phase, 50 Hz.

Output : 10 volts Peak to peak at 50 ohms.
Calibration : Internal, while in field use.

Data Collection :

(a) Test method : SFR Analysis
(b) Frequency Range : 10 Hz. to 10 MHz.

I.F. bandwidth : 10% of active frequency

Data Display :

(a) Scale : Log/linear

(b) Frequency Range : User defined (within 10 Hz. to 10 MHz)

(c) Plotting : Frequency Vs. Magnitude/phase

(2) Test-leads, Connectors, Earth-leads provided, should have following characteristics :-
(a) All leads must have same input impedance as the network analyzer
(b) Test leads should be made from low loss RF coaxial cable shielded with shields of cable
of being earthed at both ends.
(c) Suitable leads and connectors are :
(i) 50 ohm characteristic impedance cable type RG 213/U UHF with type N
connector
(ii) Cable type RG 58/CU with type BNC connectors, using N- series to BNC
adapters
(d) Minimum length of set of test leads: 15 metres.
(e) No. of test lead set = two sets.
290
(f) Connectors should be large enough to make good contact/connection when clamped
directly on bushings
(g) Earth leads: should have connectors capable of connection to the shields of test leads
and forming a good earth connection with Transformer tank.
(3) Software
To provide following functions suitable software should be provided:-
(a) To operate hardware to measure the response (amplitude and phase) over the required
frequency bands, at suitably spaced frequencies within each band.
(b) To Store all test data and transformer nameplate and location data
(c) Long term storage and archival of data.
(d) View and compare the test data :
- from tests carried out at different times on transformer.
- between different phases and tap positions of a transformer.
- from different transformers of same size and same make/same design.
(4) Auxiliary Equipment
Preferably the test equipment, i.e., analyzer should have inbuilt front-panel adequate enough
for operating it. If not so, suitable interface unit between analyzer and laptop computer
should be provided to facilitate testing, along with laptop computer as a part of test set.
(5) Capability of Storage of Data
Equipment should have capability to store measurements in computer readable forms.
(6) Presentation of Results
(a) For each frequency scan the final results should be in a computer file with records
containing following:-
(i) Frequency (in Hz.), Attenuation (in dB) and phase shift (in degrees)
(ii) The results should be in such format that following is possible:-
- Comparison to finger prints.
- Comparison between different phases of same transformer.
- Comparison with similar types of transformers.

(b) The test set should be capable of performing initial diagnosis at site itself to ensure
errors, if any, due to testing and to identify serious transformer defects.


291
(7) Operating Temperature: 0 to 50
o
C
Operation Humidity : upto 85% non-condensing
Weight and portability : The analyzer should be designed as robust, fully portable and
weight should be less than 15 kg.
(8) Other Essential Requirements
Measurement should not be affected by electromagnetic /electrostatic noise of
A.C./D.C - switchyards/sub-stations.
Test equipment should be field proven, i.e., should not fail when repeatedly used in
field.
Technical support for analyzing the test results, (on continuous basis).
The analysis to be done by the experts in the field of F.R.A.
Provide service for continuous upgrade of hardware & software.
On site training of user.

SECTION K1
Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic
Techniques for Power Transformers
and Reactors
SECTION K1
Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Techniques for
Power Transformers and Reactors
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Condition monitoring may be defined as a predictive method making use of the fact that
most equipment will have a useful life before maintenance is required. It includes the life
mechanism of individual parts of equipment or the whole equipment, the application and
development of special purpose equipment, the means of acquiring the data and the analysis of
that data to predict the trends.
1.2 Initial stage of a condition monitoring programme consists of establishing the base line
parameters and then recording the actual base line (or finger prints) values. The next stage is
the establishment of routine testing of plants and equipment observing the running condition
and assessing the parameters previously determined for the baseline. These readings are then
compared with the fingerprint and the state of the present plant condition can be determined
from the absolute figures. The rate of degradation and an assessment of the likely to failure can
be estimated from the trend.
1.3 The benefits of condition monitoring can be summarized as below:
Reduced maintenance costs
Results provide a quality control feature
Limit the probability of destructive failures, leading to improvements in operator safety
and quality of supply
For assessing possibility & severity of any failure and consequential repair activities.
Provides information on the plant operating life, enabling business decisions to be
made either on plant refurbishment or replacement.
1.4 Condition Monitoring Techniques
The following condition-monitoring techniques are currently being used by Power Utilities
world over to assess the health of transformer/ reactors in service:
1.4.1 Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) provides an early warning of various incipient faults in
transformer winding or core.
1.4.2 Oil parameters Testing: Low BDV indicates moisture or particulate contaminants in the
oil. High moisture content varying with temperature indicates wet winding. Acidity, resistivity
and interfacial tension (IFT) indicate oil condition. (For other details refer clause 2.5 of section
K)
296
1.4.3 Capitance & Tan measurement of bushing and winding to assess the condition of
insulation, bushing and winding (For details refer clause 6.9 & 8.11 of section J)
1.4.4 Winding resistance measurement to detect problem of broken sub-conductors, winding
contact joints and OLTC connections (For details refer clause 4.1 & 8.3 of section J)
1.4.5 Impedance measurements with precision instruments to check for dynamic movements
of winding due to system short-circuit faults
1.4.6 Turn ratio test indicates problem in winding and verifies correct tap changer connections
1.4.7 Excitation/ magnetization current tests to locate faults in the magnetic core structure
such as shorted laminates or core bolt insulation breakdown or shorted turns due to insulation
failures, which have resulted in conducting paths between winding turns.
1.4.8 IR measurement to indicate the presence or absence of harmful contamination (dirt,
moisture etc.) and stress degradation of insulation.
1.5 Some of the latest trends in condition monitoring techniques which are in development/
testing stage but can be a powerful tool in future for detecting transformer problems can be
summarized as follows:
1.5.1 Frequency response analysis (FRA) to check for system resonance condition and
dynamic movements and detection of winding mechanical distortion during transportation and
through fault.
1.5.2 PD measurement and acoustic localization of faults
1.5.3 Furfuraldehyde (FFA) analysis in oil (HPLC chromatography) to detect ageing in
cellulosic material without taking paper samples
1.5.4 On-line dielectric dissipation factor (DDF) monitoring of H. V. bushings: Signals
from transducers connected to test taps of bushings are collected and transmitted to User
Interface Module for processing the data by proprietary software and converted to dielectric
loss angle/ dielectric dissipation factor (DDF) and leakage current values.
1.5.5 Polarization spectrum or recovery voltage measurement (RVM) giving general
indication of moisture in insulation and possible paper ageing and oil condition
1.5.6 On-line Gas Monitors
(a) On-Line hydrogen monitors to provide earliest possible detection of gas build up and
alert the user to the need for more detailed analysis
(b) On-line moisture content measurement to continuously monitor water content in oil,
which indicates the status of solid insulation. The data is stored in monitors memory
and can be down loaded remotely or locally which can be subsequently analyzed using
window based control software. The software automatically gives trend analyses;
generate graphs and reports for the user to take action based on the same.
297
Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Techniques for Power Transformers and Reactors
1.5.7 On-line PD detection using either ceramic transducer attached to the tank or wave
guide which transmit ultrasonic signals to a detector outside the tank
1.5.8 On-line temperature monitoring-direct measurement through fibre optic sensors for
continuous monitoring of hot spot temperature, can be the basis for an on-line load management
system which can be accessed by operating staff to control loading pattern and thermal ageing
of the transformer.
1.5.9 Thermo-vision Scanning of Transformer
2.0 DISSOLVED GAS ANALYSIS (DGA)
2.1 The transformer undergoes electrical, chemical and thermal stresses during its service
life which may result in slow evolving incipient faults inside the transformer. The gases generated
under abnormal electrical or thermal stresses are hydrogen(H
2
), methane(CH
4
), ethane
(C
2
H6), ethylene(C
2
H
4
), acetylene(C
2
H
2
), carbon monoxide(CO), carbon dioxide(CO
2
),
nitrogen(N
2
)and oxygen(O
2
) which get dissolved in oil. Collectively these gases are known as
Fault Gases, which are routinely detected and quantified at extremely low level, typically in
parts per million (ppm) in dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA). Most commonly used method to
determine the content of these gases in oil is using a Vacuum Gas Extraction Apparatus and Gas
Chromatograph.
2.2 DGA is a powerful diagnostic technique for detection of slow evolving faults inside the
transformer by analyzing the gases generated during the fault which gets dissolved in the oil.
For Dissolved Gas Analysis to be reliable, it is essential that sample taken for DGA should be
representative of lot and no dissolved gas shall be lost during transportation and laboratory
analysis. Suggested sampling procedure based on IEC 60567 is given in Annexure-III of Chapter
K. Effective fault gas interpretation should basically tell us first of all, whether there is any
incipient fault present in the transformer. If there is any problem, what kind of fault it is. Whether
the fault is serious and the equipment needs to be taken out of service for further investigation.
DGA can identify deteriorating insulation and oil, hot spots, partial discharge, and arcing. The
health of oil is reflective of the health of the transformer itself. DGA analysis helps the user to
identify the reason for gas formation and materials involved and indicate urgency of corrective
action to be taken.
2.3 The evolution of individual gas concentrations and total dissolved combustible gas
(TDCG) generation over time and the rate of change (based on IEC 60599 and IEEE
C 57-104 standards) are the key indicators of a developing problem. Some of the recognised
interpretation techniques are discussed below:
2.3.1 Individual Fault Gases Acceptable Limits
To ensure that a transformer (with no measured previous dissolved gas history) is behaving
normal, the DGA results are compared with the gassing characteristics exhibited by the majority
of similar transformers or normal population. As the transformer ages and gases are generated,
the normal levels for 90% of a typical transformer population can be determined. From these
298
values and based on experience, acceptable limits or threshold levels have been determined as
given in Table 1 below:
Table 1 Ranges of 90% Typical Conc Values (all Types of Transformers) as per IEC 60599 /1999
Transformer FAULT GASES (in l/l) or ppm
Sub Type
H
2
CH
4
C
2
H
6
C
2
H
4
C
2
H
2
CO CO
2
No OLTC 60-150 40-110 50-90 60-280 3-50 540-900 5100-13000
Communicating 75-150 35-130 50-70 110-250 80-270 400-850 5300-12000
OLTC
Note 1 - The values listed in this table were obtained from individual networks. Values on other networks
may differ.
Note 2 - Communicating OLTC means that some oil and /or gas communication is possible between the
OLTC compartment and the main tank or between the respective conservators. These gases may contaminate
the oil in the main tank and affect the normal values in these types of equipment. NO OLTC refers to
transformers not equipped with an OLTC, or equipped with an OLTC not communicating with or leaking
to the main tank.
Note 3 - In some countries, typical values as low as 0.5 l/ l for C
2
H
2
and 10 l / l for C
2
H
4
have been
reported.
However it is improper to apply threshold level concept without considering the rate of change
of the gas concentration. When an abnormal situation is indicated by above table, a testing
schedule is devised with increased sampling frequency.
2.3.2 Total Dissolved Combustible Gas (TDCG) Limits
The severity of an incipient fault can be further evaluated by the total dissolved combustible
gas (TDCG) present. Limits for TDCG are as given in Table 2. An increasing gas generation rate
indicates a problem of increasing severity and therefore we should resort to shorter sampling
frequency.
Table 2 Action based on TDCG limits (IEEE standard C:57.104-1991)
TDCG Limits, PPM Action
< or = 720 Satisfactory operation, Unless individual gas acceptance
values are exceeded
721-1920 Normal ageing/ slight decomposition, Trend to be
established to see if any evolving incipient fault is present.
1921-4630 Significant decomposition, Immediate action to establish
trend to see if fault is progressively becoming worse.
>4630 Substantial decomposition, Gassing rate and cause of gassing
should be identified and appropriate corrective action such
as removal from service may be taken.
Note : TDCG value includes all hydrocarbons, CO & H
2
and does not include CO
2
which is not a
combustible gas.
299
2.3.3 The relationship of evolved gas with temperature and the type of faults are shown in
Tables 3 and 4 respectively:
Table 3 Relationship of evolved gases with temperature
Relationship with temperature
Methane (CH
4
) > 120
CEthane (C
2
H
6
) > 120
CEthylene (C
2
H
4
) > 150
CAcetylene (C
2
H
2
) > 700 C
Table 4 Associated faults with different fault gases
Associated faults with different gases
Oil Overheating : C
2
H
4
, C
2
H
6
, CH
4
Traces of acetylene with smaller quantity of Hydrogen may be evolved
Overheated Cellulose : CO
Large quantity of Carbon-Di-Oxide (CO
2
) and Carbon Monoxide (CO) are evolved from
overheated cellulose. Hydrocarbon gases such as Methane and Ethylene will be formed
if the fault involves an oil impregnated structure.
Partial discharge in Oil (Corona): H
2
, CH
4
Ionisation of high stressed area where gas / vapour filled voids are present or wet spot
produces Hydrogen and methane and small quantity of other hydrocarbons like ethane
and ethylene. Comparable amounts of carbon mono-oxide and di-oxide may result due
to discharges in cellulose.
Arcing in Oil : C
2
H
2
, H
2
Large amount of Hydrogen and acetylene are produced with minor quantities of methane
and ethylene in case of arcing between the leads, lead to coil and high stressed area.
Small amounts of carbon mono-oxide and di-oxide may also be formed, if fault involves
cellulose.
It is well known that there is no definite interpretation method in the world, which can indicate
the exact location and type of the fault. The different interpretation methods only provide
guidelines to take an engineering judgement about the equipment. Apart from the DGA results
various other factors are taken into consideration such as past history of the transformer, grid
condition, loading patterns etc.
2.4 Ratio Methods
Several well- known methods/criteria (like Rogers ratio, IEC 60599, Dornenberg, Key gas etc.)
are being used by utilities to interpret the DGA results, based mostly on the relative
concentrations (i.e. ratios) of the constituent gases. These ratios generally give an indication
of the existence and nature of a problem. Some of the interpretation methods used for DGA are
discussed here in brief:
300
2.4.1 IEC 60599 Method
This method is applicable only when the fault gas results are ten times the sensitivity limit of
the Gas Chromatograph (GC). As per IEC 60567 the sensitivity limit for the GC should be
maximum 1 ppm for all the hydrocarbons and 5 ppm for hydrogen. In this method three ratios
viz. C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4
, CH
4
/H
2
& C
2
H
4
/C
2
H
6
are used for interpretation. Various combinations of the
ratios are used for diagnosis of type of fault such as PD, Discharge of low energy, Discharge of
high energy, Thermal fault < 300 deg C, Thermal fault 300 700 Deg C and Thermal fault > 700
Deg C. The table (as per IEC 60599) showing different type of faults depending upon the three
key ratios is given in Table 5 :
Table 5 DGA Interpretation Table (Source IEC 60599 1999)
Case Characteristic Fault
PD Partial discharges NS <0.1 <0.2
D1 Discharges of low energy >1 0.1 0.5 >1
D2 Discharges of high energy 0.6 2.5 0.1 -1 >2
T1 Thermal fault T < 300C NS
1
>1 but NS
1
<1
T2 Thermal fault 300C < 1 < 700C <0.1 >1 1-4
T3 Thermal fault <0.2
2
>1 >4
Note 1 In some countries, the ratio C
2
H
2
/ C
2
H
6
is used, rather than the ratio CH
4
/H
2
. Also in some
countries, slightly different ratio limits are used.
Note 2 The above ratios are significant and should be calculated only if at least one of the gases is at
a concentration and a rate of gas increase above typical values (see clause 9).
Note 3 CH
4
/ H
2
<0.2 for partial discharges in instrument transformers.CH
4
/ H
2
<0.07 for partial
discharges in bushings.
Note 4 Gas decomposition patterns similar to partial discharges have been reported as a result of the
decomposition of thin oil film between over-heated core laminates at temperatures of 140 C
and above.
NS = Non- significant whatever the value
An increasing value of the amount of C
2
H
2
may indicate that the hot spot temperature is
higher than 1000C
Though this method is quite comprehensive, still there are cases where it does not fit into any
of the cases listed in the diagnosis table. These cases should be dealt through trend analysis
and other interpretation methods. Again interpretation through the above method is meaningless
unless it is correlated with the earlier sample results.
2.4.2 IEEE Method-C57-104/1991
2.4.2.1 KEY GAS METHOD
Characteristic Key Gases have been used to identify particular type of fault. Laboratory
simulations and comparison of results of DGA tests combined with observations from the tear
down of failed transformers have permitted the development of a diagnostic scheme of the
C
2
H
2
C
2
H
4
CH
4
H
2
C
2
H
4
C
2
H
6
301
characteristic gases generated from thermal and electrical (Corona and arcing) deterioration of
electrical insulation. Table 6 shown the lists of the key gases for the conditions of arcing,
corona, overheating in oil and overheating in paper in the order of decreasing severity.
Table 6 Key gases associated with typical fault
Fault type Key gases
Arcing Acetylene (C
2
H
2
), Hydrogen (H
2
)
Corona Hydrogen (H
2
)
Overheated Oil Ethylene (C
2
H
4
), Methane (CH
4
)
Overheated Cellulose Carbon Mono-oxide (CO) and Dioxide (CO
2
)
2.4.2.2 RATIO METHOD
These methods are used to determine the type of fault condition by comparing ratios of
characteristic gases generated under incipient fault conditions. The advantages to the ratio
methods are that they are quantitative, independent of transformer capacity and can be computer
programmed. The disadvantages are that they may not always yield an analysis or may yield an
incorrect one. Therefore it is always used in conjunction with other diagnostic methods such
as key gas method.
(a) The Doernenberg Ratio method is used when prescribed normal levels of gassing are
exceeded. It provides a simple scheme for distinguishing between pyrolysis (overheating) and
PD (corona and arcing). In this method four ratios viz. CH
4
/H
2
, C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4
, C
2
H
6
/ C
2
H
2
& C
2
H
2
/
CH
4
are used.
Table 7 Ratios for key gases - Doernenburg
Suggested fault diagnosis Ratio 1 (R1) Ratio 2 (R2) Ratio 3 (R3) Ratio 4 (R4)
CH
4
/H
2
C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4
C
2
H
2
/CH
4
C
2
H
6
/C
2
H
2
1. Thermal Decomposition >1.0 <0.75 <0.3 >0.4
2. Corona (Low Intensity PD) <0.1 Not Significant <0.3 >0.4
3. Arcing (High Intensity PD) >0.1 >0.75 >0.3 <0.4
In Doernenburgs method for declaring the unit faulty at least one of the gas concentrations
(in ppm) for H
2
, CH
4
, C
2
H
2
and C
2
H
4
should exceed twice the values from limit L1 (Table 8)
and one of the other three should exceed the values for Limit L1. Having established that
the unit is faulty, for determining the validity of ratio procedure at least one of the gases
in each ratio R1, R2, R3 or R4 should exceed limit L1. Otherwise the unit should be re-
sampled and investigated by alternative procedures.
302
Table 8 Concentrations of dissolved gas
Key gas Concentration L1 (in ppm)
Hydrogen(H
2
) 100
Methane (CH
4
) 120
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 350
Acetylene (C
2
H
2
) 35
Ethylene(C
2
H
4
) 50
Ethane (C
2
H
6
) 65
(b) The Rogers Ratio method is a more comprehensive scheme using only three ratios viz.
CH
4
/H
2
, C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4
& C
2
H
4
/C
2
H
6
, which details temperature ranges for overheating
conditions based on Halsteads research and some distinction of the severity of incipient
electrical fault conditions(Table 9). A normal condition is also listed.
Table 9 Rogers ratio for Key Gases
Case R2 R1 R5 Suggested fault
(C
2
H
2
/C
2
H
4
) (CH
4
/H
2
) (C
2
H
4
/C
2
H
6
) diagnosis
0 <0.1 >0.1 <0.1 Unit normal
1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Low-energy density
arcing PD (See Note)
2 0.1-3.0 0.1-1.0 >3.0 Arcing High energy
discharge
3 <0.1 >0.1<1.0 1.0-3.0 Low temperature
thermal
4 <0.1 >1.0 1.0-3.0 Thermal <700C
5 <0.1 >1.0 >3.0 Thermal >700C
Note : There will be a tendency for the ratios R2 and R4 to increase to a ratio above 3 as the
discharge develops in intensity
IEEE C57.104 - 1991 standard gives an elaborate way of analysing the type of fault using
Doernenberg, Rogerss method and TDCG limits.
However it is again emphasized that DGA shall give misleading results unless certain
precautions are taken. These are proper sampling procedure, Type of sampling bottle, cleanliness
of bottle, duration of storage, method of gas extraction, good testing equipment and skilled
manpower.
2.5 Trend Analysis
Transformers from the same manufacturer and of same type some time exhibit initially specific
pattern of gas evolution which subsequently slows down (or reach a plateau) is called
Fingerprints or normal characteristics, which are characteristic to the transformer and do not
represent an incipient fault condition.
303
When a possible incipient fault condition is identified for first time, it is advisable to determine
gassing trend with subsequent analysis giving information such as which gases are currently
being generated and rate of generation of these gases. The level of gases generated in subsequent
analysis provides a baseline from which future judgement can be made. In the examination of
trends, key gases, TDCG, CO
2
/CO ratio, rate of gas generation and fingerprints (of normal
trends) of particular transformer should also be considered.
The ratio of gas generation is a function of load supplied by the transformers and this information
is vital in determining the severity of fault condition and decision of removal of the equipment
from service for further investigation. Two methods are suggested in literature for assessing
the gassing rate:
Change of concentration of gas in ppm
Determination of actual amount of gas generated
General guidelines for rate of gas generation for removal of transformer from service are 100
ppm/day and 0.1 cub feet (0.003 m
3
) gas per day
A flow chart is given at Fig. 1 for step by step action to be taken based on DGA test results
giving recommendations:
Fig. 1 Flow chart for DGA from IEC 60599/ 1999
304
3.0 FURFURALDEHYDE ANALYSIS REMNANT LIFE MEASUREMENT OF PAPER
INSULATION
Degradation of insulating paper can be ascertained by direct or indirect methods. Direct method
employs Degree of Polymerization (DP), which requires a physical paper sample from the winding.
However, this method being destructive to transformer, cannot be employed as a routine
condition monitoring exercise.
3.1 Degree of Polymerization (DP)
One of the most dependable means of determining paper deterioration and remaining life is the
DP test of the cellulose. The cellulose molecule is made up of a long chain of glucose rings
which form the mechanical strength of the molecule and the paper. DP is the average number of
these rings in the molecule. For DP measurement remove a sample of the paper insulation about
1 centimeter square from a convenient location near the top of center phase with a pair of
tweezers. In general, in a three-phase transformer, the hottest most thermally aged paper will be
at the top of the center phase. If it is not possible to take a sample from the center phase, take
a sample from the top of one of the other phases.
Table 10 DP values for estimating remaining paper life
New insulation 1,000 DP to 1,400 DP
60% to 66% life remaining 500 DP
30% life remaining 300 DP
0 life remaining 200 DP
3.2 Furan Analysis
It is known that in addition to CO and CO
2
the ageing process of the paper produces several oil
soluble by products, most notably the furanoid compounds (FFA). When cellulose insulation
decomposes due to overheating, chemicals, in addition to CO
2
and CO, are released and dissolved
in the oil. These chemical compounds are known as furanic compounds or furans. The most
important one, for our purposes, is 2-furfuraldehyde. When DGAs are required, always request
that furans testing be completed by the laboratory to check for paper deterioration. In healthy
transformers, there are no detectable furans in the oil, or they are less than 100 part per billion
(ppb). In cases where significant damage to paper insulation from heat has occurred, furan
levels have been found to be at least 100 ppb and up to 70,000 ppb. The monitoring of furanic
compounds by annual sampling of the oil and its analysis using High Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) has beenis under used for condition monitoring on a routine basis for
somein recent years by some utilities.
Source : EPRIs Guidelines for the Life Extension of Substations, 2002 Update, chapter 3. Table 7: DP
Values for Estimating Remaining Paper Life
305
Generally FFAs are extracted from the oil either by solvent extraction or solid phase extraction
and measured by HPLC by UV detector. The major FFA in oil is 2-Furfural and others are
present in very low or undetected levels. 2-Furfural can be measured colorimetrically using
spectrophotometer. This method is rapid and accurate and measures only 2-Furfural in oil. This
technique is useful for quick screening of FFA in transformer oil. The relationship between the
generation of these by-products and condition of in service paper is not well established.
However, it has generally been seen that there is a linear relationship between FFA and DP.
FFA may be used as a complimentary technique to DGA for condition monitoring.
Table 11 Furans, DP, Percent of Life Used, of Paper Insulation
Non-thermally Thermally Estimated Degree Estimated Interpretation
upgraded paper upgraded of Polymerization Percentage of
55 C Rise paper 65 C Rise (DP) Remaining
Transformer Transformer Life
2FAL (ppb) Total Furans (ppb)
58 51 800 100 Normal
130 100 700 90 Aging
292 195 600 79 Rate
654 381 500 66 Accelerated
1,464 745 400 50 Aging
1,720 852 380 46 Rate
2,021 974 360 42
2,374 1,113 340 38 Excessive
2,789 1,273 320 33 Aging
3,277 1,455 300 29 Danger Zone
3,851 1,664 280 24 High Risk of
4,524 1,902 260 19 Failure
5,315 2,175 240 13 End of Expected
6,245 2,487 220 7 Life of Paper
7,337 2,843 200 0 Insulationand of the
Transformer
Testing is done for five different furans which are caused by different problems. The five furans and their
most common causes are listed below:
5H2F (5-Hydroxymethyl-2-Furaldehyde) caused by oxidation (aging and heating) of the paper
2FOL (2-Furfurol) caused by high moisture in the paper
2FAL (2-Furaldehyde) caused by overheating
2ACF (2-Acetylfuran) caused by lightning (rarely found in DGA)
5M2F (5-Methyl-2-Furaldehyde) caused by local severe overheating (hotspot)
(Source : Transformer Diagnostic USBR, June 2003, Page-38)
4.0 CONTINUOUS DGA MONITORING BY ON-LINE GAS SENSORS
4.1 Laboratory DGA is carried out at a predefined interval and the fault developing within
that interval cannot be ascertained till the transformer has actually failed. It is important to
306
appreciate that some faults may take less than one year to progress from onset to failure; others
may remain in a stable state for a much longer period but have the potential for a rapid increase.
In case of sudden rise in gas levels indicated by on-line sensor, sample should be sent for
immediate laboratory analysis for confirmation and to decide further course of action. One of
the most widely used on line Gas Monitoring system has a membrane, which allows preferentially
lighter molecules to pass through and be detected in a gas reaction cell. Some of the on-line gas
monitors also provide continuous moisture measurement thereby ascertaining the wetness of
the winding.
4.2 More recently various companies have developed Fourier transform infra Red (FTIR)
detectors which will detect most of the gases of interest and quantify their amounts. These
systems are not seen currently as an alternative to the very low cost of a laboratory based oil
analysis. Their current role is to investigate particular transformer with gassing problems.
However, an added benefit being gained is the greater understanding of the load temperature,
time relationships for detected gases. This should eventually lead to better understanding and
interpretation of the laboratory analysis.
5.0 CAPACITANCE & TAN MEASUREMENT OF BUSHINGS AND WINDINGS
Monitoring of insulation requires knowledge of insulation characteristics and judgement based
on experience. Factors like ambient temperature, humidity, cleanliness of surface of bushings
and electrostatic interference are to be considered before taking any reading so that error in
measurement could be avoided and readings are accurate.
To overcome interference due to charged switchyard, the polarity of the input voltage is reversed
w. r. t. electrostatic interference and second measurement is made; the two averaged and
interference is effectively reduced. The testing kit with its own sinusoidal source and interference
suppression / cancellation unit is used which generates its own signal opposite in phase and
magnitude to cancel out the interference.
While carrying out this test in EHV substation, certain precautions like use of
Interference Suppression Unit along with double-shielded leads, disconnection of jumpers and
cleaning of surface of the bushings are taken. All phases of a particular winding is
shorted together and also with neutral to minimize the effect of inductive currents during
measurements.
(a) Bushing Dissipation factor and capacitance values are measured in UST (Ungrounded
Specimen Test) mode.
(b) Measurement for windings is carried out as per the following combinations:
- Winding to winding in UST mode.
- Winding to Ground in GSTg mode with other winding guarded. While carrying out
measurement for HV winding LV winding should be guarded whereas for LV winding
HV winding shall be guarded.
307
In the absence of good data of temperature dependence for transformers manufactured in
India, temperature correction factor may not be applied to measured values and try to take
measurement as near to 20 C as possible.
Rate of change of tan and capacitance is very important. Normally Tan of bushings and
windings at 20C should be less than 0.007. Capacitance value can be within +10%, -5% of
previous capacitance values. Rate of rise of Tan for bushings and windings should not be
more than 0.001 per year. The rate of change of tan more than 0.001 per year needs further
investigation
6.0 FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS
6.1 Dielectric faults in transformers may be caused by mechanical displacements occurring
during transportation, short circuit forces or inadequate clamping possibly caused by shrinkage
of windings due to ageing. Such changes cannot be detected through DGA, winding resistance,
C &Tan measurement etc. FRA has proved to be easy to perform in the field and provide a
reliable indication of mechanical condition of transformers even if reference results are not
available.
6.2 Standard Network/Spectrum Analyser, consisting of one main unit and one measurement
unit can be used for FRA measurement. Connections of the instrument to the transformer
using three coaxial test leads are shown in Fig. 2. It can be seen from the diagram that the swept
frequency sinusoidal signal output (S) of approximately 2 V rms from the measurement unit of
Analyser and one measuring input (R) are connected to the one end of a winding. While other
end of the winding is connected to the other measuring input (T). The voltage are applied and
measured with respect to the earthed transformer tank.
Fig. 2 : FRA test set up
308
6.3 It should be ensured that winding not being tested, are terminated in open condition in
order to avoid the introduction of differences between the responses of three phases. The
same procedure is followed on subsequent tests on the same or similar transformer, to ensure
that measurements are entirely repeatable.
6.4 The voltage transfer function T1/R1 is measured for each winding for four standard
frequency scans from 5 Hz to 2 MHz and amplitude and phase shift results are recorded on
floppies for subsequent analysis.
6.5 Analysis of Measured Frequency Responses
Frequency responses recorded as above are analyzed in any of the following manner:
Shift in the response of the winding
Differences between the responses of all the phases of the same transformer.
Differences between the responses of transformers of the same design.
In all the above cases major frequency shifts especially in low frequency range is cause for
concern.
As per EuroDoble Client Committee, the traces in general will change shape and be distorted
in the low frequency range (below 5 kHz) if there is a core problem. The traces will be distorted
and change shape in higher frequencies (above 10 kHz), if there is winding problem. Changes
of less than 3 decibels (dB) compared to baseline traces are normal and within tolerances. In
general, changes of +/- 3 dB (or more) in following frequency range may indicate following
faults:
Table 12 : Probable fault detectable by FRA
Frequency Range Probable fault
5 Hz to 2 kHz Shorted turns, open circuit, residual magnetism or core movement
50 Hz to 20 kHz Bulk movement of windings relative to each other
500 Hz to 2 MHz Deformation within a winding
25 Hz to 10 MHz Problems with winding leads and/or test lead placement
6.6 It is normally sufficient to consider only amplitude responses, although phase responses
are being recorded too. In practical situation, FRA has confirmed of no winding movement and
has enabled transformer to be returned to service quickly after incidents such as tap
changer faults thus avoiding a costly internal inspection. This test is sensitive, immune to
electromagnetic interference and very repeatable being insensitive to the disposition of test
leads and not influenced by weather. A typical FRA curve with Amplitude and phase angle is
shown in Fig. 3.
309
Fig. 3 : A typical FRA curve
6.7 It should be borne in mind that although FRA technique is very powerful and effective
tool and capable of detecting a range of transformer faults, it is nevertheless primarily a
mechanical condition assessment test and must be used in conjunction with other diagnostic
tests if a complete picture of the condition of the transformer is to be obtained.
7.0 PARTIAL DISCHARGE MEASUREMENT
7.1 Partial discharges generate low amplitude, short duration current pulses and two different
techniques are in common use to detect and measure these signals. One technique consists of
measurements with a radio-noise meter and levels measured are referred as Radio Influence
Voltage, RIV signals measured in micro-volt. The other method consists of measurements
with a partial discharge detector and the signals are measured in pico-coulombs. Acoustic
techniques have advantage over electrical method that this can be used on energized transformer
and is not susceptible to interference from outside sources. Acoustic signals are usually
measured using a transducer coupled to the wall of the transformer tank. Ultrasonic piezoelectric
transducers (with a response in the range of 20 to 200 kHz), an amplifier, display device and
source of high voltage are the basic component of typical test equipment for acoustic PD
detection.
7.2 RIV measurement may indicate a possible problem but not the exact location or cause.
Many faults are no threat to the transformer integrity but without knowledge of location or
likely cause much time and money may be wasted investigating problems without success.
DGA and PD detection when used in combination comprise a very effective diagnostic package.
DGA being used initially to indicate the problem and PD detection usually on-line to confirm
310
location and identify it. Typical ranges of partial discharges for classification of defective and
non-defective insulation of windings of transformers are given in the Table 3.
Table 13 Classification of PD for defective and defect-free insulation of windings of transformers
Defect free 10 50 pC
Normal deterioration < 500 pC
Questionable 500 1000 pC
Defective condition 1000 2500 pC
Faulty (Irreversible) > 2500 pC
Critical >100,000 1,000,000 pC
(Source : CIGRE DOC. No. 227. Life Management Technique for Power Transformer)
8.0 POLARISATION SPECTRUM OR RECOVERY VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT
(RVM)
8.1 RVM test is an important diagnostic tool; simple to carryout at site and in conjunction
with other traditional insulation tests can be used effectively for real condition assessment of
power transformers.
8.2 In this method, a DC voltage is applied between terminals of the windings under test for
a certain pre-determined time (t
c
), keeping all other windings grounded with tank. Afterwards
the terminals are short circuited for a pre-selected time (t
d
) and opening short-circuit to activate
the polarization phenomena, to build up a relaxation (return or recovery) voltage as shown in
Fig. 4. Changing charging and discharging times in 10
-2
-10
4
sec (keeping t
c
/ t
d
constant), a series
of values for recovery voltage can be obtained. Plotting them as a function of t
c
, Polarization
Spectrum curves can be drawn as shown in Fig. 5.
8.3 If a composite paper oil insulation dielectric is subjected to a sequence of charging /
discharging process and measuring corresponding recovery voltages as explained above, then
a plot of recovery voltages against charging times shall exhibit a dominant peak (Fig. 4). As the
time constant associated with polarization effects is inversely proportional to dielectric losses
in paper-oil, any processes or conditions that affect the dielectric losses have an inverse
corresponding effect on the polarization time constant. Since chemical ageing tends to increase
the dielectric losses of both paper and oil, the polarization time constant tends to shift towards
lower values with ageing of paper-oil insulation. Thus the dominant time constant can be
correlated with moisture content in the paper insulation as shown in Fig. 6.
311
Fig. 4 : Method of RVM testing, where
S
R
Initial Slope t
C
Charge time t
d
Discharge time t
p
Time of peak
8.4 The evaluation of polarization spectrum shown in Fig. 5 clearly indicates the changes in
the insulation condition. The displacement of the curve peak towards small time-
constants signifies a degradation of the die-electric (paper insulation) as the age of transformer
increases.
Fig 5 : Examples of polarization spectrum curves for various transformers of different age
Fig 6 : Dominant time constant as a function of moisture content and temperature
312
The moisture in paper can be evaluated if moisture content in oil and temperature of top oil is
known from the following graph at Fig. 7. This is not an accurate method but it gives fairly good
idea about the dryness of the insulation
Fig 7 Equilibrium water content of paper as a function of water content of
impregnating transformer oil at various operating temperatures
Now-a-days testing instruments are commercially available that can precisely measure % water
saturation of oil through which mositure in paper insulation can be computed.
Table 14 : Moisture content in paper
Source : IEEE Std. 62-1995
Insulation condition % Moisture by dry % Saturation of
weight in paper (Wp) Waterin oil
Dry (at commissioning) 0.5-1.0 % < 5 %
Moderate to Wet (Lower no. indicate fairly < 2 % 6-20 %
dry whereas large no. indicate moderately
wet insulation)
Wet 2-4 % 21-30 %
Extremely wet > 4.5 % > 30 %
(Source : CIGRE DOC. No. 227. Life Management Technique for Power Transformer)
9.0 ON LINE WINDING TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
9.1 The life of a transformer is shortened considerably if it is operated consistently at elevated
temperatures. A winding temperature indicator (WTI) is used to monitor the temperature of
winding by indirect methods and give alarm / trip commands to protection circuits when
313
temperature rises beyond the set limits to protect the transformer. This method uses a thermal
image of the transformer and is based on the transformer load current. Calibration consists of
assigning an assumed hot temperature to full load current. However it is not a direct measurement
of the winding temperature and cannot reliably represent the transient conditions.
9.2 The direct measurement of winding temperature of transformer by hot probes with fibre-
optic links is based on fluoroptic thermometry technology where a temperature sensitive
phosphor is connected to the detector. Blue violet light pulses are sent down the fibre causing
the phosphor to glow. Decay of fluorescence after each pulse varies accurately with temperature.
The same optical fibre transmits the excitation pulses and returns the fluorescent signal. It has
a very wide temperature range of measurement (-200C to + 450C) and has a high accuracy of
+ 0.1 C. The optical signals do not get distorted in presence of even very high electromagnetic
fields. The cables/links are non-corrosive in transformer oil and they do not influence the
electric field inside transformer.
9.3 The change in decay time of fluorescent light is detected by a detector, which is directly
calibrated in terms of temperature. The response time of the change is very high and of the
order of 0.2 sec. So, fibre-optic point sensors for direct hot-spot measurement can measure the
actual hot-spot and have a much faster response. Accurate knowledge of thermal behaviour
and hot-spot temperature enables the manufacturer to refine designs and calculating procedures
and the customer to fully utilize the overload capabilities of plant without reducing life expectancy
and degrading the dielectric integrity.
10.0 THERMO VISION SCANNING OF TRANSFORMER
A thermo vision camera determines the temperature distribution on the surface of the tank as
well as in the vicinity of the Jumper connection to the bushing. The information obtained is
useful in predicting the temperature profile within the inner surface of tank and is likely to
provide approximate details of heating mechanism.
The following temperature rises above ambient have been found to be practical during infrared
inspections:
Table 15 : Action based on temperature rise above ambient
Temperature rise Recommendation
above ambient (C) (based on IEEE Std 62-1995)
0-10 Repair in regular maintenance schedule : Little probability of physical damage
11-39 Repair in near future; Inspect for physical dmages
40-75 Repair in the immediate future. Disassemble and check for probable damage
>76 Critical problems; Repair immediately
Note : Any decision to remove any equipment from service has to be taken based on test results, special tests
if any (in totality) and manufacturers recommendation.
314
11.0 CONCLUSION
Condition monitoring uses sensors to provide raw data and warning signals from the equipment
under surveillance. The diagnostic and condition monitoring together is a powerful tool for
optimizing assets life. It also helps to reduce maintenance, failure and consequential losses and
to assist in predicting residual life. Based on the results, refurbishment strategy, upgrading and
replacement decisions can be taken.
12.0 REFERENCES
1. Criteria for the interpretation of Data for DGA from transformer-Paul J. Griffin, Electrical insulating
oils, ASTME, Philadelphia
2. Dissolved Fault Gas Analysis Data A practical approach to interpretation of Results- Dr. J.E. Morgan
and W. Morse, Morgan Schaffer Corporation Bulletin, MS 25, 1993
3. POWERGRID experience in dissolved gas analysis - An overview by Bhaskar V.K, De Bhowmick B.N
and Kapur A.K. presented in CBIP Seminar on EHV Transformer Failure held on 22-23 December
1998 at Jabalpur, India
4. Evolution of acceptance norm for dissolved gas analysis and application of DGA techniques in the
monitoring and assessment of transformers and shunt reactors - users view by Agrawal S.K, Goswami
M. M, Mata Prasad and Dwivedi P. K presented at TRAFOTECH 90
5. Condition monitoring of power transformer - A POWERGRID experience by Bhaskar V.K, Tyagi R.K,
De Bhowmick et al. presented at CBIP International Conference on Power Transformer held in April
2000 at New Delhi
6. New guidelines for Furan analysis as well as dissolved gas analysis in oil-filled transformers by A.
Mollmann and A. De Pablo, CIGRE 1996 paper: 15/21/33-19
7. Essential requirements to maintain transformers in service by G. Breen, CIGRE 1992 paper 12-103
8. A DC Expert system (RVM) for checking the refurbishment efficiency of high voltage oil-paper
insulating system using polarization spectrum analysis in range of long time constants by Csepes,
Bognar, CIGRE Paper 12-206, Paris 1994
9. Experience in PD diagnostic tests on site based on the PD probe technique by E. Lemke presented at 5
th
Workshop and Conference on EHV Technology, Banglore/ India, August 2-4,1995
10. Mechanical condition assessment of power transformers using frequency response analysis by John
Lapworth and T Nooan
11. Recent developments in diagnostic techniques for substation equipments by Okabe, Ichihara et al.,
CIGRE 1996 paper 15/21/33-08
12. Residual life assessment and life extension of power transformers by Agrawal S.K. presented in 4
th
International Conference on Transformers, TRAFOTECH 94, IEEMA, Banglore 1994
13. State of the art condition monitoring and diagnostic techniques for power transformers and shunt
reactors-POWERGRID experience by Bhaskar V.K, De Bhowmick B.N, Dr. Agrrawal S.K and Dube S.K.
presented in 6
th
International Conference on Transformers, TRAFOTECH 2002, IEEMA, Bombay
2002
14. FRA and its use in detection of winding movement in power transformers by De Bhowmick B. N.
presented at CBIP International Conference on Power Transformer held in April 2000 at New Delhi
315
15. EPRI Journal Sept. 1989 and IEEE Power Engineering Review; Sept90
16. Robust fibre optic winding temperature sensing system published in Techcon 2003 Asia-Pacific PT&D
June/July 2003.
17. CIGRE Guide for life management techniques for power transformers-20
th
Jan03 prepared by CIGRE
WG A2.18
18. IEEE Std.62-1995: IEEE Guide for diagnostic field testing of electric power apparatus-Part 1: Oil filled
Power Transformers, Regulators and Reactors
19. IEC-60599-1999: Mineral oil-impregnated electrical equipment in service-Guide to the interpretation
of dissolved and free gases analysis
20. IEEE std. C57.104-1991: IEEE Guide for the interpretation of gases generated in oil-immersed
transformers
SECTION L
Capitalisation Formula for
Transformer Losses
318
Rationalisation of Capitalisation Formula for Transformer Losses
319
SECTION L
Capitalisation Formula for Transformer Losses
1.0 The rate of capitalisation of transformer losses depends upon the rate of interest, rate of
electrical energy per kWh, life of transformer and average annual loss factor. The annual loss
factor takes into account the loading of the transformer during the year. In computing the rate
of capitalisation of Iron losses, Load losses and Auxiliary losses, following
methodology is recommended :
(i) Rate of interest (r);
(ii) Rate of electrical energy (EC) : It is the cost of energy per kWh at the Bus to which the
transformer is to be connected. This has been taken as Rs. per kWh at 11 kV.
(iii) Life of the transformer (n) : It is taken as 25 years.
(iv) The transformer may be considered in service (LF) for (365X24) 8760 hours in a year.
With modern techniques in design of Condition-monitoring etc, for calculation of losses
no downtime is considered.
(v) The cooling auxiliaries system has been considered in service for 40 percent of the time,
the transformer is in service.
(vi) Annual losses factor:
LS = 0.2 LF + 0.8 (LF)
2

where:
LS is the annual loss factor
LF is the annual load factor. This may be decided by the purchaser depending on the
application of transformer. However assuming annual load factor (LF) as 60 percent,
annual loss factor (LS) works out to 0.408.
(vii) Capitalisation Formula Suggested,
Capitalised Cost of Transformer = Initial Cost (IC) + Capitalised Cost of annual iron
losses (Wi) + Capitalised cost of annual Load losses (Wc) + Capitalised cost of annual
auxiliary losses (Wp).
320
Capitalised cost of Iron losses per kW (Wi) = 8760 x e x
n
n
r r
r
) 1 (
1 ) 1 (
+
+

Capitalised cost of Load losses per kW (Wc) = 8760 x e x
n
n
r r
LS r
) 1 (
* 1 ) 1 (
+
+

Capitalised cost of Auxiliary losses per kW (Wp) = 0.4 x 8760 x e x n
n
r r
r
) 1 (
1 ) 1 (
+
+

Note:
(i) Actual value can be worked out by the purchaser by considering appropriate values of r, EC, LF and LS.
(ii) For auto transformer, the load losses capitalisation shall consider the losses due to both HV and IV loaded to
their rating with tertiary unloaded unless otherwise required by the purchaser. For other three winding
transformers the loading combinations for capitalisation of losses shall be indicated by purchaser.
SECTION M
Specifications for Protective Schemes for
Power and Distribution Transformers

322
Specifications for Protective Schemes for Power and Distribution Transformers
323
SECTION M
Specifications for Protective Schemes for
Power and Distribution Transformers
1.0 GENERAL
This section of the Transformer Manual covers recommended protection schemes for
distribution and power transformers. This part specification does not purport to include all
necessary provisions of a contract. For general requirements, ratings and tests reference shall
be made to other sections of the Transformer Manual.
2.0 PROTECTION OF DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
2.1 Pole mounted distribution transformers of capacities ranging from 16 kVA to 200 kVA
with voltage ratio of 11000/433-250 volts shall have the protection as given in Table 1.
Table 1
Protection
Voltage Capacity
ratio (kVA) Primary Secondary
side side
11000/433-250 16, 25, 63 Dropout/Horn Moulded case circuit
Volts 100 and 200 gap fuse breaker (MCCB)
2.2 Ground mounted distribution transformers of capacities ranging from 200 kVA to 1600
kVA with voltage ratio of 11000/433, 33000/433 and 33000/11000 volts shall have the
protection as given in Table 2. However, wherever circuit breakers are provided following
protections are recommended:
2.2.1 IDMT type over current and earth fault relay and if required, delayed neutral earth fault
protection to take care of high resistance faults in the outgoing feeders/transformer LT cable
can be provided.
2.2.2 Oil temperature indicator with one electrical contact for alarm or trip shall be provided
for distribution transformers of capacities 1000 kVA onwards. Winding temperature
indicator with two electrical contacts for alarm and trip can be specified by purchaser as an
optional item for distribution transformers of capacities 1000 kVA onwards.
2.2.3 Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contacts shall be provided for transformer of
capacity 1000 kVA onwards.
324
Table 2
Protection
Voltage Capacity
ratio (kVA) Primary Secondary
side side
11000/433-250 315,630, 1000 HRC/Expulsion MCCB/ACB
and 1600 fuse
33000/433 630, 1000, 1600 HRC/Expulsion MCCB/ACB
fuse
33000/11000 1600 HRC/Expulsion CB
fuse
2.3 The 33 kV and 11 kV windings of the distribution transformers located outdoors and
connected to overhead lines shall be protected by lightning arrestors.
3.0 PROTECTION OF 12 KV CLASS POWER TRANSFORMERS
3.1 12 kV Class Power transformers with capacities ranging above 1600 kVA as covered in
Section 'C' of Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
l Circuit breakers both on primary and secondary side.
l IDMT over current and earth fault relay shall be provided on the 11 kV side.
l IDMT over current and earth fault relay shall be provided on the secondary side and if
required, delayed neutral earth fault protection to take care of high resistance faults in
the outgoing feeders/Transformer LT cable can be provided
l Buchholz relay with alarm and trip contact.
l Winding temperature indicator with alarm and trip contacts, pressure relief device
with trip contact shall be provided. However, oil temperature indicator with alarm and
trip contacts, oil level indicator with alarm contact can be specified by the purchaser
as optional items.
l Lightning arrestors on both primary and secondary sides when the transformer is
located outdoors and connected to overhead lines.
4.0 PROTECTION OF 36 KV CLASS POWER TRANSFORMERS
4.1 36 kV class power transformers of capacities ranging from 3.15 MVA and above as
included in Section 'D' of the Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
l Circuit breakers both on the primary and secondary sides.
l High speed percentage biased differential relay with second harmonic restraint.
l IDMT type overcurrent relay with high set elements on the primary side.
325
l IDMT type over current and earth fault relay on the secondary side.
l Oil temperature indicator with one electrical contact for alarm or trip contact.
l Winding temperature indicator with three electrical contacts for (a) alarm (b) trip (c)
control of fan for transformers above 10 MVA can be specified by the purchaser.
outdoors and connected to overhead lines.
l Oil surge protection for OLTC (if provided) diverter tank with trip contact.
l Pressure relief device with trip contact.
l Oil level indicator with alarm contact shall be provided
5.0 PROTECTION OF 72.5 KV CLASS POWER TRANSFORMERS
5.1 72.5 kV class Power Transformers with capacities as covered in Section 'D' of
Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
l Circuit breakers on both primary and secondary sides.
l Back up IDMT over current and earth fault relay on primary side.
l Back up IDMT over current and earth fault relay on the secondary side.
l Oil temperature indicator with alarm and trip contact.
l Winding temperature indicator with three electrical contacts for (a) alarm (b) trip (c)
control of fan for transformers above 10 MVA can be specified by the purchaser.
l Magnetic oil gauge with low oil level alarm contact.
outdoors and connected to overhead lines.
l Oil surge protection for OLTC diverter tank with trip contact.
l Restricted earth fault protection
326
l In case of non-clearance of fault on operation of transformer protection, utilities may
consider tripping of all other circuit breakers feeding the fault by devising appropriate
scheme logic.
6.0 PROTECTION OF 145 AND 245 KV CLASS POWER TRANSFORMERS
6.1 145 kV class power transformers with capacities as covered in Section 'E' of
Transformer Manual and 245 kV class power transformers with capacities as covered in
Section 'F' of Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
l High speed percentage biased differential relay with second harmonic restraint
l Restricted earth fault relay on star connected primary and secondary sides.
l Back up IDMT over current and earth fault relay on the primary and secondary sides
l Overflux relay.
l Magnetic oil gauge with low level alarm contact.
l Oil surge protection for OL TC diverter tank with trip contact.
located outdoors and is connected to the overhead lines.
l Winding temperature indicator with four electrical contacts for (a) alarm (b) trip (c)
control of fan and pumps for transformers above 10 MVA can be specified by the
purchaser
l Transformer fire protection trip and isolation of power supply to cooling fans and
pumps
l Local breaker backup relays on all sides of Transformer
7.0 PROTECTION OF 145 KV AND 245 KV CLASS INTERCONNECTING AUTO
TRANSFORMERS

7.1 145 kV and 245 kV class interconnecting auto transformers with capacities as covered
in Section 'F' of Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
327
l High speed percentage biased differential relay with second harmonic restraint
l Restricted earth fault relay.
l Back up directional over current and earth fault relay on the primary and secondary
sides
l Overfluxing relay.
l Winding temperature indicator with three sets of contacts for alarm, trip and control of
fans (ONAN/ONAF) and four sets of contacts for (ONAN/OFAF).
located outdoors and is connected to overhead lines.
pumps.
l Definite time over current relay for alarm.
l Local breaker backup relays on all sides of auto transformer.
7.2 In addition to the protection mentioned in this clause, for large inter connecting auto
transformer (inter connecting two different systems/utilities) with OLTC and tertiary delta
winding along with neutral grounding transformer for tertiary winding, the following
additional protection may be provided. The typical protection diagrams showing Relaying
connection and trip logics are enclosed as Annexures I and II.
(i) Restricted earthfault relay for neutral grounding transformer.
(ii) Definite time over current relays on secondary and tertiary side of auto transformer for
alarm.
(iii) Overcurrent relay on primary neutral.
(iv) Overcurrent and earthfault protection on tertiary side.
(v) Overcurrent relays on neutral of NGT.
(vi) Buchholz relay for NGT with alarm and trip contact
(vii) Overload trimming relays on secondary and tertiary sides for load trimming.

328
Teed protection is used wherever the transformer is charged on primary side and secondary
side breaker/isolator are open. In that case backup directional overcurrent/earthfault relays on
secondary side are non-operative. Hence, the instantaneous overcurrent protection provided
on bushing CTs of the transformer to be wired for trip through secondary side
breaker/isolator b contact, will be provided as backup protection to transformer differential
protection.
8.0 PROTECTION OF 420 KV CLASS AUTO TRANSFORMERS
8.1 420 kV class Auto Transformers with capacities as covered in Section 'G' of
Transformer Manual shall have the following protection.
l High speed percentage biased differential relay with harmonic restraint.
l Restricted earth-fault relay.
l Neutral displacement relay or restricted earth fault relay for protection against ground
faults in the tertiary winding/associated connections depending upon the tertiary
earthing arrangements.
l Backup directional overcurrent and earth fault or impedance relays.
l Overf1ux relay.
l Lightning arrestors on both sides of the transformer.
pumps
l Definite time over current relay for alarm.
l Oil surge protection for OLTC diverter tank with trip contact
l Local breaker backup relays on all sides of auto transformer

329
9.0 PROTECTION OF GENERATOR TRANSFORMERS
9.1 Generator transformers with capacities as covered in Sections 'E' and 'G' of the
Transformer Manual shall have the following protection :
l Circuit breakers on HV side.
l Overall differential current relay covering the generator zone also, in addition to
transformer differential protection.
l Restricted earth fault relay on the HV side.
l Neutral overcurrent relay against sustained external system earth faults.
l Lightning arrestors on the HV side when the transformer is located outdoors and is
connected to the overhead lines.
l Oil flow indicator with one contact for alarm, wherever applicable.
l Water flow indicator with one contact for alarm wherever applicable.
pumps
l Oil surge protection for OLTC diverter tank with trip contact
l Local breaker backup relays
10.0 PROTECTION OF 765 KV AUTO TRANSFORMERS
10.1 765 kV Auto Transformers shall have the following protection:
l Restricted earth-fault relay.
330
l Neutral displacement relay or restricted earth fault relay for protection against ground
faults in the tertiary winding/associated connections depending upon the tertiary
earthing arrangements.
l Backup directional over current and earth fault relay with non-directional high-set
feature or impedance relays.
l Back-up neutral E/F protection with IDMT characteristics.
l Over flux relay for both HV & MV/LV side.
l Lightning arrestors on both sides of the transformer.
l Pressure relief device with trip contact
pumps.
l Definite time over current relay for alarm in HV side.
l Local breaker back up relays on all sides of Auto Transformer.
11.0 PROTECTION OF 765 KV GENERATOR TRANSFORMERS
l Generator transformers shall have the following protection:
l Circuit breakers on HV and LV side.
l Overall differential current relay covering the generator zone also, in addition to
transformer differential protection.
l Generator transformer differential protection
l Restricted earth fault relay on the HV side.
l Overhead line connection differential protection including generator transformer HV
winding
331
l Neutral overcurrent relay against sustained external system earth faults.
l Magnetic oil gauge with low level alarm contact
l Lightning arrestors on the H.V side when the transformer is located outdoors and is
connected to the overhead lines.
l Oil flow indicator with one contact for alarm wherever applicable.
l Water flow indicator with one contact for alarm wherever applicable.
pumps.
l Buchholz relay with alarm & trip contact for OLTC
l Local breaker back up relays.

332

A
n
n
e
x
u
r
e

I

333

A
n
n
e
x
u
r
e

I
I

SECTION N
Specifications for Voltage Control
of Power Transformers
336
Specifications for Voltage Control of Power Transformers
337
SECTION N
Specifications for Voltage Control
This section covers voltage control of OFF-circuit as well as ON-load type.
1.0 VOLTAGE CONTROL (OFF-CIRCUIT TYPE)
1.1 When specified, each transformer shall be provided with off-circuit tap changing switch
or off-circuit links for varying its effective ratio of transformation whilst the transformer is
de-energised and without producing phase displacement.
1.2 The off-circuit switch handle will be provided with a locking arrangement along with tap
position indicator, thus, enabling the switch to be locked in position. A warning plate
indicating that switch shall be operated only when the transformer is de-energised shall be
fitted.
2.0 VOLTAGE CONTROL (ON-LOAD TYPE)
2.1 When specified, each transformer shall be provided with voltage control equipment of
the tap changing type for varying its effective transformation ratio whilst the transformers are
on-load and without producing phase displacement.
2.2 Equipment for local and remote electrical and local manual operation shall be provided
and shall comply with the following conditions. Local remote switch may be housed in
remote control panel or in tap changer driving unit.
2.2.1 It shall not be possible to operate the electric drive when the manual operating gear is
in use.
2.2.2 It shall not be possible for any two electric controls to be in operation at the same time.
2.2.3 The equipment shall be suitable if specified for supervisory control and indication on
multi-way switch, make-before-break, having one fixed contact for each tap position, shall
be provided and when specified, wired to the tapchanger drive gear. This switch shall be
provided in addition to any which may be required for remote tap position indication
purposes. Supervisory indication shall also be provided when specified in the form of
contacts to close on "Tapchange incomplete". All other components of the supervisory gear
if required will be specified separately.
2.2.4 Operation from the local of remote control switch or push button shall cause one tap
movement only until the control switch or push button is returned to the off position between
successive operations.
2.2.5 All electrical control switches and the local operating gear shall be clearly labelled in a
suitable manner to indicate the direction of tapchanging.
338
2.2.6 The local control switches shall be mounted in the marshalling box, or driving gear
housing.
2.3 The equipment shall be so arranged as to ensure that when a tapchange has been
commenced it shall be completed independently of the operation of the control relays or
switches. If a failure of the auxiliary supply during a tapchange or any other contingency
such as tapchanger getting stuck would result in that movement not being completed,
adequate means shall be provided to safeguard the transformer and its auxiliary equipment.
2.4 Suitable apparatus shall be provided for each transformer to give indications as follows :
2.4.1 To give indication, mechanically at the transformer and electrically at the remote
control point if specified, of the number of the tapping in use on the transformer.
2.4.2 To give an indication at the remote control point that a tapchange is in progress, by
means of an illuminated lamp.
2.5 For remote control, the switches, push button tap position indicator, etc., shall all be
supplied as loose apparatus unless a remote control panel is specified.
2.6 All relays and operating devices shall operate correctly, at any voltage between the limits
specified in the relevant Indian Standard.
2.7 The tapchanging switches and mechanism shall be mounted in oil tanks or compartments
mounted in an accessible position on the transformer tank.
2.8 Any enclosed compartment not oil filled shall be adequately ventilated. Metal clad
thermostatically controlled heaters shall be provided in the driving mechanism chamber and
in the marshalling box. All contactors, relay coils or other parts shall be suitably protected
against corrosion or deterioration due to condensation, fungi, etc.
2.9 The tap changer contacts which are not used for making or breaking current like separate
selector switch contacts can be located inside main transformer tank where tapchanger
construction permits such an arrangement. On load tapchangers having separate
compartment for selector contacts, the oil in such compartment shall be maintained under
conservator head by means of pipe connection from the highest point of the chamber to the
conservator. Such connection shall be controlled by suitable valve and shall be arranged so
that any gas leaving the chamber will pass into the gas and oil actuated relay. A separate
buchholz relay may be provided for this compartment.
2.10 It shall not be possible for the oil in these compartments of the tapchange equipment,
which contain contacts used for making or breaking current, to mix with the oil in the
compartments containing contacts not used for making or breaking current.
2.11 Any 'DROP DOWN' tanks associated with the tapchanging apparatus shall be fitted
with guide rods to control the movement during lifting or lowering operations. The guide
rods shall be so designed as to take support of the associated tank when in the fully lowered
position with oil. Lifting gear fitted to 'DROP DOWN' tanks shall include suitable device to
prevent run-away during lifting and lowering operations. They shall be provided with
adequate breathing arrangement. If specified the tapchanger shall be mounted in such a way
339
that the cover of the transformer can be lifted without removing connections between
windings and tapchanger.
2.12 Each compartment in which the oil is not maintained under conservator head shall be
provided with a suitable direct reading oil gauge.
2.13 The alternating supply for electrical operation of the control and indicating gear shall be
standard 415 volts, three-phase, 3 wire, 50 Hz, along with 240 volts single phase, 2 wire 50
Hz, subject to a variation of + 10 per cent so that the equipment offered can withstand
variation in A.C.
2.14 Limit switches shall be provided to prevent over running of the mechanism and except
where modified in clause 2.15 shall be directly connected in the circuit of the operating
motor. In addition a mechanical stop or other approved device shall be provided to prevent
over-running of the mechanism under any condition.
2.15 Limit switches may be connected in the control circuit of the operating motor provided
that a mechanical declutching mechanism incorporated.
2.16 Thermal devices or other means like motor circuit breakers with shunt tripcoil shall be
provided to protect the motor and control circuits. All relays, switches, fuses, etc., shall be
mounted in the marshalling box or driving gear housing and shall be clearly marked for
purposes of identification. They shall withstand the vibration associated with tapchanger gear
operation.
2.17 The control circuits shall operate at 110 V single phase to be supplied from a
transformer having a ratio of 415 or 240/55-0-55 V with the centre point earthed through a
removable link mounted in the marshalling box or tapchanger drive.
2.18 The whole of the apparatus shall be of robust design and capable of giving satisfactory
service without undue maintenance under the conditions to be met in service, including
frequent operation.
2.19 A five-digit counter shall be fitted to the tapchanging mechanism to indicate the number
of operations completed by the equipment.
2.20 A permanently legible lubrication chart shall be fitted within the driving mechanism
chamber, where applicable.
2.21 Loose equipments shall be supplied for mounting on the purchaser's control panel and
the control panel will be additionally supplied as and when required by the purchaser.
3.0 PARALLEL OPERATION OF TRANSFORMERS WITH ON-LOAD
TAPCHANGER
3.1 Besides the local and remote electrical control specified in clause 2 on-load tapchangers,
when specified, should be suitable for remote electrical parallel control as in clause 3.2.
3.2 Remote Electrical Parallel Control
3.2.1 In addition to the methods of control as in clause 2, the following additional provision
shall be made.
340
3.2.2 Suitable selector switch be provided, so that anyone transformer of the group can at a
time be selected as 'Master', 'Follower' or 'Independent'.
3.2.3 Necessary interlock blocking independent control when the units are in parallel, shall
be provided.
3.2.4 The scheme will be such that only one transformer of a group can be selected as
'Master'.
3.2.5 An out-of-step device shall be provided for each transformer which shall be arranged to
prevent further tapchanging when transformers in a group operating in 'Parallel control' are
one tap out-of-step.
4.0 ON-LOAD T APCHANGER CONTROL SCHEME
4.1 The control scheme for tapchanger can be as under :
(i) Non-automatic independent-as per Scheme 1. The scheme used for independent control
from local or remote panel.
(ii) Non-auto/automatic independent-as per Scheme 2. The scheme used for independent
control with automatic voltage control relay and line drop compensation as optional. If
required non-auto condition can be availed.
(iii) Non-automatic simultaneous parallel operation-as per Scheme 3. The scheme used for
non-automatic simultaneous parallel operation.
(iv) Non-auto/automatic simultaneous parallel operation-as per Scheme 4, Sheet 1
and 2.
The scheme used for automatic simultaneous parallel operation with facility for use with
non-auto condition also. Sheet I of the Scheme represents main control scheme and with
sheet 2 line drop compensation control scheme can be achieved as optional.
4.2 General
Local control items shall be mounted inside the on-load tapchanger driving mechanism or
marshalling box. Remote control items are to be mounted on remote control cubicle installed
in the control room. All the control items are to be mounted in easily accessible position and
clearly labelled. All the control item shall be of best quality and or class most suitable for
working under the conditions specified and shall withstand the variation of temperatures and
atmospheric condition arising under working conditions so also withstand vibrations. All the
control items shall be wired and connected as per 'Schematic Diagram of tapchanger control
equipment given in Scheme 1.
4.3 Motor
On-load tap changer driving gear Motor shall be of squirrel cage totally enclosed type and
shall comply with Indian Standard IS: 325. It shall be suitable for direct starting and
continuous running from 415 volts 3-phase or 240 volts single phase 50 Hz supply. Motor
shall be capable of continuous operation at any frequency between 48 and 51.5 Hz together
with any voltage within 10 per cent of nominal value. Motor shall have ball or roller bearing
and vertical spindle motor shall have bearing capable of withstanding thrust due to the
weight of the moving parts. The stator windings shall be adequately braced and suitably
impregnated to render them non-hygroscopic.
341

342

343

344

S
C
H
E
M
E

4

(
S
h
e
e
t

1
)
345
346

4.4 Overload Protection Relay
The overload protection relay shall be of robust, adjustable triple-pole construction. It should
provide accurate and reliable protection against overload, single phasing, over heating and
short circuit. The relay should be provided with temperature compensating device to off-set
the effect of ambient temperature variation. For single phase motor, over-load protection
device with feature similar to those of the three-phase motor as far as these are applicable
shall be provided.
4.5 Contactors/ Relays
Contactors/Relays shall be of robust and compact construction and shall comply with Indian
Standard IS : 2959. The electromagnetically operated air break type contactor with sufficient
number of contacts shall be suitable for mounting on a vertical supporting structure.
The contactors shall be suitable for operation at 110 Volts A.C.-15 per cent to + 10 per cent
50 Hz. Main and auxiliary contacts of contactor shall be suitably rated. For sufficient long
life these contacts shall be break type and shall make contacts practically bounce-free.
4.6 Control Supply Transformer
The control supply transformer shall be single phase having ratio 240/55-0-55 or415/55-0-
55. Its insulation shall be suitably impregnated to render it non-hygroscopic.
4.7 Control Selector Switches
All the control selector switches shall be of robust and compact construction and shall
comply with Indian Standard IS : 4064 and 4047. The control switches shall be suitable for
on-load switching of resistive and inductive loads. The switches shall incorporate multi air
break type wiping contacts housed in an assembly of packets moulded from anti tracking
material. The knob of the handle of the switch shall be suitably designed so that while
operating a firm grip is obtained.
4.8 Remote Tap Position Indicator
Remote tap position indicator mounted on remote control panel shall show accurately same
tap position as indicated by local tap position indicator on on-load tapchanger. The remote
indication can be by means of an analogue indicator, or digital indicator or by means of lamp
indications. Transmitter switch in the driving gear shall be make before break type. This
switch in the driving gear shall be mounted in accessible position so that it can be cleaned
and maintained regularly. The remote indicator mounted on control panel shall not be
affected by normal auxiliary voltages supply variation.
347
4.9 Indicating Lamp
Necessary indicating lamps provided shall be of low watt consumption and of filament type
or Neon or LED type. Lamps shall be of such construction so that these can be replaced very
easily.
4.10 Space Heater
Space heater of adequate capacity and robust construction shall be provided inside each
control cabinet to prevent moisture condensation. Space heaters shall be rated for 240 volts 1
phase, 50 Hz supply. Heater shall be complete with miniature circuit breaker or "ON-OFF"
switch. HRC fuse on phase and link on the neutral. Mounting of the heater and its location
shall not cause localised intensive heating of control equipment and wiring.
4.11 Wiring
All the wiring shall be carried out for motor circuit with 1100 volts grade PVC insulated
stranded copper conductors of size 2.5 sq mm and for control circuit with 650 volts grade
PVC insulated copper conductor of size 1.5 sq mm suitable for tropical atmosphere. All
wiring shall be in accordance with relevant IS. Engraved core identification ferrules, marked
to correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall
fit tightly on the wires and shall not fall off when the wire is removed. All wiring shall be
terminated on terminal blocks through suitable lugs. Insulated sleeves shall be provided at all
the wire terminations. All wiring shall be neatly bunched and cleated without affecting
access to equipment mounted within the cabinet.
One piece moulded 1100 V grade terminal blocks complete with insulation barriers, terminal
studs, washers, nuts and lock nuts shall be used. Terminal blocks shall be numbered for
identification and grouped according to function. 10 per cent spare terminal blocks for
control wire termination shall be provided on each panel.
Terminal board rows should be spaced adequately apart to permit convenient access to wires
and terminations.
Terminal boards shall be so placed with respect to the cable gland plate (at a minimum
distance of 70 mm) as to permit satisfactory arrangement of multicore cable tails without
undue stress or bends. Opening of door should not disturb or stress the wire termination.
4.12 Voltage Regulating Relay
(i) Introduction: Voltage Regulating Relay is used for regulating the secondary voltage of
power transformers with on-load tapchangers. The required dead band settings are set by
setting the nominal value, and lower and upper levels independently. The time delay setting
on the front panel eliminates the relay operations for momentary fluctuations of the regulated
voltage thus reducing the number of operations of the tap changer. "
When the regulated voltage falls below the specified undervoltage limit, the control\ relays
are automatically blocked, i.e., there is no voltage correction, and a pair of contacts is made
available for alarm.
348
(ii) General Description: Voltage regulating relay should be designed for maximum
operational simplicity for regulating the secondary voltage of power transformer with on-
load tapchangers. The deadband (band width) can be set by setting the nominal value
adjustment (NVA) to the required value "110 V + 10 per cent".
The desired time delay can be set on the front panel and the control action will take place
only if the voltage continues to remain outside the deadband after the time delay has elapsed.
For voltage corrections requiring more than one tap change, time delay is initiated again
before further tapchange. The relay is reset automatically after the voltage is brought within
the selected deadband. For repeated short duration voltage fluctuations on the same side of
the deadband, the time delay is effectively reduced to provide a voltage time integral
response of the regulator.
Operation of the Raise Control relay is automatically inhibited when the voltage falls below
the specified under-voltage limit. One pair of normally open relay contacts are provided to
effect the tapchanger, Raise and Lower operation and to trigger an alarm in case of
undervoltage conditions.
(iii) Specifications
Auxiliary Supply : -15% 50 Hz
+ 10%
PT Supply (regulated : 110 V + 10 per cent 50 Hz
Voltage)
Sensitivity (Dead Band) : Nominal value adjustable (NVA)
and Nominal Value Range between + 0.75 to + 2.5 per cent
Time Delay Setting : Fixed, i.e., (Voltage independent) time delay continuously
adjustable from 10 to 110 secs.
Time Delay Resetting : Instantaneous resetting with voltage deviation occurring in
opposite direction.
Under Voltage Blocking : Internal blocking at 80 per cent of regulated value. Restoration at
85 per cent of regulated value.
Control Relays : One pair of normally open potential free contacts of
suitable rating.
Control Operation : Single pulsed operation of sufficient duration to
initiate tapchanger.
Operating Temperature : 5
o
to + 50C
Option : Line drop compensator with resistive and reactive
compensation of either polarity upto 20 per cent adjustable in
steps or continuously and suitable for operation with 1 Amp.
current transformer. If required suitable interposing current
transformer to be used to get 1 Amp. secondary current. 1 pair
of NC (UV) contacts provided.
349
4.13 Line Drop Compensator (LDC) : Description
I The Line Drop Compensator is an optional unit designed to match with the Automatic
Voltage Regulator Relay. The unit is housed in the same enclosure or separately mounted.
The voltage at the generating end and at the receiving end are not the same due to the drop
across the line. The LDC is used to compensate for this line drop, and the amount of
compensation required is calculated as a per cent of the nominal voltage knowing the length
of the line, its resistance/unit length, its reactance/unit length and the rated current, and set on
the front panel.
The line current is stepped down to 1 Amp. and fed to the LDC. The resistive
and reactive drops are simulated by having 90
o
phase shifted voltage and their polarity
selected by polarity switches. The net compensation is then fed to the stepped down PT
voltage.
II Specifications
Resistive Compensation : 0-20 per cent of the regulating value continuously adjustable.
Reactive Compensation : 0-20 per cent of the regulating value continuously adjustable.
Input Rated Current : 1 Amp. 50 Hz.
Power Consumption : As required (CT burden will depend on power consumption).
Accuracy : 10 per cent.
Max. Overcurrent : 50 per cent of rated current (1.5 Amp.)
Polarity Selection : Both positive and negative compensation.
III Operating and Connection Requirements
Connection to the LDC unit are made through the rear panel terminals. The line current is
stepped down to 1 Amp. 50 Hz and fed to the LDC. The net compensation is fed to the AVR
circuit. internally or external connections.
The required amount of percent R and per cent X compensation can. be set on the
front panel of the LDC. The polarity selector switches provide both positive and negative
compensation. The per cent R and per cent X settings can be calculated from the following
formulae:
3I
L
R
L

Per cent R = x 100 per cent
V
L
3I
L
X
L

Per cent X = x 100 per cent
V
L

350
where I
L
= the primary rated current of the line.
V
L
= the voltage between lines of the power transformer.
X
L
= the line reactance in ohms/phase.
R
L
= the line resistance in ohms/phase.
Note : When LDC unit is not to be used, keep per cent R and per cent X settings to Zero, i.e., on min. position.
5.0 NOTES ON TAP CHANGER SCHEME
5.1 Note on Schematic Diagram of Tap Changer for Parallel Control
The parallel scheme is prepared keeping in mind that any one of the on-load tapchanger is
selected to the master position and the other to the follower position. This is being done by
selector switch SSS provided on control cubicles for each transformer. With selector
switches SSS in their respective position as above bus wires N 504 and N 505 become source
of supply to the OLTC control circuits of all the transformers. Selecting Local/Remote
switches CSS in remote position one can press Master unit push button RPB or LPB, for
desired raise or lower operation, a direct impulse for Raise or Lower goes to Master unit
OLTC. Also through Master unit selector switch SSS the bus wires N 506 or N 507 energise
and transmit Raise or Lower impulse to follower OLTC unit through their own selector
switch SSS.
5.2 Out-of-Step Circuit
Out-of-step circuit is designed on the principle of odd/even position of on-load tap changers.
Through the link provided on first unit between bus wire N 504 and N 513 bus wire N 518
becomes source of supply to out-of-step relays of all the units. Under normal working
condition the out-of-step relays of all the units are energised.
The out-of-step relays of all the follower units get supply from bus wire N 511 or N 512
through their own odd/even switch OSS. The bus wire N 511 or N 512 gets supply from bus
wire N 515 through Master units selector switch SSS and odd/even switch OSS. The out-of-
step relay of Master unit gets supply from bus wire N 518 through selector switches SSS and
contacts of out-of-step relays of follower units.
When any of the on-load tapchanger from group lags behind by one step or moves ahead by
one step, for what so ever the reason may be, creates condition of out-of-step of transformers
running in parallel. Under the out-of-step condition the supply to the out-of-step relay is cut-
off and hence it gets de-energised and one of its contact energises a time delay relay TDR
which initiate visual and audible alarm.
5.3 Automatic Control
Automatic control feature is used to keep voltage constant at desired level, 110 volts 2 wire
PT supply should be arranged as input to AVC relay. OSS switch is to be set on auto mode
by which AVC relay circuit comes into operation. The setting are to be done as required
prior to commissioning the relay.
5.4 Line Drop Compensation
The feature to be used along with AVC relay to compensate for the voltage drop across the
line and to maintain desired voltage at receiving end. Input to LDC device through secondary
current 1 Amp. from line CT and output from LDC is connected with AVC. Suitable
adjustments for line resistive and reactive compensation to be made on LDC to suit.
SECTION O
Specifications for Fire Protection
352
Specifications for Fire Protection of Power Transformers
353
SECTION O
Specifications for Fire Protection
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
The hazard of fire originating in or spreading to power transformers has always been
recognised in the Power Industry. With the increasing size of generating units and associated
transmission and distribution networks the number of transformers or large capacities has
increased phenomenally thus necessitating more stringent protection measures to prevent fire
risk to transformers and damage to equipment. This section of the transformer specification
discusses the various aspects of transformer fire protection.
1.2 Strategy
The strategy for safeguarding against fire is to emphasize fire prevention rather than fire
fighting. Nevertheless, it is equally important to provide adequate fire fighting arrangements.
This applies also to associated equipment like bushings, circuit breakers, instrument
transformer, cables, etc., since a fire originating in these can easily spread to the power
transformer. In effect, all the transformer installation should be provided with the prevention
as well as fire detection and fighting systems.
1.3 Other Factors
Factors like proximity of the transformer to buildings and other equipment such as
switchgear play an important role in design of the fire prevention scheme. It is desirable that
these equipments be segregated from the transformer installation or be provided with fire
prevention measures to avoid spread of fire to the transformer installations.
2.0 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
A majority of fires originating in transformers are due to inadequate design and installation,
apart from faulty operation and maintenance practices, Proper installation, house keeping and
maintenance can reduce fire hazards to a great extent. Hence, fire hazards must be given
utmost attention while designing, selecting and installing power transformers and correct
operation and maintenance procedures must be adhered to strictly.
2.1 Bushings
Bushings are often the source of transformer failures and consequent fires. This is due to the
fact that dielectrie stresses in bushings are very high and sometimes oil tightness may not be
ensured. Only bushings of proven design, which have been fully type tested and have passed
all acceptance tests shall be used, Bushings shall be provided with test taps and regular
354
(annual) checks of bushing tan delta shall be carried out. Also, the oil level, in oil filled
bushings, shall be checked daily.
2.2 Tapchanger
Tap changer, particularly on-load type are a potential fire risk. The selection of tap changer
design, and proper maintenance of its mechanism are important. In no case should an off-
load tap changer be operated when the transformer is energised from any of its windings.
2.3 Cable Sealing Ends
The level of compound in the sealing ends should be checked periodically.
3.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
The general recommendations for safeguarding power transformers are given below and
specific recommendations are given in clause 4. The requirement relevant to transformers, in
increasing order of importance of installation are:
(a) Soak pits
(b) Drain pits
(c) Barrier walls
(d) Fire detection system
(e) Fire hydrant
(f) Deluge, spray or mulsifyre system
In case of remote controlled or unattended substations, automatic fire detection and fighting
system must be provided.
3.1 Outdoor Transformers
(a) Soak Pit and Drain Pit
The transformers foundation shall be surrounded by a suitable soak pit enclosed by a
150 mm high non-combustible curb. This soak pit shall be filled with coarse crushed stones
about 25 mm in diameter to a minimum depth of 300 mm. The volume of the soak pit minus
the volume of the stones should be sufficient to contain the entire oil content of the
transformer if the oil content is less than or equal to 5 kl. In case the oil content is more than
5 kl, the volume of soak pit minus the volume of stones should be sufficient to contain at
least one third of the total oil content. The excess should be led through two or more
hume/concrete pipes (min. 150 mm dia.) from bottom of pit to a central remote burnt oil
tank.
355
Control cables emanating from transformers shall be led through the soak pit through hume
RCC pipes. The marshalling kiosk of the transformer shall be installed outside the pit and
away from the potential fire hazard zone.
(b) Barriers between Transformers
Barrier wall of brick or reinforced cement concrete shall be provided for separation of
transformers wherever adequate space is not available (Refer clause 4). The barriers shall
extend at least 300 mm above the highest transformer bushing and pressure relief vent and
lengthwise 600 mm beyond the transformer including any radiators and tap changer
enclosures.
(c) Fire Detection, Hydrant and Deluge Systems
Selection of these systems should be based on the importance of an installation. The fire
detection system only detects a fire and sends an alarm, whereas the other systems are active
fire fighting systems. Selection guidelines are given in clause 4.
3.2 Indoor Transformers
(a) For indoor installation with oil filled transformers rated at more than 75 kVA, each of
the transformer should be located in a vault. Transformer vaults should preferably have
a minimum fire resistance rating of 3 hours but where transformers are protected by
water spray, Carbon dioxide systems, construction with a 1 hour rating is adequate.
Facilities for remote monitoring of vault temperature shall be provided.
(b) It is recommended that a trapped floor drain be provided which discharges burning oil
to a safe location. A fire door and a noncombustible curb at least 100 mm high should
be provided at each doorway. Switchboards etc., should be physically separated from
the vaults and the latter should never be used as offices, filing cabinets, work rooms
etc.
(c) Adequate ventilation should be provided in the transformer vault. Self cooled
transformer should be separated by 600 to 750 mm to permit free air circulation. It is
recommended that air filters be provided on all vents wherever the installation is
located in dusty, high polution areas. The vent should automatically close in the event
of a fire in the vault.
3.3 General
The requirements laid down in Section 5 of Tariff Advisory Committee's "Regulations for
the Electrical Equipment of Buildings" and Section 7.9 of IS : 10028 (part II) shall be
followed for all transformer installations. In addition, the following measures are
recommended for cables :
(a) The power cables entering the transformer shall be coated with fire resistant material in
the immediate vicinity of the transformer cable box entry so as to prevent spreading of
fire from or to the transformer cable.
(b) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand to prevent spread of fire.
It is recommended that trenches of more than 1000 cm
2
cross-sectional area be provided with
incombustible barriers at intervals not exceeding 45 metres. The barriers shall be at least 50
mm in thickness and of the same height as the cable trench. The cables shall be carried
356
through holes in the barriers which shall be made good thereafter to prevent passage of fire
beyond the barriers.
4.0 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: SPECIFIC
A summary of various recommendations for fire protection and fighting systems for indoor
and outdoor transformers is given below:
4.1 Fire Protection for Outdoor Power Transformers
Size (each) Number Transformer Protection
(a) Under 10 MVA One or more Hydrant protection
(b) 10 to 100 MVA One only Hydrant protection with water spray
(See Note 2) equipment

More than one 1. Provide a 7.5 m clearance between units and
60 mm hose with two portable spray
nozzles: or
2. Masonry barriers between units with
60 mm hose and two portable spray
nozzles: or
3. Fixed automatic water spray with
separate piping for each unit.
(c) Above 100 MVA One only Hydrant protection with water spray
(See Note 2) equipment

More than one 1. Fixed automatic water spray
(See Note 3) (mulsifyre) separate riser and piping
for each unit; and
2. Provide a 7.5 m clearance or masonry
barriers between units.
(d) Above 200 MVA One only Hydrant protection with water spray
(See Note 2) equipment, however, fixed water spray
protection may be desirable in addition.
More than one 1. Fixed automatic water spray with
(See Note 3) separate piping for each unit; and
2. Provide a 15 m clearance or masonry
barriers between units.

Notes
1. The enclosure should consist of a masonry barrier with wing walls of the same height extending 0.6 to 1 m
beyond the transformer, including any radiators and tapchanger enclosures. The enclosure should also be
provided with a roof of equal fire resistance to the walls.
2. Where there are important or high value bus structures exposed to a transformer oil fire and/or electric
service or production could be interrupted for an extended period resulting in a large loss, a fixed automatic
water spray system should be provided to minimize the physical damage from fire and reduce the downtime
for repairs.
3. Multiple transformer of 100 MVA and above may be protected as single units if separated by a minimum of
35 m. For those separated by a distance between the minimum clearance shown and 35 m transformer
protection may be either a barrier or fixed water spray.
4. Cables, isolated bus duct, or cable tray penetrating an exposed wall should be sealed with a fire barrier or
stop. Ventilation louvers should be relocated to an unexposed area.
5. Wherever water spray nozzles are provided, the nozzle should be separated from the transformer by over 4 m
for voltages below 250 kV. For voltages beyond this and for solid hose streams, this distance varies with
factors such as water pressure, wind velocity and direction, size of nozzle etc.
357
4.2 Fire Protection for Indoor Power Transformers
Typical size of Type of Building/Transformer Protection (See Note 2)
Transformer encl. (See Note 1)
(a) Upto 100 kVA Combustible Automatic sprinklers. Alternatively,
use dry type transformers.
Non-combustible Usual first aid protection.
(b) Upto 30 MVA Non-combustible 1. Fire resistive vault
2. 40 mm fire hose with two
water spray nozzles; and
3. Usual portable extinguishers.
Combustible 1. Fire resistive vault, and
2. Automatic sprinklers, water
spray, CO2 system
(c) Above 30 MVA & Any 1. Fire resistive vault, and
upto 100 MVA 2. Automatic sprinklers, water
spray, CO2 system.
(d) Above 100 MVA Any 1. Fire resistive vault
2. Automatic sprinklers water spray,
CO2 system
3. Nitrogen injection system

Notes
1. Combustible and non-combustible buildings are generally classified based on type of construction
materials used and type of occupancy.
2. This protection applies for all new installations and at existing locations when a large loss possibility
exists without improvement.
3. If transformers are of unusual importance or large (above 10 MVA) located within fire resistive
transformer houses or vaults, install fire resistive walls between units to reduce the exposure to adjacent
transformers unless automatic fixed extinguishing systems of 7.5 m clearances are provided.
5.0 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE AND TESTING PRACTICES
It is essential to monitor certain parameters to check the healthiness of the transformer and to
minimise fire risks. The parameters to be checked and their frequencies shall be as brought
out elsewhere (Section K) in the transformer manual. Some of the parameters more relevant
to transformer fires are discussed below.
5.1 Oil Leakage
Oil leakage from transformer tank, bushings or radiators may become sources of major fires.
It is recommended that all transformer installations be inspected daily for leakage of oil. Any
leakage detected should be immediately attended to. In case of excessive leakage the
transformer should be de-energised and repair work carried out.
5.2 Hot-oil Circulation
During hot-oil circulation in the transformer, it must be ascertained that all combustible
materials are kept at a safe distance from the transformer. The transformer shall be covered
with non-combustible materials. Under such condition, it is essential that the transformer is
kept under close watch.
358
5.3 Terminal Equipment
Sparks from improper terminal connectors and neighbouring fuses etc., falling on the
transformer can cause great fires. To prevent such occurrences it is recommended that the
terminal connectors be regularly inspected for over-heating/sparking. Infra-red temperature
scanners can be used for this purpose. It is also recommended that fuses be installed at a
distance from the transformer such that sparks generated during their operation will not reach
the transformer.
5.4 Transformer Oil
The condition monitoring of transformer oil can give valuable insights into the healthiness of
transformers. It is recommended that dielectric strength, acidity and oil tan delta (90C) be
monitored continuously and detailed investigation be carried out whenever any of these
characteristics indicate signs of deterioration of oil quality.
5.5 Housekeeping
The importance of good housekeeping and cleanliness in reducing fire hazard cannot be
over-emphasised. Many fires have been caused by oil drips and collection of rags in dirty
cluttered surroundings. It is very important to remove possibilities of such fires, by ensuring
that the installations are spacious and the vacant spaces are periodically cleaned to remove
obstructions to ventilation and movement of personnel.
6.0 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
In addition to the fire protection systems described above, it is essential to provide primary
fire fighting equipment for every transformer installation. The equipment required for indoor
and outdoor installations should be as per following guidelines :
Typical size of For the first two units For every additional two Units or
transformer part thereof
45 ltrs. 2 ltrs. Sand & 45 ltrs. 2 ltrs. Sand &
foam type foam type water foam type foam type water
extingui- extingui- buckets extingui- extingui- Buckets
shers shers shers shers
Upto 20 MVA 2 4 2 each 1 2 2 each
(Indoor) (Indoor)
4 each 4 each
(Outdoor) (Outdoor)
Upto 50 MVA 3 6 2 each 2 2 2 each
(Indoor) (Indoor)
4 each 4 each
(Outdoor) (Outdoor)
Above 50 MVA 4 8 6 each 2 2 6 each
Notes
1. The sand and water buckets shall be of 9 litre capacity each and shall have round bottoms.
2. Sand pits of adequate sizes shall be provided in central location for catering to any sand requirements. These
pits should always be kept filled with dry sand.
359
7.0 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEMS
Some of the major types of fire fighting systems are discussed below :
7.1 Automatic Mulsifyre System
This system is widely used for fire fighting of outdoor transformers. Fire detectors located at
various strategic points are used to sense high temperature near the transformer. If the
temperature exceeds the set value the automatic mulsifyre system sprays water at a high
pressure on the surface of the transformer to control fire on any burning oil spilled over.
Various subsystems are used to make a complete mulsifyre system.
(a) Main Hydrant: This is used to carry the water to various parts of the switchyard or
transformer substation and forms the backbone of the system. Sturdy corrosion free
pipes and valves should be used for this purpose. The materials should be able to
withstand fire for a reasonable duration.
(b) Fire Detectors: Fire detectors can either be thermocouples or specially designed bulbs
which burst when a high temperature is applied and release any valves or checking
device to start the water spray.
(c) Ring Mains and Nozzles: Ring mains which surround the transformer are provided to
feed the water to the nozzles at various levels. Since the water pressure is high, the ring
mains should be designed to withstand this pressure. Nozzles should be located such
that the water spray, in the event of a fire, envelopes the entire surface of the
transformer. The whole system should be periodically checked to detect any leakages.
(d) Pumps: Pumps are provided to fill the hydrants initially and to maintain its pressure.
Pumps driven by electrical motors are a standard provision; however, the standby
pumps should preferably be diesel engine driven. It is recommended that the main and
standby pumps in a pump house be segregated.
7.2 Sprinkler and Hydrant System
This system is similar to the mulsifyre system but water in this case is sprayed on the
transformer body at lower pressure, Hence the name sprinkler. This system is normally not
capable of extinguishing large fire. For this reason, it is desirable to connect an alarm to the
sprinkler system. Whenever the sprinkler operates an alarm is given to signal requirement of
additional fire fighting arrangement. The auto-starting pump valves and alarm must be
periodically checked.
7.3 Foam System
This system is used to cut off the oxygen supply to the burning parts and thereby extinguish
the fire. For this it is essential that the entire surface of the burning part or oil be covered
with foam.
The system includes a foam compound chamber, which contains the compound. In the event
of a fire, this compound comes in contact with water and air to form foam. This foam is then
360
sprayed onto the burning parts. The compound chamber should be corrosion proof and the
valves should be periodically tested to ensure their healthiness.
7.4 Other Systems and Selection
Various other systems are available for fire fighting of transformers notable among them
being:
(a) Carbondioxide and Halon system for indoor or enclosed installations, and
(b) "Drain and Stir" method for outdoor installations in which on detecting fire, oil is
partially drained from the transformer and nitrogen gas is bubbled into the transformer
tank to quench the fire.
8.0 STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES RELEVANT TO TRANSFORMER FIRE
PROTECTION : REFERENCES
(a) IS: 10028 (Part II) : Code of practice for selection, installation and
maintenance of transformer.
(b) Tariff Advisory Committee : Regulations for the electrical equipment
of buildings.
(c) BS 5306 Part 4 : Carbondioxide fire fighting systems.
(d) NEPA-15 : Water spray fixed systems.
(e) NEPA 70 : Fire protection of transformers and
transformer vaults.
9.0 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
In the preparation of the manual, recommendations of the following have been used :
(a) Insurance Technical Bureau, of : Fire and explosion hazards liquid-filled
London-Research Report electrical equipment.
ITB-R84/108-Part I.
(b) Schadenspiegel No.2, 1980 : Deluge systems as fire protection for open air
West Germany. transformers.
(c) Fire Technology, vol. 14, : Fire resistant fluids for industrial transformers.
No.2, May 1978, NEPA, USA.
(d) Factory Mutual Engineering : Loss prevention data on transformer.
Corporation Manual, USA.
-April 1978.
(e) ISI Publication. : National Building Code of India.
(f) National Fire Protection.
Association, Massachusetts, USA. : National Electrical Code.
(g) National Fire Protection : National Fire Code 1981.
Association, Massachusetts, USA.
(h) Tariff Advisory Committee. : Building Regulations.
SECTION P
Specifications for Transformer Bushings
upto 800 kV Voltage Class
SECTION P
Specifications for Transformer Bushings
upto 800 kV Voltage Class
1.0 GENERAL
This specification covers outdoor capacitance graded Oil Impregnated Paper (OIP) bushings
with values of highest voltage for equipment (Um) from 52 kV upto 800 kV voltage class
and with values of rated current (Ir) upto 5000A and solid porcelain and oil communicating
type bushings for voltage class < 36 kV for use in oil filled transformers and reactors. The
Synthetic Resin Bonded (SRBP) type and Resin Impregnated Paper (RIP) type bushings are
not covered in this section. These bushings, if required by the purchaser shall be supplied
as per purchasers specification. In case of Bushings other than those specified, dimensions
will be subject to agreement between manufacturer and purchaser.
The specification establishes essential details and dimension to ensure interchangeability
and adequate mounting of the bushings.
1.1 The porcelain components shall be sound, free from defects, thoroughly vitrified and
smoothly glazed.
1.2 Unless otherwise specified, the glaze shall be brown in colour. The glaze shall cover
all exposed porcelain parts of the bushings except those areas which are required to be left
unglazed.
1.3 The design of the bushing shall be such that stresses due to expansion and contraction
in any part of the bushing shall not lead to deterioration.
1.4 Cement if used in the construction of the bushing shall not cause fracture by expansion
or loosening by contraction. Cement thickness shall be as small and even as practicable.
1.5 All exposed ferrous metal parts shall be hot dip galvanized wherever possible.
1.6 No arcing horns shall be provided on the bushings.
1.7 Any stress shield shall be considered as an integral part of the bushing assembly.
1.8 52 kV to 800 kV voltage class bushings shall be Oil Impregnated Paper (OIP) type
condenser bushings. The bushings below 52 kV voltage class shall be of porcelain and oil
communicating type unless otherwise specified.
1.9 Each bushing shall have marked upon it the manufacturers identification mark.
364
1.10 The duration and rated short time current of the bushing for various voltage ratings
shall be as specified.
1.11 Limits of temperature rise shall be in accordance with IEC 60137-2003.
1.12 Permissible variation in the value of capacitance, and maximum value of dielectric
dissipation factor (tan delta) of bushing and the test tap on transformer bushing shall be
as per IEC 60137- 2003.
1.13 Bushings made of solid porcelain and oil communicating type and those having
insulation which does not flow under service conditions shall be suitable for mounting at
any angle of inclination. Unless otherwise specified, those having a liquid insulation shall
be suitable for mounting at any angle of inclination to the vertical, not exceeding 30.
1.14 The cantilever strength of the bushing shall be in accordance with IEC 60137 -2003
unless otherwise specified.
1.15 The profile of the porcelain and spacing of the petticoats shall suit the duty specified.
The petticoats shall preferably be of aerodynamic type conforming to IEC 60815 to enable
hot line washing during service.
1.16 OIP Bushings shall preferably be of hermetically sealed.
2.0 STANDARDS
2.1 The electrical characteristics of the bushings shall be in accordance with IEC 60137-
2003.
3.0 SOLID PORCELAIN, OIL COMMUNICATING AND OTHER TYPE BUSHINGS
UPTO 36 KV VOLTAGE CLASS
3.1 The dimensional parameters of the bushings upto and including 36 kV voltage class
have already been standardised in IS : 3347 and shall be referred to.
3.2 Rated Voltage, Current and Basic Insulation Level
3.2.1 The rated voltage, current and basic insulation levels of the bushings shall be in
accordance with IS: 2099.
4.0 OIP CONDENSER TYPE BUSHINGS FROM 52 KV TO 800 KV VOLTAGE
CLASS
4.1 Interchangeability
4.1.1 All the bushings from 52 kV to 800 kV voltage rating shall have dimensions as
mentioned in clause 4.3 to enable interchangeability with different makes of bushings
manufactured in conformity with this specification.
365
Specifications for Transformer Bushings upto 800 kV Voltage Class
4.1.2 The standardized dimensions shall be kept in view by the transformer manufacturers
as well, while designing the transformers, so that the transformer can accept any bushing
of the parameters and dimensions specified herein.
4.1.3 Other ratings of bushings, not covered in the specification, shall be supplied, if
required.
4.2 Basic Insulation Level, Voltage, Current Ratings and Creepage Distances
The basic insulation level, rated voltage and current and creepage distances for various
voltage class bushings shall be as under :
Voltage BIL SIL Power frequency Current Rating Creepage
rating (kVP) (kVP) withstand voltage (kV) (Amps) distance (mm)
800 2100 1550 880 1250 16000
1600
420 1425 1050 630 800 10500
1250
2000
2500
245 1050 460 800 6125
1250
1600
2000
145 650 275 800 3625
1250
72.5 325 140 400 1810
800
1250
52 250 95 800 1300
1250
2000
3150
5000
4.2.1 The minimum value of creepage distance specified is 25 mm/kV of the rated voltage
of bushing upto 420 kV and 20 mm/kV for 800 kV class.
4.2.2 For areas with very heavy or extremely heavy pollution the minimum creepage distance
shall be as specified by the user.
4.3 Standardised Parameters of Bushings
4.3.1 To render the bushings interchangeable, certain parameters of the bushings have been
identified and their maximum and minimum dimensions have been standardised. The identified
parameters shall be as indicated in Table 1.
366
Table 1
Sl. No. Parameter Identification of Parameter
1 2 3
1. L1 Length between top of air end terminal and bottom seat of flange.
2. L2 Length between bottom seat of flange and bottom of the oil end shield/
stress relieving electrode/ oil end terminal whichever is the longest.
3. L3 Length between top of air end terminal and bottom of the live metallic tank.
4. L4 Flash over length.
5. L5 Length of the air end terminal.
6. L6 Length for bushing current transformer (BCT) accommodation.
7. D1 Outside diameter of live metallic tank.
8. D2 Maximum diameter of oil immersed end.
9. D3 Outside diameter of fixing flange.
10. D4 Fixing flange holes pitch circle diameter.
11. D5 Diameter of fixing hole.
12. N Number of fixing holes.
13. D6 Maximum diameter of oil end shield/stress relieving electrode.
14. D7 Minimum inside diameter of central tube.
15. D8 Diameter of air end terminal.
4.3.1.1 The standardised dimensions for various voltage and current rating bushings shall
be as indicated in Figs. 1 and 1A.
4.4 Lead Arrangement
The lead arrangement, inside diameter of the central tube, rod and jointing rod for different
current ratings and voltage class bushings shall be as under.
4.4.1 Definitions
4.4.1.1 DRAW-LEAD CONDUCTOR
Conductor consisting of one or more flexible leads in parallel drawn into the central tube
of the major insulation body of the bushing. (preferred up to 1000 A).
4.4.1.2 DRAW ROD OR TUBE CONDUCTOR
Conductor consisting of a round rod either removable and drawn into the central tube of
the major insulation body of the bushing or fixed rod or tube and not removable. (preferred
from 1250 A up to 5000 A).
367
F
i
g
.

1
(
A
)

S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

d
i
m
e
n
s
i
o
n
s

f
o
r

O
I
P

C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r

B
u
s
h
i
n
g
s
F
i
g
.

4
F
i
g
.

1
368
Voltage rating Current rating Type of lead Dia. of the Dia. of the central
(kV) (Amps) Jointing rod/rod tube (mm)
(mm)
800 1250 DR 45 60
1600 DR 45 60
420 800 DL 45 60
1250 DL 45 60
2000 DR 50 60
2500 DR 50 60
245 800 DL 35 48
1250 DR 45 48
1600 DR 45 60
2000 SS 50 60
145 800 DL 35 38
1250 DR 35 38
72.5 400 SS - -
800 SS - -
1250 SS - -
52 800 SS - -
1250 SS - -
2000 SS - -
3150 SS - -
5000 SS - -
where, DL- Draw Lead
DR- Draw Rod
SS- solid Stem
4.5 Bushing Current Transformer (BCT)
4.5.1 To accommodate the bushing current transformers, space provided on various voltage
class bushings shall be as under:
800 kV : 400 mm
420 kV : 400 mm
245 kV : 300 mm
600 mm
145 kV : 100 mm
300 mm
600 mm
72.5kV : 100 mm
300 mm
52 kV : 100 mm
300 mm
4.5.2 Bushings with space as necessary for the accommodation of bushing current
transformers specified shall be also offered.
369
4.6 Lead Joint
4.6.1 Draw lead and draw rod type leads shall have joint as shown in Fig. 2. The dimensional
details, material composition, finish, bolts spacing etc., have also been shown in the figure.
The joint shall be provided at the bushing fixing flange level. The bottom portion of the joint
shall be in flush with the bottom of the flange. The complete joint with the top portion of
the lead upto the joint with nuts and bolts shall be supplied alongwith the bushing. The
free portion of the joint shall be brazed / crimped by the purchaser with the lead to be
supplied alongwith transformer to make the complete lead.
4.6.2 In case of draw rod type lead arrangement, the complete rod upto the joint with free
end of the rod forming one portion of the joint with necessary nuts and bolts shall be
supplied along with bushing. The remaining portion of the rod with one end to match the
joint shall be arranged by the purchaser through the transformer supplier.
4.7 Oil End Terminal and Shield Fixing Arrangement for 245 kV Solid Stem Type
Bushing
The oil end terminal and shield fixing arrangement for 245 kV Solid stem type bushing shall
be as shown in Fig. 3. The entire oil end terminal arrangement along with corona shields
shall be supplied along with bushing.
4.8 Oil End Terminal for 72.5 kV/ 52 kV/ Solid Stem Type Bushing
For 72.5 kV/ 52 kV bushings the palm type terminal at the oil end of the solid stem type
bushings shall be supplied in accordance with Fig. 4 as applicable.
4.9 Air End Terminal
The lengths and diameters of the air end terminals for the various bushings shall be as
under:
Bushings upto 800 amps 30 mm x 125 mm (D x L)
Bushings of 1250 Amps 60 mm x 125 mm (D x L)
(Upto 3150 Amps)
Bushings of 5000 Amps - 90 mm x 125 mm (D x L)
4.10 Test Tap
OIP bushings shall be provided with test taps of proven design unless other wise specified.
4.11 Oil Level Indicator
4.11.1 The bushings shall be provided with oil level indicators as under:
800 kV bushing Magnetic oil level gauge
420 kV bushing Magnetic oil level gauge
245 kV and below Oil sight window
The oil level indicator shall be so designed and dimensioned that oil level shall be clearly
visible from ground level.
370
Fig. 2
371
Fig. 3
372
Fig. 4
SECTION Q
Specifications for Dry Type Transformers
374
375
SECTION Q

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This section of the specification covers the different types of dry type transformers.
This section does not purport to include all the necessary provisions of a contract. For
general requirements, tests, erection, maintenance and commissioning, reference shall be
made to sections A, J & K of the Manual.

1.2 It is not the intent to specify completely all details of design and construction of the
equipment. However, the equipment shall conform in all respect to high standard of design,
engineering and workmanship and be capable of performing in continuous commercial
operations.

2.0 STANDARDS

2.1 Except where specified otherwise herein, all material, equipment and construction
shall conform to Indian Electricity Act and rules and latest versions of Indian standards
specified below :

2.2 List of Standards

(a) IS 11171 : Dry type transformers

(b) IS 2026 (Part-I) : Power transformers
- General

(c) IS 2026(Part-II) : Power transformers
temperature rise

(d) IS 2026 (Part-III) : Insulation levels and
dielectric tests

(e) IS 2026 (Part-IV) : Terminal markings,
tappings and connections.

(f) IS - 2026 (Part-V) : Transformer / Reactor
Bushings - Minimum external
clearances in air

(g) IS 12063 : Degree of protection
provided by enclosures

(h) IEC 60076-11 : Power transformers
dry type transformers
376
3.0 TERMINOLOGY

3.1 Dry Type Transformer

A transformer in which mineral oil or any liquid is not employed either as a cooling or
insulating medium. Cooling will be by natural circulation of air or by forced air cooling.
(AN or AN/AF as per IS 11171).

Two types of dry type transformers are generally available, i.e.,

(a) Encapsulated Winding Dry Type Transformer: A dry type transformer having one or
more windings encapsulated with solid insulation.

(b) Non-Encapsulated Winding Dry Type Transformer: A dry type transformer having
none of the windings encapsulated with solid insulation.

4.0 STANDARD RATINGS FOR 3 PHASE TRANSFORMERS

kVA Voltage ratio
16 6600/433
25 6600/433
63 6600/433
100 6600/433
160 6600/433
200 6600/433
250 6600/433
315 6600/433
500 6600/433
630 6600/433
800 6600/433
1000 6600/433
1250 6600/433
1600 6600/433
2000 6600/433
2500 6600/433
16 11000/433
25 11000/433
63 11000/433
100 11000/433
160 11000/433
200 11000/433
250 11000/433
315 11000/433
500 11000/433
630 11000/433
800 11000/433
1000 11000/433
1250 11000/433
1600 11000/433
2000 11000/433
2500 11000/433
630 33000/433
377
800 33000/433
1000 33000/433
1600 33000/433
1250 33000/433
2000 33000/433
2500 33000/433
1000 33000/11000
1600 33000/11000
1250 33000/11000
3150 33000/11000
4000 33000/11000
5000 33000/11000
6300 33000/11000
8000 33000/11000
10000 33000/11000

5.0 RATED FREQUENCY

The standard frequency shall be 50 Hz with a tolerance of +/ -3 percent.

5.1 Operation other than the Rated Voltage and Frequency

5.1.1 Transformer built in accordance with this specification may be operated at its rated
kVA at any voltage with in +/-10 percent of the rated voltage at that particular tap.

5.1.2 The transformer shall be capable of delivering rated current at a voltage equal to
105 percent of the rated voltage.

Note : The slight temperature rise increase which would correspond to the 5 percent over voltage due to high no
load loss is disregarded.

5.1.3 A transformer for two or more limits of voltage or frequency or both shall give its
rated kVA under all the rated conditions of voltage or frequency or both; provided an
increase in voltage is not accompanied by decrease in frequency.

6.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE
(a) Thermal classification of insulation and permissible temperature rises should confirm
to class F or class H as per relevant clause of IS 11171.
(b) Impedance voltage and short circuit performance against thermal and dynamic
requirements are applicable as per relevant clauses of IS 2026 & IS 11171.

6.1 Protective Housing for Dry Type Transformer

Dry type transformer shall be provided with suitable protective sheet steel housing, if
required by the site conditions with minimum IP 43 degree of protection for the enclosure for
out door and IP33 for indoor transformers. The housing shall have ventilation louvers/
opening provided with wire mesh screens and shall be supplied with suitable lifting lugs.
Safety limit switches shall be provided and wired in such a way that the incoming supply
may be disconnected whenever any one of the sides of the enclosures are opened with the
transformer in energized condition.
378
6.2 Off-Circuit Links

The off-circuit tapping links shall be provided on the HV side with appropriate register plate
to show the link location. The links shall be provided with a separate door for access.

6.3 Insulators

HV & LV insulators shall be of epoxy mould type / porcelain

6.4 Termination

LV & HV termination is bus bar or cable entry. Separate neutral bushing shall be provided,
if LV with cable box. All the bus bars are to be supported on insulators.

6.5 Transformer Fittings
Each transformer shall be fitted with following accessories
(i) Inspection covers (if taps are available)
(ii) Off circuit links in the primary for voltage variations
(iii) Rating, diagram and tap connection plates
(iv) Terminal marking plate
(v) Two nos. earthing terminals with lugs
(vi) Lifting lugs and haulage lugs
(vii) Winding temperature detectors with solid state type temperature signaliser with digital
read out and requisite sets of remote signaling contacts for alarm and trip operation.
(viii) Under carriage with bi-directional rollers with locking and bolting devices. Suitable
arrangement for core and winding assembly to draw out the same.
(ix) Marshalling box complete with all instruments, accessories and fittings as required for
the transformer.
(x) Danger plate indicating entry prohibited under energized condition of the
transformer.

379

Highest voltage for Rated short duration Rated lightning
equipment Um power frequency impulse withstand
withstand voltage voltage kV (peak)
kV (rms) kV (rms) List 1 List 2

< 1.1 3 -- --
3.6 10 20 40
7.2 20 40 60
12.0 28 60 75
17.5 38 75 95
24.0 50 95 125
36.0 70 145 170

Choice between List 1 and List 2 as per relevant clause of IS 11171 & IEC 60076 Part 11 (2004)

8.0 EXTERNAL CLEARANCES

The following clearances are to be maintained in air between line to earth for the respective
voltage :

Highest voltage for Minimum external
equipment Um clearance bet ween
kV (rms) line to earth mm

< 1.1 25
3.6 60
7.2 90
12.0 110
17.5 170
24.0 210
36.0 280

9.0 TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES

The transformer shall be subjected to all the routine, type and special tests as per IS11171
and 2026 / IEC 60076 as agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer.

9.1 Type Tests

The following shall constitute the type tests:
(a) Measurement of winding resistance
(b) Measurement of voltage ratio and check of voltage vector relationship
(c) Measurement of impedance voltage (principal tapping), short circuit
impedance and load loses
(d) Measurement of no-load losses and current
(e) Separate source voltage withstand test
380
(f) Induced over-voltage withstand test
(g) Lightning impulse test
(h) Temperature rise test
9.2 Routine Tests
The following shall constitute the routine tests:
Measurement of winding resistance
(a) Measurement of voltage ratio and check of voltage vector relationship
(b) Measurement of impedance voltage (principal tapping), short circuit impedance and
load loses
(c) Measurement of no-load losses and current
(d) Separate source voltage withstand test
(e) Induced over-voltage withstand test
9.3 Special Tests
The following tests may be carried out by mutual agreement between the purchaser and the
supplier :
(a) Short circuit withstand test
(b) Measurement of acoustic sound level
(c) Partial discharge measurement
(d) Mechanical tests: IP test on enclosure
10.0 SURFACE TREATMENT AND PAINTING
Surface treatment and painting shall be done as per clause 1.6 of Section A of this Manual.
381
SECTION R
Cable Boxes for SF
6
Gas Insulated
Transformer Terminations for Rated
Voltages of 72.5 kV and above
382
Cable Boxes for SF6 Gas Insulated Transformer Terminations for Rated Voltages of 72.5 kV and above
383
SECTION R
Cable Boxes for SF
6
Gas Insulated
Transformer Terminations for Rated
Voltages of 72.5 kV and above
1.0 SCOPE
The purpose of this specification is to establish electrical and mechanical interchangeability
between cable terminations and the gas-insulated enclosure and to determine the limits of
supply.
This technical specification covers the connection assembly of cables to SF
6
gas insulated
terminations (cable boxes) in single phase or three-phase arrangements, where the cable
terminations are gas filled and there is a separating insulating barrier between the cable
insulation and the gas insulation of the transformer/ switchgear.
This also covers the connection assembly of extruded insulation cables to gas insulated
enclosure, where the cable terminations are of dry type. In this arrangement, the cable
termination design comprises an elastomeric electrical stress control component in contact
with a separating insulating barrier between the cable insulation and the gas insulation of the
transformer/ switchgear. The cable termination does not include any insulating fluid.
2.0 STANDARDS
IS 2026 (Part 1) : Power Transformers - General.
IS 2026 (Part 3 ) : Power Transformers - Insulation level and dielectric tests.
IS 2026 (Part 4) : Power Transformer - Terminal marking, tapping and connections
IS 2099 : Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V.
IEC 60137 : Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V.
IEC 60141-1 : Tests on oil filled and gas pressure cables and their accessories Part-1:
Oil filled, paper or polypropylene paper laminate insulated, metal-
sheathed cables and accessories for alternating voltages upto and
including 500 kV.
IEC 60141-2 : Tests on oil filled and gas pressure cables and their accessories Part-2:
Internal gas pressure cables and accessories for alternating voltages
upto 275 kV.
IEC 60517 : Gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear for rated voltages of 72.5 kV
and above.
IEC 60694 : Common specifications for high voltage switchgear and control gear
standards.
384
IEC 60840 : Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated
voltages above 30 kV (U
m
= 36 kV) upto 150 kV (U
m
= 170 kV) Test
methods and requirements.
IEC 60859 : Cable connections for gas insulated switchgear for rated voltages of
72.5 kV and above.
IEC 61639 : Direct connection between power transformers and gas insulated
switchgear for rated voltages of 72.5 kV and above.
3.0 LIMITS OF SUPPLY
The limits of supply for fluid filled cable terminations shall be according to Fig. 1 and for dry
type cable terminations shall be according to Fig. 3.
To limit the voltage under transient conditions, between parts 6 or 11 and part 13 of Fig. 1
for fluid-filled cable terminations and non-linear resistors (part 15) of Fig. 3 for dry type
cable terminations may be connected across the insulated junction.
The number and characteristics of the non-linear resistors shall be determined and supplied
by the cable termination manufacturer, taking into consideration the requirements of the user
and the switchgear manufacturer.
4.0 RATING
When dimensioning the cable connection assembly, the following rated values shall apply:
(a) Rated voltage (72.5 kV 100 kV 123 kV 145 kV 170 kV 245 kV
300 kV 362 kV 420 kV 550 kV)
(b) Number of phases in one enclosure (One or three phases for U
r
170 kV and single
phase for U
r
>170 kV)
(c) Rated insulation level (ref. IEC 60694)
(d) Rated normal current and temperature rise (2000 A at a temperature 90
0
C is
standardised for interchangeability)
(e) Rated short time and peak withstand currents (ref. IEC 60517; cl. 4.5, 4.6
and 4.7)
(f) Rated duration of short circuit

385
F
i
g
.

1

:

F
l
u
i
d
-
f
i
l
l
e
d

c
a
b
l
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

a
s
s
e
m
b
l
y

-

T
y
p
i
c
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t

387
F
i
g
.

3

:

D
r
y

t
y
p
e

c
a
b
l
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

a
s
s
e
m
b
l
y

-

T
y
p
i
c
a
l

a
r
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t
s

388
5.0 DESIGN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Pressure Withstand Requirements
The maximum recommended design pressure (absolute) for the outside of the cable
termination is 0.85 MPa.
In addition, the bushing and cable termination shall be capable of withstanding the vacuum
conditions when the transformer connection enclosure is evacuated as part of the gas filling
procedure.
The transformer connection enclosure shall satisfy the requirements as per IEC 60517 for the
design pressure.
The maximum operating gas pressure (absolute) of a direct connection assembly shall not
exceed:
The design pressure of the transformer connection enclosure plus 0.1 MPa when the
design pressure is lower than 0.75 MPa (gauge);
0.85 MPa (absolute) when the design pressure equals or exceeds 0.75 MPa (gauge).
5.2 Mechanical Forces on Cable Terminations
The manufacturer of the cable termination shall take into account, in the three-phase
connection, the total dynamic forces generated during short circuit conditions. These forces
consist of those generated within the cable termination and those coming from the main
circuit of switchgear. The maximum additional force to be applied from the switchgear to the
connection interface transversely and being transferred from the main circuit end terminal
shall not exceed 5 kN.
For single-phase connections, even taking into account lack of symmetry, it is considered
that the additional force is small. However, a total mechanical force of 2 kN applied to the
connection interface transversely should be assumed.
It is the responsibility of the manufacturer of the switchgear to ensure that the specified
forces are not exceeded.
5.3 Mechanical Forces Applied on the Bushing Flange

In addition to the maximum operating gas pressure specified 5.1, the flange of the bushing
attached to the transformer connection enclosure is subjected, in service, to the following
loads:
part of the weight of the switchgear not supported by the switchgear's own supporting
structures;
part of the wind load, if applicable, not supported by the switchgear's own supporting
structure's;
expansion/ contraction stresses due to the temperature variations of the switchgear
enclosures. For the evaluation of these stresses, it shall be considered that, on the
transformer side the variation height of the bushing flange due to temperature
variation does not exceed 0.0008 times the transformer tank height in the case of a
steel tank.
389
These loads result in the simultaneous application, at the centre of the bushing flange, of:
a bending moment M
0
;
a shearing force F
t
;
a tensile or compressive force F
a
.
The bushing and the transformer shall be capable of withstanding, in service, the values of
M
0,
F
t,
and F
a
specified in Table 1, and it shall be the responsibility of the switchgear
manufacturer to ensure that these values are not exceeded.
Table 1 : Moment and forces applied on the bushing flange and transformer
Rated
voltage
kV
Bending
moment M0
kNm
Shearing
force Ft
kN
Tensile or compressive force Fa
kN
72.5 100 5 7 4
123 170 10 10 5
245 300 20 14 7
362 550 40 20 10
Except where specified otherwise by the customer, the relative positions and levels of the
transformer and switchgear foundations respectively shall be considered as not varying.
5.4 Vibrations
The vibrations generated inside the energised transformer are transmitted by the oil and the
tank wall of the transformer to the bushing rigidly fixed on this wall and to the switchgear.
The switchgear manufacturer and the transformer manufacturer shall agree to take into
account these vibrations.
6.0 STANDARD DIMENSIONS AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Fluid Filled Cable Terminations
Standard dimensions for fluid filled cable connection enclosures, main circuit end terminals
and cable terminations applied to single phase enclosures are shown in Fig. 2. With the given
four standard sizes, the voltage range (U
r
) from 72.5 to 550 kV is covered.
6.2 Dry Type Cable Terminations
Standard dimensions for dry type cable connection enclosures, main circuit end terminals,
and cable terminations applied to single phase enclosures are shown in Fig. 4. With the given
four standard sizes, the voltage range (U
r
) from 72.5 to 550 kV is covered. Figure 3 shows
the two types of dry type cable termination. Type A incorporates an elastomeric electrical
stress control component inside the insulating barrier. For type B, the elastomeric electrical
stress control component is located is located externally.
7.0 TESTS
7.1 General
The testing of the cable termination and the gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear is to be
performed for cable terminations in accordance with IEC 60141-1 for oil filled cables, IEC
60141-2 for gas filled cables, IEC 60840 for cables with extruded insulation and IEC 60517
for switchgear. In addition, this specification gives recommended arrangements for dielectric
tests and for the tests after cable installation.
391
7.2 Dielectric Type Tests
7.2.1 Dielectric Type Tests of Cable Terminations
The dielectric type test of the cable termination fitted with a representative cable shall be
performed in an enclosure filled with insulating gas at a pressure according to the values
specified in Table 2.
If a shield is an integral part of the cable termination design, it shall be mounted in its service
position during the test.
An additional test shield may be used to screen the exposed connection interface, if required
by the cable termination manufacturer, provided it does not overlap the connection interface
by more than the distance l
2
in Fig. 2 for fluid filled cable termination.

Table 2 : Gas-pressure limits for dielectric type test of cable-terminations

Range of rated voltages
Ur kV
Minimum SF6 functional
pressure C (absolute) at 20C
MPa
72.5 - 100 0.10
123 - 170 0.30
245 - 300 0.35
362 - 550 0.40
Note : The gas pressures are intended as a guideline for the manufacture of the cable-
termination. Higher values are permissible. If a gas other than SF6 is used the minimum
functional pressure should be chosen to give the same dielectric strength.
7.2.1.1 DIELECTRIC TYPE TEST OF SINGLE-PHASE CABLE-TERMINATIONS
The cable-termination is surrounded by a metal cylinder connected to earth, the internal
diameters of which are 300 mm, 300 mm, 480 mm and 540 mm respectively for the
four standard sizes of cable connection enclosure (d
5
in Fig. 2 for fluid-filled cable-
terminations and Fig. 4 for dry type cable-terminations).
7.2.1.2 DIELECTRIC TYPE TEST OF THREE-PHASE CABLE-TERMINATIONS
The non-symmetrical arrangement for U
r
<170 kV with a cylinder of 650 mm internal
diameter (Fig. 5) is intended to simulate the conditions for a three-phase cable connection.
Cable-terminations, which are intended for a single-phase cable connection, may be
tested in the same cylinder of 650 mm internal diameter to cover all expected sizes of
cable connection enclosures.
7.2.2 Dielectric Type Test of Cable Connection Enclosures
The cabl e connect i on encl osure and mai n -circuit end terminal may be subjected to
t he dielectric type test according to IEC 60517 without the cable-termination.
392

Dimensions in millimetres
Fig. 5 Non-symmetrical arrangement for dielectric tests of cable terminations
The gas pressure for the dielectric type test may be specified by the manufacturer of the
switchgear in accordance with Table 1.
7.3 Tests After Cable Installation
If part s of t he swi t chgear di rect l y connect ed t o t he cabl e connect i on assembl y
cannot withstand, at rated filling density for insulation gas, the test voltage specified for
the cable test (IEC 60141 and IEC 60840), or, if in the judgement of the switchgear
manufacturer, it is not acceptable to apply the test voltage to the switchgear, the
switchgear manufacturer should make special provisions for the testing of the cable, for
example disconnecting facilities and/or increasing gas pressure in the cable connection
enclosure.
Note : It should be noted that increasing the gas pressure is not a reliable method of improving the
electrical strength at the surface of an insulator when tested with d. c. voltage.
393
If required by the user, the switchgear manufacturer shall provide the location for a
suitable test bushing and provide the user with all necessary information for mounting
such a bushing to the cable connection enclosure.
For cases where electrical clearances are inadequate, the term bushing shall include a
suitable insulated connection and test terminal.
The requirement for the test bushing shall be specified by the user in the enquiry.
8.0 INFORMATION TO BE GIVEN WITH ENQUIRIES, TENDERS AND
ORDERS
Refer to IEC 60840, IEC 60141 and clause 9 of IEC 60517. In addition, the user and the
manufacturers shall consider the installation requirements of the equipment.
Manufacturers shall state the specific requirements for civil, electrical and installation
clearances applicable to the switchgear, cable-termination and cable.
9.0 RULES FOR TRANSPORT, STORAGE, ERECTION, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
Refer to IEC 60694, clause 10.
The cable-termination manufacturer should ensure that during manufacture, handling,
storage and installation of the cable-termination, provisions should be made to ensure
that the requirements given in 5. 2 of IEC 60694 can be satisfied after final
assembl y of t he connection. The cable-termination manufacturer should supply the
necessary information to enable these requirements to be satisfied, if the cable-
termination is to be installed by others.
SECTION S
Guidelines for Repair of
Power Transformers at Site
396
Guidelines for Repair of Power Transformers at Site
397
SECTION S


1.0 INTRODUCTION
Transformers are amongst the most efficient equipment made by mankind and as with all
manmade equipment the power transformer also fails. The reasons for the failures can be
attributed to design, manufacturing, operational and maintenance issues.
Design, manufacturing and process validation is ensured during the routine and type testing
of the transformers at the manufacturers works. Over the years the manufacturers have had
better understanding and reduction in the knowledge gap regarding transformer technology
and this led to improved and compact designs. The inclusion of newer tests in the test
schedule verify the enhanced knowledge base.
With rapid growth of the network, increased fault levels and faster ageing, the equipment are
subjected to increased operational stress.
Increased consumer awareness, privatization, competition and profitability has forced
utilities and generation companies to focus on longer life cycles and increased revenue
generation from every investment made.
With the increased cost of acquisition the options of refurbishment and repairs at site have
gained prominence and are commercially lucrative also due to the faster turn around for
product to be back into action.
In this chapter effort has been made to focus on various aspects that need to be kept in mind
when planning for repair at site. The focus areas are diagnosis of the fault and localization of
the fault zone to determine nature and extent of repairs. Based on this assessment the logistic
requirements for the repairs the quantum of work involved and various technicalities
involved in the process are to be carried out.
2.0 ON-SITE REPAIRS
Performing on-site repairs on a transformer has multiple advantages and the major ones are
described in this section.
2.1 Advantages of Site Repairs
2.1.1 The damaged equipment can be brought into service much faster than repairs at the
factory by way of saving in to & fro transportation time as well as completion of repair-to-
commissioning carried out in single set-up.
2.1.2 On-site repair costs considerably less than repair at the factory particularly, for large
power transformers in remote areas.
398
3.0 REASONS FOR RELUCTANCE TOWARDS SITE REPAIR OF POWER
TRANSFORMERS
3.1 The reluctance of the utilities/customers for encouraging repairs at site are listed
below :
(a) Validation techniques of the repair work carried out at site (customers generally have
a mind-set that high voltage test is the only validation procedure and this testing will
not be available in case of repair at site).
(b) Concern about drying out of the transformer at site, after the repairs have been carried
out and the validation of the end point of drying out.
(c) Non-availability of the logistics arrangement which the owner has to necessarily make
for effecting the repair at site and lack of expert manpower to assist in carrying out the
work.
(d) Other reasons could be :
(i) Exorbitant hourly rates of technical manpower deputed by the reputed
manufacturers generally with no ceiling, for carrying out repairs at site.
(ii) Unavailability of suitable storage facility for oil, equipment for drying out of
power transformer at site and other logistics at site.
(iii) Guarantee and warrantee requirement to match that of new transformer or in
case the repairs are carried out under controlled conditions at the factory.
(iv) Unavailability of suitable tooling for carrying out transformer repairs.
(v) Lack of understanding of changes in maintenance methods as transformer
insulation ageing would have occurred.
(vi) Lack of covered high roof space for repairs, since repairs at site need dry and
clean conditions.
(vii) Lack of indepth knowledge about transformer manufacturing, practices and
various stage checks.
(viii) Play safe attitude and not to take any chance on performance after repairs.
(ix) Demonstrated high voltage withstand capacity (as guarantee) of repairs carried
out.
3.2 From the manufacturer end the reluctance is because of the following reasons :
(a) Diversion of manpower and tooling from the regular manufacturing activity.
(b) Lack of confidence on alternative drying out methods and the availability of suitable
instrumentation for quantification.
399
(c) Other reasons are
(i) Their engineers would have difficult time in delivering results and perform in
conditions not under their control.
(ii) Though no guarantees may have been agreed but reputation of the company
remain at stake.
(iii) Accuracy and quality of available history & available performance data.
(iv) Disruption in production activity if manpower is sent to site.
(v) Repair activity is not treated as a regular business activity.
(vi) The quantum of work is double i.e., once for dismantling and the second for
assembly which is generally not well appreciated by the end user.
(vii) Difficulty of duplication of drying out process at site and reliability of
instruments/the data collected.
3.3 Repairs of power transformers at site is controversial and is still a subject of
discussion amongst engineers. While examples of successful repairs of power transformers
up to 400 kV class exist, still most of the utilities and the manufacturers are shy of taking up
this activity at site. One of the most common reasons for the utilities not promoting this
activities is the non-availability of high-voltage test equipment at site for HV testing after
repairs. The fact is, that this is a type test and a manufacturer during the manufacture of the
power transformer even at his works is not using any high voltage tests in the production
process or as part of in-process quality checks.
4.0 SITE REPAIR CATEGORIES AND REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Repairs can be categorized in to :
(a) Minor repairs.
(b) Major repairs
4.1.1 Minor Repairs
Generally repairs involving low volume of oil draining and attending to minor defects in the
transformer like replacing a defective bushing, bushing CT, gasket, bolt or burnt-out
connection at a bushing or small repairs of diverter switches.
4.1.2 Major Repairs
These repairs generally involve draining of main tank oil for accessibility to the problem area
and are mostly in the core-coil assembly i.e., Winding, Core, OLTC selector switch. It
involves, total oil draining, storage, oil filling under vacuum and during out activities for
restoration of the transformer to service.
400
4.2 Site Repair Requirements
4.2.1 Power transformer repair at site is in no way any different from the repair process
followed at the factory. The repair will be successful if all the quality check parameters
adopted at factory are religiously duplicated at site and so also the tooling and the
environment.
4.2.2 The information required for decision on carrying out repair at site is given below :
(i) Nature of the fault.
(ii) Location of the fault.
(iii) Extent of damage due to the fault.
(iv) Scope of work based on information collected.
(v) Material required for carrying out the repairs.
(vi) Sequencing of activities during the repairs.
(vii) Time required for various repair activities.
(viii) Facility and tooling needed at site for repairs.
(ix) Suitable equipment for drying out transformer at site.
(x) Validation method of the repair to be carried out.
4.2.3 The scope of work determination is the most important activity for site repair as this
will govern the material, tooling and facilities required for the successful completion of the
work. The whole scope of work can be divided into following main activities :
l Pre repair work assessment.
l In process stage checks and review of repairs work assessment.
l Post repair activities including the final in-process checks.
l Drying out and commissioning activities.
4.2.4 After the fault detection techno-economic assessment is done in respect of down time
and cost of repairs at sit e, to the overall time (including transportation time) and cost of
repairs at the factory and it is generally found that the down time is an important aspect than
the rather pure economics.
As soon as the service interruption has taken place restoration of the supply becomes the
prime activity. To determine the health of the transformer and its suitability for the
immediate restoration requires that the condition of the equipment be determined to the
401
maximum possible accuracy. The manufacturer can also contribute in this assessment. It has
been generally observed that after the disruption has occurred the condition determination is
not done systematically as required for correct assessment. Most of the time it is attributed to
lack of equipment, test instruments and at times required expertise of the available technical
persons.
5.0 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING OF THE TRANSFORMER
5.1 Record of the system condition at the time of outage as well as immediately before is
one of the most important activity. The load condit ions at the time of disruption i.e., the load
current, voltage, the status of the various equipments and protection in service, any fault
history etc. and also weather condition needs to be recorded. Many failures in transformers
have been found to be due to the abnormal system operation and/or protective device
malfunction therefore the status of all the protections is extremely important and need to be
correctly recorded.
5.2 Immediately after the interruption, temperature of the top oil may be recorded, and the
oil samples must be collected for measuring moisture content in oil, Dissolved Gas Analysis
(DGA) and for furfural content specifically for old transformers (in service for more than 10
years). As these tests are trending tests, the earlier test readings will act as reference and
help in reaching some conclusion.
5.3 The fault detection comprises of the combination of the following electrical tests after
the transformer has been shutdown to determine the cause of the failure and the location
therefore.
l Magnetising Current.
l Magnetic Balance.
l Voltage Ratio.
l Single Phase Short Circuit Current.
l Winding Resistance.
l Vector Group.
l OLTC Contact Resistance.
For diagnostic testing it is mandatory to repeat all the tests in all the possible tap positions as
fault can exist in isolated condition even with normal operating condition. These electrical
tests are indicative of the location of the fault and to further accurately establish the fault
some invasive tests may need to be done. These invasive tests are generally done at the
winding level after isolating the OL TC to further localize the fault and if OLTC is the culprit
then also these invasive tests help in locating the fault.
402
Condition assessment helps in determining the scope of work and the tests to be followed for
determining the healthiness of the various aspects of the transformer are to be so selected that
at least two diagnostic tests should indicate the same parameters/findings.
5.4 Most of the manufacturers recommend that the testing to determine the condition of
the equipment after operational disruption be done in single phase and/or at reduced or
elevated voltage values to exactly determine the extent of the problem.
Example 1. A fault at 240 volts may be showing no abnormality but when carried out at 2
kV level can give a totally different value. Magnetising current test and magnetic balance test
results have been known to show variations in values in the case of interturn and interdisc
insulation failures.
Example 2. A high winding resistance value in a winding having the OLTC connected can
mean improper contact for bushing termination or defective joint or improper OLTC contact
in the selector switch or the diverter switch. The improper diverter switch contact will reflect
in multiple test results either in the odd position or the even position for in-tank OLTC
construction based on the Dr. Jansen principle. For different OLTC construction the result
may reflect in only one position and may be confusing and require invasive testing.
Example 3. A 160 MVA power transformer in prefect working condition for 15 years is
taken in for overhauling due to low IR values of the insulation. After drying out it is found
that the winding resistance results of the transformer are erratic and indicated some problem.
A vigorous motion given to the tap connections restores winding resistance values to near
normal values. On investigation, stripping the taping of the tap lead joint revealed a burnt out
joint and the best part was that the DGA history of the transformer indicated no problem of
this type. The other finding here was that the transformer was being routinely tested for
winding resistance only in three positions first, nominal and the last position.
5.5 For transformers in the network with history of tripping under fault conditions the
FRA is an invaluable tool for the determination of the condition of the transformer. The FRA
record of the transformer is to be maintained meticulously and after the transformer faces a
tripping, the FRA test is to be conducted to determine any change in the geometry of the
assembly or loss of clamping pressure of the winding. This helps in detecting small changes
so that the repair/refurbishment/overhauling/replacement plan can be done properly to avoid
unpleasant surprises.
6.0 REPAIRING OF TRANSFORMERS
6.1 Even some 400 kV class transformers have been successfully overhauled at site
involving changing of old gaskets, changing of oil, drying out of the job for IR value
improvement and are in successful operation. Though not in the repair category it clearly
demonstrates the adequacy of the drying out method, if properly done at site.
6.2 The repair process needs either the involvement of the manufacturers engineers or
skilled manpower experienced with similar activity at some manufacturing location.
Different repair activities require different materials, tooling and facilities. The facility
requirement is also governed by the manufacturing methodology adopted for the transformer
403
manufacturing. Large power transformers are generally manufactured in three different
configurations
(a) Cover mounted construction
(b) Cover free construction.
(c) Cover free and bell cover construction.
These constructions have their own advantages and disadvantages and the choice of the
method of construction is either specified by customer or is decided by the manufacturer.
The manufacturer is conversant with all the construction configurations and has facilities and
tooling to enable manufacturing of all the configurations.
6.3 Procedure of Major Repairs
Major repairs in the core coil assembly are categorized in to three main types :
(a) Core components.
(b) Winding and its connections.
(c) OLTC selector switch and its components.
For various components/mountings fitted on the transformer, the major repairs are in :
(a) High voltage bushings.
(b) OLTC diverter switch and its components.
These repairs require draining of oil, internal inspection for determining the extent of the
problem and remedial action thereof including the components required to be procured.
Generally the problem solving does not take much time compared to the time required for the
pre repairing and post repairing activities leading to successful commissioning. Winding
repairs are the most complicated of all the repair works carried out and generally require
replacement of the defective coils or the whole composite coil of the winding. For winding
replacement the maximum tooling and logistics arrangement is required including the new
winding from the manufacturer or third party supplier. Winding replacement activities are
preferably to be carried out under the guidance of manufacturer though such guidance is now
a days available from third party sources also.
During the repair activity some improvements or refurbishment can be also done to increase
the reliability of the equipment and ensure trouble free operation.
404
6.4 Facility Planning for Site Repairs
6.4.1 Most power stations are adequately equipped for handling large and heavy weight
equipment/transformer and generally have a Service-bay equipped with crane and working
area. In case of non-availability of overhead crane facility, adequate crane capacity needed
for the repairs should be determined and hired out. At this point of time the need is to assess
the following :
(i) Location where the refurbishment is to be carried out, preferably covered space.
(ii) Adequate space availability for dismantling the transformer and storage of the
dismantled transformer parts.
(iii) Crane of adequate capacity wit h enough working space by height clearance.
(iv) The selected area should be dry, away from any open source of water, dust free and
shall allow additional covering if necessary.
(v) Power supply point of adequate capacity for lighting and supply for various equipment
operations like hydraulic crimping tools, brazing machines, pneumatic spanners
heating, filter machines etc.
(vi) The power supply should not be very near either as it is a fire hazard in case of any
problems with the supply wire or electrical equipment failure. Generally the supply
should have ELCB protection facility.
6.4.2 Lifting Facilities for Tank Cover
Transformer manufacturers use various types of tank covers and each one has its own
typicality of handling. Some of the points to be taken care of when planning for the crane and
lifting facilities are given below :
l For Top Cover Type Transformers
(i) Weight of the top cover.
(ii) Dimension of the cover.
(iii) Dimension of the active part.
(iv) Weight of the active part.
(v) Height to be lifted for minimum clearance.
(vi) Generally it is preferable to have vertical overhead cranes, in case other cranes are
used then adequate boom height should be available and the clearance of the boom
from the active part during lifting (i.e., if 40 ft high working height is required then
with the mobile cranes the same distance is to be available from the top of the active
part lifted such that the active part is clear of the tank top and not from the boom top).
405
(vii) The top cover should be inspected for unbalance load distribution and all mountings
on the top cover should be removed.
(viii) The mobile crane should be rated at least 75 % more than the maximum load to be
lifted.
(ix) Four nos. slings having total load lifting capacity atleast twice the maximum load to
be lifted.
(x) The OLTC mounting to be checked and dismantling procedure selected.
l For Bell Cover Type Transformer
(i) Weight of the bell cover.
(ii) Dimension of the bell cover.
(iii) Height to be lifted for clearance of at least 30 cms from the top most part of the active
part assembly.
(iv) Lifting height is to be calculated from the top of the bottom part of the bell cover and
not from the ground level.
(v) Generally it is preferable to have vertical overhead cranes, in case other cranes are
used then adequate boom height should be available and the clearance of the boom
from the active part during lifting (i.e., if 40 ft high working height is required then
with the mobile cranes the same distance is to be available from the top of the active
part lifted such that the active part is clear of the tank top and not from the boom top).
(vi) Top cover should be inspected for unbalance load distribution and all mountings on
the top cover should be removed.
(vii) The mobile crane should be rated at least 50 % more than the maximum load to be
lifted.
(viii) Four nos. slings having total load lifting capacity atleast twice the maximum load to
be lifted.
(ix) The OL TC will be mounted on the top cover but resting fork will be fitted on to the
end frame.
l For Top Covers with the Active Part Fitted to it
These are nearly similar to the transformers with the top cover type and the main
consideration is that the weight to be lifted is now the weight of the active part plus the
weight of the top cover. Also in these type of transformers OLTC etc. are all mounted on to
the top cover and weight eccentricity can be experienced. The transformer is to be first
406
inspected from inside and then the slings of different lengths may have to be used for
balancing the same during the lifting of the job.
6.4.3 Other Facilities and Related Requirements
The place selected to carry out the repair and/or refurbishment activity should preferably be
covered, but in case of unavailability of such space then a temporary cover around the
transformer may have to be built such that the top of the same is removable and the crane
hook can be brought in after removing the cover and the required activity is carried out. Also
at some places it will be preferable to build a temporary cover such that the same can be
rolled out to expose the transformer for work requiring crane access and then rolled back to
cover the transformer again.
The area/location for repair/refurbishment activity of the transformer should have adequate
space so as to store the removed fitments from the transformer at the same place. Generally
when the transformer is disassembled for repair/refurbishment lot of fittings and mountings
on the transformer cover will have to be dismantled. Internally the active part may be earthed
to the tank and in some of the older designs of temperature sensors the WTI CT are mounted
as part of the active part and the CT connections for the heater are terminated at the end of
the pocket as the heater is part of the pocket and not part of the meter. Also the place should
not be near to any source of open water and also no water dripping should occur near by. The
other facilities for site repair of the transformers and related requirements are tabulated
below :
Sl. No. Facility Requirements
1. Lighting (i) Should be provided with cool lighting as the internal environment is going to be
warm and oil saturated.
(ii) All light fittings should be provided with glass cover, Hand lamps
are to be explosion proof type.
(iii) The routing of the supply wires to the various light fittings and facilities
should be preferably new wires and without joints, and all termination's to be
properly secured.
2 Fans & (i) Ventilation is of paramount importance. As the transformer
ventilation exposed parts are to be protected from moisture. Ingress it is
desirable that the internal environment be maintained hot and dry.
Humidity control will ensure faster final drying out.
(ii) The enclosure environment can be kept dry by injecting dry air
through a dry air generater.
(iii) The routing of the supply wires to the various light and fittings
should be preferably new and without joints, and all termination's
to be properly terminated.
3 Access (i) Access to the enclosure is to be highly regulated, preferably as far
method as possible dirt carrying objects like shoes etc. are to be kept out
of the enclosure,
(ii) The access opening should not be directly open type, it should be
at such a place that at least two covers should overlap each other.
407
4 Cleanliness (i) Shoes should be left out side.
(ii) The area within the shed is to be covered with tarpaulin in case it
is not hard surface and should be cleaned with vacuum cleaners
only.
(iii) The t ransformer areas where people are moving while working are
to be cleaned at least 2-3 times daily with vacuum cleaning and
any oil wet smears are to be cleaned with oil washing.
5 Enclosure (i) The enclosure size should be such that it should accommodate all
the materials being removed from the active part assembly at the same place.
(ii) The structure should be rigid and the moving part should be light and
arrangements should be such that after placing it should be easily tied to the
main structure tightly.
(iii) Height of the enclosure should be 1 man height above the topmost
part of the transformer tank.
6 Power (i) The power supply should be made available at two places near the supply work
area but not within the enclosure.
(ii) Half of all the fittings are to be supplied from one of the source
and the other half from the other source.
(iii) The light and power fittings from one source are to be fitted all
around the enclosure and the second set in the same fashion.
(iv) In case any one source failure the work enclosure will not get dark
and adequate light and air circulation will be maintained.
(v) No live wire insulated or otherwise is to be routed over the
transformer active part during the repair process and are to be only
routed along the enclosure body.
7 Storage (i) All insulation materials are to be wrapped in polyethylene, bound
and tagged and stored in the sequence of their removal from the
active part (e.g. : The part removed first from the winding is to be
kept nearest to the winding and in front while the last opened
object is to be located at the farthest so that it is also the last object
assembled).
(ii) The windings not to be handled are to be wrapped preferably wi th
polythene during the working hours and removed(when subjected
to any hot oil bath or treatment.
(iii) All common blocks, winding clamping ring, winding pressuring
/packing blocks, washers are to be tied and stacked to-gather and
preferably kept soaked in oil drum.
8 Safety (i) As the transformer active part insulation is a combination of paper
soaked in oil it is a potential fire hazard and should never be left
unattended.
(ii) All lighting fixtures are to be of cool daylight t ype.
(iii) No electrical connections are to be made by twisting wires, they
are to be made by male female connectors.
(iv) Joints of wires taped with insulation tapes should be of bright
colours so that any heating could be detected easily by dis-
colouration.
(v) The whole enclosure is a no smoking zone.
(vi) Fire extinguishers both. of Dry chemical powder and CO2 gas type
are to be located such that there are no obstacles in the path.
(vii) Asbestos sheets should be available handy to cover any ignited
surface.
(viii) No inflammable material should be stored near the work area.
(ix) There should be no fire source near the work area.
408
9 Safety Working within the transformer require special skills, some of the common
aspects and important safety measures are:
related to
working (i) All tools being taken inside the transformer tank must be tied at
inside the one end with some object outside the transformer tank or to the
transformer wrist of the person going to work inside the transformer.
(ii) For climbing in and out of the transformer it is mandatory that
rope ladders be used for climbing in and out of the transformer. At
no point of time metallic ladders should be used as slipping can
cause damage to manpower or the active part.
(iii) Person working on or within the transformer should not carry
anything metallic in the pockets like loose change, pens etc. All
watches etc. are to be removed before entering the transformer
tank.
(iv) The clothes worn during the visit inside the transformer should not
contain any metallic buttons etc. Also the belts are to be left
outside as generally they contain metallic buckles.
(v) Movement within the transformer should be very carefully done,
so that body weight is not put on any cleates or various supports
used within the transformer.
(vi) The active part should not be disturbed without marking the
present position at two or three reference points so that the various
clearance are maintained as per the. manufacturer
recommendations.
(vii) No body weight should be put on the various connection leads of
the winding to the bushing, tap coil to the OLTC etc.
(viii) Any new material being fitted within the transformer particularly
insulation materials made of pressboard or premawood should be
first dried in a oven at 90
o
C for minimum of 12 hours preferably in a
vacuum oven and then soaked in filtered oil for
an equal duration. Thicker items require longer soaking time.
7.0 QUALITY ASPECTS DURING THE REPAIR OF THE TRANSFORMER AT
SITE
7.1 The Joints Quality
The connection phase consists of joining of the winding to various cables and their further
termination on to the OLTC/OCTC or to the various bushings. For the termi nation of the
winding to cables and the subsequent connection two process have been followed :
l Jointing by brazing.
l Jointing by crimping.
As the repair unit is generally oil soaked the repair by crimping is a better method. For
jointing by brazing resistance brazing for smaller dimension cables and copper conductors
can be followed but for large dimension cables and multiple parallel conductors flame
brazing is followed. The flame brazing process is well established and highly skilled workers
are required with adequate provision for safety to avoid any incident of fire hazard. The
process also entails surrounding the nearby oil soaked insulation with asbestos sheets. After
the brazing has been carried out the joint is to be cleaned of all burn marks and the brazing
material spatters the joint is filed to bring about smooth finish so as to avoid any sharp points
and subsequent damage to the taping.
409
The crimping method is a cleaner and a safer process because no heating is involved but it
requires custom designed ferrules and sockets to be crimped on and the crimping machine
and joint qualification be carried out before the start of the jointing process.
7.2 Shrinkage Arresting after Drying Out
This is a grey area in repairs but a mandatory process is to be followed for any repair jobs for
the successful completion of the repair process. Various manufacturers have their
recommendations regarding the methods to be followed for this process. A standard
recommendation could be that after completion of drying out process the transformer is to be
oil filled and the insulation soaked in for duration of 24 hours. After that the oil be drained
and the job extracted and the coils clamped to required height. The job is then retanked and
the drying out process repeated for 2 more cycles before final oil filling and circulation and
preparation of the job for testing and final commissioning. The above mentioned
recommendations are based on site experiences.
8.0 TOOLS REQUIRED FOR SITE REPAIRS
A tentative list of tools required for the activities related to transformer repairing at site is
given below :
8.1 Tools
Sl. No. Tools
1. Special tools for dismounting of the OL TC.
2. D shackles -1 ton
3. D shackles -5 ton
4. D shackles Max. load /3, multiple quantities
5. Slings - 1 ton (wire rope/nylon)
6. Slings 5 tons (wire rope/nylon)
7. Slings Max load/3, (wire rope) 4 nos.
8. Pump 1/2 hp
9. Pump 3 hp + starter
10. Hose 25 m long minimum (multiple quantities)
11. Extension board 3 ph & 1 ph
12. Spanners DE type (size : 8-9 to 32-36
13. Spanners ring type (size : 8-9 to 32-36)
410
14. Ring & DE spanner 55 size
15. Box spanner (size : 8-9 to 32-36)
16. Torque spanner handles
17. Sledge hammer 5 kg
18. Hammer - 1 kg
19. Mallet
20. Screwdrivers -various sizes
21. Hacksaw frame standard size
22. Hacksaw blades HSS type
23. Tommy bars -20 mm dia 3 ft long
24. Chisels: 1 in wide, 2' wide
25. No. punch (8x8) various sizes
26. Flat files (small & regular
27. Half round files (small & regular)
28. Round files (small & regular
29. Welding machine
30. Drilling machine
31. Grinding machine
32. Gas cutting set with cylinders
33. Pipe 3 dia 5 ft. long
34. Knives for paper cutting etc.
8.2 Special Tools
1. Winding lifting arrangement
2. Lead cutting tools
3. Brazing machine
4. Brazing rods
5. Brazing torch nozzles and oxy-acetylene cylinders
411
6. Hydraulic Crimping Tools (cutting tools & crimping dies)
7. Stools for yoke unlacing of adequate height and wt. capacity
8. Nylon slings for tying the winding to lifting frame
9. Wooden / ms pallets for lamination storage
10. Fans
11. Torches
12. Vacuum cleaners
13. Lamination stack tying arrangement
14. Lamination stack tying arrangement
15. Asbestos sheets for heat insulation during brazing.
16. Dry air generator and compressor setup.
17. Scaffolding arrangement for access to the active part during
8.3 Test instruments
1. 2 kV test set
2. Meggar 1 kV
3. Meggar 5 kV motorised
4. Ratio meter
5. Winding resistance kit
6. Multimeters
7. Dew point meter
8. Tandelta kit
9. Clampmeters
10. Variac 1 ph and 3 ph
11. Continuity tester.

412
9.0 CONSUMABLES REQUIRED FOR REPAIR/REFURBISHMENT JOBS ARE
Sl. No. Materials
1. Crepe Paper Rolls -25 mm wide
2. Crepe Paper Rolls -15 mm wide
3. 20 mil Paper Rolls
4. PCB Sheets -1.5 mm thk. (impregnated)
5. PCB Sheets -3.0 mm thk. (impregnated)
6. Cotton Tape Rolls-l/2"
7. Cotton Tape Rolls-I"
8. Newar Tape Rolls-
9. Permali studs & nuts -10 mm
13. 25 thk' PCB/PW off cuts (impregnated)
14. PVA glue
15. Fibre glass tube-core bolts
16. Fibre glass washer-core bolts
17. Oil drums with 209 litres each as per IS : 335
18. Common Blocks (various sizes)
19. Terelene Tapes
20. Cotton waste
21. Cotton cloth (markin type)
22. Sand paper
23. Blanking plates-various sizes
24. Plastic sheets/polythene
25. Carbon Tetra Chloride (cleaning agent)
26. Wooden coil bobbins
413
27. Empty oil drums
28. Wooden boxes with locks
29. Plastic bags (small)
30. Plastic bags (medium)
31. Undelible markers
32. Tags (fibre)
33. String roll
34. Plastic buckets and mugs
35. Tarpaulins (large)
36. Themocoal foam -8 mm thk. Profil
10.0 DRYING OUT OF TRANSFORMERS AT SITE AFTER REPAIRS
Various methods are prevalent for carrying out the final drying out activity at site after the
repairs have been completed. Some of them are briefly discussed below :
10.1 Drying out by Hot Air Blowing and Vacuum Pulling
In this method the active part is heated up by blowing in hot air into the tank and the
temperature of the active part is raised to a higher temperature of around 70
o
to 75
o
celcius
and then vacuum pulling is done for extraction of moisture from the insulating materials.
Multiple cycles of heating and vacuum pulling, are carried out till the termination criteria is
reached. Oxygen present in the hot air has a tendency to oxidize the thinner insulation faster
than the thicker insulation. This method is not recommended for CCA above 66 kV class.
10.2 Drying out by Hot Air Blowing
In this method hot air is blown into the main tank and the active part is heated up, the
temperature of the hot air is themlostatically controlled at the blower end at around 70
o
to
75
o
celsius and the drying process is continued in this manner. This method is adapted for
transformers whose tank cannot withstand high vacuum. The hot air remo ves moisture from
the insulation of the active part and the vapour pressure difference ensures removal of
moisture from the insulating material to the hot air. The presence of hot oxygen in hot air
tends to oxidize the thin insulation faster than the thick insulation. The process is continued
till the termination criteria is achieved. This method is recommended only for 33 kV class
CCA and below.
10.3 Heating in Inert Environment and Vacuum Pulling
In this the transformer tank is first evacuated and then filled with dry N2 gas and the active
part heated up by applying external heat to the tank body. The heating can be by means of
Halogen or infrared lamps or by winding some turns of cable on the tank body and passing
414
low voltage and high current through the cable. The temperature of the active part is raised
between 80
o
to 90
o
celsius and then vacuum pulled on the tank for faster extraction of
moisture from the active part insulation. Due to the inert atmosphere this is the most widely
adopted method and this ensures that the oxidation of the insulation paper is minimized.
Multiple heating and vacuum cycles are repeated till the proper drying out criteria is
achieved.
10.4 Heating by Hot Oil Circulation and Vacuum Application
In this method the heating of the active part is carried out by circulation of hot oil. The
maximum temperature of the oil can be 60
o
celsius. On reaching the desired temperature the
oil is drained very fast from the tank and vacuum applied on the tank. The fast draining is
necessary to mi nimize the heat loss during the oil draining operation. The heating of the oil is
carried out by high vacuum oil filter machine and during the process the moisture carried by
the oil is removed during the passage through the filter machine. Multiple heating and
vacuum cycles are repeated till suitable drying out criteria is achieved.
10.5 Heating by Oil Spray and Vacuum Pulling
In this method hot oil is sprayed on to the active part through pipes mounted inside the tank
with multiple nozzles in them. During this process vacuum is also applied into the tank to
remove the moisture from the insulating material. The heating through oil spray is limited to
again up to 60 degrees for the oil but this method is least prevalent as the installation of
spray pipe is required inside the tank, but widely followed in the eastern European countries.
The main advantage of this process is the simultaneous flushing of the moisture from the
insulation by the oil and also the cleaning of the insulation due to the oil flow on the
insulation.
10.6 Drying Out by Hot Oil Circulation
Generally used for small transformers upto 10 MVA and 33 kV class of transformers where
the insulation mass is not much and the tank is not designed to withstand full vacuum.
Generally special transformers like furnace and rectifier transformers are also in this category
of transformers and the oil does the heating and also the moisture removal from the
insulation.
10.7 Termination Criteria for the Drying Out Process
The termination criteria for the drying out process is expressed differently by different
manufacturers but they are all aimed towards achieving good dry insulation which ensures
trouble free operation of the equipment. The moisture content in the insulation is kept at
around 0.5% of the insulation weight for new transformers at the time of manufacturing. But
for older transformers the moisture content is kept between 1 to 2 % of the weight of the
insulation, as beyond this value there is a chance of the thin paper insulation getting brittle
during the heating and vacuum pulling process. Some of the common methods of
measurement of the termination criteria are :
415
(i) Measurement of Insulation Resistance Values
Measurement of the insulation resistance values through the drying out process and this is
generally followed for small transformers and those being dried out by hot air or hot oil
circulation. The IR curve has a tendency to follow the bath tub curve and the subsequent
calculation of the Polarization Index values form the Insulation resistance values.
(ii) Dew Point Measurement
The dew point of the dry gas generally N
2
is taken before the same is injected into the tank
and the value should be around 60
o
celsius. It is then held inside the tank for 24 hours to
achieve vapour phase balance and then again measure the dew point value. Dew point values
at around 25
o
celsius at a temperature 40
o
celsius are considered satisfactory but lower the
value better is the drying out. The process needs to be repeated with fresh dry gas everytime
till the termination criteria is achieved.
(iii) Tan Delta Value of the Insulation
Generally followed for transformers being dried out with oil circulation and oil being used
for heating of the insulation. Voltage should not be applied to the active part under vacuum.
The tandelta measurement should be done after oil filling, circulation and standing time. Tan
delta values of 0.5 are considered to be good values for termination of the process.
(iv) Rate of Moisture Extraction
Another method is the measurement of the water extraction rate during the vacuum pulling
process applied after the heating phase. The rate of water extraction after certain duration is
measured and the acceptable value of around 30 to 50 ml/hour/ton of insulation would be
considered sufficient for termination of the process. One school of thought advocates the
measurement of the water extraction rate of 100 ml/hr, reading repeated for 3 consecutive
hourly readings irrespective of the quantum of the insulation.
(v) Recommendation of the Manufacturer
Termination criteria as recommended by the manufacturer can be considered as the final say
in the matter and multiple measurements can be carried out to confirm the achievement of
the termination criteria. The factory based drying out process using HAV or vapour phase
method has the termination criteria of 30 gms /hour/ton of water extraction rate.
11.0 REFURBISHMENT OF POWER TRANSFORMERS
Refurbishment can be defined as an activity undertaken to improve the existing condition of
the transformer or transformer insulation.
416
The options available for the transformer refurbishment are as under:
(i) Over loading the existing transformers with additional coolers and increased condition
monitoring with insulation refurbishment.
(ii) Refurbishment of the transformer.
11.1 Requirement for Option (i) above
(a) For the new loading, recalculation of the temperature rises of the top oil and the
windings temperature for the 145, 245 & 420 kV class transformers.
(b) Check the extent of the excess over the permitted / standardized values.
(c) If additional cooling keeps the temperature within the permitted value then the
existing winding can be used with minimum risk.
(d) Parallely the diagnostic testing to determine the residual life of the transformer
insulation, the present condition of the insulation and the mechanical condition of the
active part should also be done.
11.2 Requirement for Option (ii) above
When the calculated temperature rise of the windings exceed permissible limits and extra
cooling is not effective but the condition of the insulation indicate high residual life, the best
effective situation could be :
(a) Use the same core with necessary insulation change.
(b) Use of the same tank but with changing of the gaskets.
(c) Use of latest methods to reduce the stray losses.
(d) Replacement of the old winding by new winding & new insulating material.
(e) Suitable up-gradation of off circuit tap switch or OLTC.
(g) Suitable modification to use new bushings.
(f) Suitable testing process could be identified to check and prove the various parameters
after refurbishment and refurbishment could be carried out even at site to minimize the
time and cost implications.
While planning for overhauling/refurbishment of transformers it is necessary to determine at
the onset the scope of work to be carried out. The refurbishment activity can be categorized
roughly into following :
(a) Improving the insulation condition of the transformer with no replacement of oil and
the condition assessment and RLA indicates significantly good condition.
417
(b) Improving the insulation condition of the transformer with replacement of oil as the
oil condition is beyond improvement by filtration and RLA indicates good life
condition.
(c) Improving the insulation condition of the transformer and also minor changes to
accessories for up-rated operation.
(d) Improving the insulation condition of transformer with major overhauling and repairs
of the transformer for up-rated operation.
11.3 The Main Activities/Benefits of Refurbishment one listed below :
11.3.1 Activities
Inspection, testing and repair / replacement / up-gradation of protective devices fitted
on the transformer (Temp. indicators, Bucholz relay etc.)
Changing of old gaskets and stoppage of leaks from the main tank and accessories.
Inspection and up-graqation / repair / replacement of bushings, bushing leads.
Inspection and up-gradation / repair / replacement of off -load or on -load tap changer
diverter switch, selector switch and motor drive unit.
Fitting of new / latest condition monit oring systems.
De-sludging and tightening of the various joints with an eye not to introduce any other
problem in the transformer during the over hauling.
Generally most of the HV windings have wraps and removal of the same during
inspection for assessing the condition of winding could be beneficial in terms of de-
sludging and suspected deterioration due to heating or PD.
Re-fitting of the wraps (removed for inspection) as per the original is of utmost
importance particularly for transformers with DOF cooling.
If the oil parameters are within limits then vacuum re-conditioning of the oil.
Reconditioning or modification of the conservator or sealing system.
Drying out of the transformer with heating and vacuum cycles in its own tank.
11.3.2 Benefits
Slowing the ageing rate of the paper insulation and oil.
Humidity in the paper insulation to be kept in the range of 1% -2%.
Improving or sustaining the short circuit withstand capacity of the winding (ageing
reduces the withstand capacity) generally by coil re-tightening.

CBIP Tranformer Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CBIP Tranformer Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MANUAL

S-ar putea să vă placă și